K I N Y A R h' A N D A

L E S S Oh ' S

Betty Ellen Cox

Gakuba Faustin

KINYA38MANDA LESSONS Yiny~ da is a r ich language with many w~rds having similar meanings, Two words may be translated by the same English So strive to ferret out yet fine shades of thought.

word and yet,they may not be used interchangea'bly. Also, remember t,hat each Kinywarwanda word does the exact meaning of word... not have an exa,t,, English equivalent, and likewise, do not expect to find a Kinyarwanda,equivalent, for every English word. Learn your p r o nunListen carefully even when you do not understand.' n ot a Eur o an. From the beginning, ciation from an African daily with an African, reading or trying simple oonversation, correctin g you. Kinyarwanda, is a tonal language, which means tions of pitch of voice, as well as length of syllables, wi11 change the meaning.
PBOtMiCIATION

spend time (her) with him that variacompletely

A. The vowels: a i s br o a d a s i n f a r e is almost like a, inhay is almost like ee in bee o is almost like o in obey u is like oo in food B. The consonants: s, t, v, w are prenounced practically the same d, f, g, h , k , m , n , p, a s in Engl i s h . b has a very soft sound with the lips barely touching, unless it is preIt does not have the rather ceded by m when it is quite hard. explosive qua1ity that it has in English. c a1ways has th e s ound of c h a s i n c h u r c h . has a very soft sound., like z in azure. However, i n many books 1 is used mainly in words of foreign origin. But the sound. is the same
~here one might expect ri, li is written.

a s for r

). ( s ee below

I tmouth. is The tongue should just flip against the roof of ) the (In combination with other consonants, see below y, as in you, never a. vowel like g in baby or by. Be careful z a s i n z o n e. bw is pronounced ~, ana even written ~ in some older books. not, to put a vo~el sound between these two letters. sing}. nn Mhen this occurs in a past stemIt ithas is pronounced rather if(as, there been descri'bed as as n%ng were a slight i after the n's. This shou1d be practiced many times with an African. rw is pronounced as if there were a soft g bet~een the r and w. ry also has a slight g sound between r and y, but an not very strong. It must the be learned from African. ty is difficult to describe.
same time.
s w or s y - there is a slight k sound, between the two letters. the two letters
u~

has a slight trill sound,

as if you tried to say d, l, and r at the

'ey, cy, dy , j y , shy these are special sounas wnicn musj. from an African.
q and x do not exist, in Kinyarwanda.

These lessons have been prepared in view to a person's spending a. day on require more than a day's study. each lesson. Some lessons may You will learn many words that are not included
are only a, guide to study. here,
j 'j w

T he l e s s o n s

< I;,bI" 4 .jj R.I P i

pj

Qj

0. C C -'X

jj.

>

~ j. ' (

f/1

Some useful ex ressions Mwaramutseho,

Ml wir iweho.

Good morning. (To someone you see nearly every day, Used up till noon, ar in some cases only till 10~00.) g n~ Hello. (Used from Kh-Q~ m . on.)

(or, Mwiriwe.)
Muraho? Amakuru? Ni meza. Mur ir irweho. Muraramukeho. Murabeho. Yee. Yego. Oya,
I

Hello. (Tr s omeone you see ra re l y , o r haven't s e en

for a long time, perhaps have never seen before. What's t h e n ews? (Equivalent of our: How are you?)

) Good (news) .(Equivalent of: Fine'..

Good-bye. (Used early in the day through early afternoon

Goodnight. (Used any time after 3 p.n., if you expect to see the person the next day or soon.

Goodbye. (When you do not expect to see the person again soon. )
Yes. No. Thank you (v er y much), Thank you.
W hat do y o u w a n t ' ?

Murakoze (cyane) .
N dagusQimiye. legleipel gyy I Iei g(

Urashak'a x k i ?
I

I ki ri i i ki ? Uraturuka, he? Urajya he? Uragana he?

Komezae

What is t h i s ' ? j r C ) u , >~6 j Where do you come from? Where r e C ontinue. Do it

S top, Wait i

y o u g o i n g? K eep on.

Where are yon goi ng'? g ( or say i t ) a g a i n .

t h a t ' s e n ough. Stopf

I44P hiI Iifj IP4~

Ongera.
R ekeraho. B ' urets e !

Gerageza. U rakora i k i ? Sinumva. Mfasha. N gwino,

Igitabo kiri he?

Try. What are you doi ng'? I don' t u n d er s t and ( hear ) . Help me.
C ome here . W here i s t he b o o k ? I want to learn Kinyarwanda.
j~
f

N dashaka k wi ga. i k i n y a r w a n da .
~~J; j ~
I

gr

}~ c le .

~ j 7ye ~
J

Ov

t l r i rr IC
lt h yi ew r y I E'

l o

l'S l~
~7

'l~.l)

P,l

l liO 'I l

77
fUo

~ c.- tC r

r ol I ~ ~
, L q J I )G.'I l

h;
I
I

j7 =. ~e

j 7e 8 l l c "

~ c-

LESSON 1
Class 1 um ua b a1. As we take up the study of Kinyarwanda, we must first get a little picture of the structure of the language. The verb is perhaps the most important part of speech because it serves for several parts of speech. H owever, w e will take that up later and first look at nouns, since their class and form affect, most of the other words in the sentence. The nouns ar e f o u n d i n t en

classes, each class having its own set, of prefixes. T he prefi x o f a n o u n will determine the prefix of other words related to that noun. 2. Class 1, In this class we find only nouns which are names of people {not necessaril y p r o per n o uns) .' However, some nouns referring to people will be found in other classes.
Here are a few words of this class:

umugabo - man (married ), husband umugore - woman (married ), wif e u muhungu - b cy , s o n umukobwa - girl, daughter

abagabo men, husbands abagore - women, wives a bahungu - boys , s o n s abakobwa - gi r l s , d a u g hte rs

Observe that each of these words in the singular begins with umu. T hat i s the singular prefix. The plur& prefix is a'ha. Thus, i n t h e w o rd ~uuaho From now umu is the prefix, and -~abo is the stem (the unchangeable part) . on when you meet a noun of the first class you will be able to form the p lural .
Some verbs t o arakora l e ar n : he i s worki ng, d oi ng; h e works, h e d oes ( o r ,

she)

they are working, they work, they do he (she) is going, he goes (-genda may not be used when followed by a word of place. In that case use: azajya, barajya. e.g. Arajya mu Kirambo - he is going to Kirambo. ) b aragenda they ar e g o i n g , ~ alking, t h e y g o arahinga - ho ( h e ) i s h o e i ng , h e h o es bar.". hinge. t,;'.e ~~ are hoeing,t'.~ cy hne Thus, tHe singular verb pref1x is a-, Bnd the plural ver'bprefix is ba-, barakora aragenda
Note: These verbs may stand alone with no noun' or pronoun subject expressed when the person referred to is known.

Now perhaps you can translate these sentences: 4. Umugore arakora . 5. A b a g ore barahinga. 6. Abagabo barahinga, 7. Umuhungu aragenda. 8 . Abakobwa baragenda. 9 , U mugore ar a hi n gI . 10. Saragenda. II. Translate into Kinygarwanda: T be art i c l e s a a n t h e az e no t e x r e s s ed. ) 1. The boy is hoeing, 2. The girls work. 3. The men are going. 4. The w omen are w a l k i n g . 5 . A boy i s w or k i n g . 6. A girl is walking. 7. Some (no word needed ) 'boys are working. 8, The man hoes. 9. A woman is going. 10. Nomen work.
I. Translate into English: 2. A b a hungu bara g e nda. 1. Umugabo a r a k o r a . 3 . Um u k o bwa a ra h i n g a .

LESSON 2

Ni and.Si Vocab~la o umwana (pl. a b ana ) - chil d umwami ( abami) king, L o r d umwigisha (abigisha. ) teacher Qmwigishwa (abigishwa ) pupil afit e he {she) has
bafite they have

cyane (adverb ) much, very murakoze thank you

as in t he

is umu-, we will find some words inwhich it seems to be umw-,

nouns given above. This is due to the fact that u before another vowel becomes w. This rule applies not only in this instance, but wherever u precedes another vowel, for the language does not tolerate two vowels coming together. Thus: umu-ana becomes umwana.. This lengthens the vowel which begins the stem: .umwigisha, abigisha.
Also, a before another vowel drops out, thus the' plural of these nouns aba-ana be c omes a b ana; ~ aba-I i s h a be c o m es~ a bi i s h a . (Later Iou vill learn

an exception to this rule about a.

5. Use of ni and si. Ni means "is" o r " a r e " ,

" he {she) i s " , "they ar e"

Umwana ni umukobwa the child is a girl. Umugabo si umwigisha - the man i s no t a t ea c h e r . Umwigisha ni Andereya the teacher is And"ew. Exce tion: lf the subject of "is" or "are" is a place, ~ as vel l as t he w o r d

form regardle s of the subject. Its negative is si, meaning "is not", "are not", " he (she) i s n ot " , " they ar e n o t " . ( These words may not b e u sed i n a dependent clause or when followed by a word of place.) Ni and si may also be used with "it" for the subject. e.g. Ni umwami it is the king.

following, the words ni and si may be used even though followed by a word of place. e.g. Kirambo ni kure Kirambo is far away,

Note: Since in Kinyarwanda two vowels may not come together(in speaking
and most words end in vowels, and start with vowels, the last vowel of a

),

word is d r o pped (elided) when the next word begins with a vowel. e.g. {one says ) umwana n'umukobwa 4he child is a. girl (though one does not write the apostrophe ); umugor' arahinga the woman is hoeing (but one writes: umugore arahinga), Exerciaes:
I. Without reference to the vocabularies, give the plural of the following

words and their meanings: 1. umwana 3. umwami

2 . umugab o

4 , umug o r e

umuhungu

6. umwiglshc"-

7. umukobwa 8. umwig i s h wa.

II. Translate into KinyA'arwanda .. i. The teacher has a wife.

2 . The chi l d r e n ar e g o i n g . 3. The man is a te a c her. 4. The boys care working har d (much). 5 . The pupil s h a v e - t e a c h er .
6., A, womanl is hoeing. 7. The child is not a boy. 8 . Th e man ha s a s o n ,

12. The girl is not a teacher. 13. f vJen have w' v e s .

14. P ugils h o e. 15. T hh t e a c he " i s "-

9. Teachers work hard (much) . 10. The women have c h i l d r en . 11. The pupil is a girl.

 7LESSON 3
P ossessiv e A d ' e c t i v e

uooahulan ~

u muntu - p e r s o n umukozi - workman, employee

a ravuga he s a ys ,

i s . s peaki ng

umusaza - ol d man Umukiza Savior

y ee, yego - y e s ( yego i s u s u a l l y u s e d in answer to greetings) oya no,

It is a1most as

Note: Observe especially the pronunciation of umuntu, if the -ntu were blown through the nose.

6. The possessive adjective is made up of two parts: the prefix, which refers to and agrees with the object owned, and. the suffix, which refers to and agrees with the owner. This agreement refers to the system of prefixes for the various classes as ind.icated in Par. 1. umwana wa-njye my child abana ba-njye - my children wa is the prefix which agrees with the first class singular. -~n' e means "me". Thus, ~wan' e means "of me", that is "my". Do not ' - . try to use -niie for "me" in other instances. The plura1 pref' e ix i s b aIn n t h ' 's lesson we introduce only the personal possessives (that is, the owner being a p erson ), Other forms will be taught later. T he suff i x e s : - njye - me -we - you (sing.) -e - him, h er Sin ul an ~ wanjye my wave - your ( sing. )
we - his , wacu ou l her

-"nyu - you (plural)

- bo - them Plural banjye my bawe y ou r (owner sing,
be his, h er

cu

us

) )

bacu -

our

wanyu - your

(plur. )

banyu your(owner plural

w abo thei r b abo t h e i r - be Note the contraction in 3rd person singular: wa-e = we; ba-e " e.g. umwana we his child abana b e his children

abana babo their children Note; the possessive regularly follows the noun it modifies.
7. Nbese. This word introduces a question, but is it is Ese. It is not necessary always to use it it elides before a vowel, but not in writing. The place in the sentence, instead of being placed at not translated. Sometimes in questions. In speaking, verb keeps its normal the beginning as in

E nglish . e.g. Nbese abigishwa barahinga? Are the pupils hoeing?

Se may be used instead at the end of the sentence for the same purpose.

However, mbese (or ese) is nore common, except in shor: questions.

Abigishwa barahinga se? Are the pupils hoeing?

Exercises
I. Translate into English:

1. Umukiza wacu ni Y esu. 2. Umwigisha wabo aravuga,

A bakozi b a n p b ar a h i n g a . Umwana wawe n/umuhvngu.

5. Abi g i shwa babo barakora, 6. Abantv berakora cyane.

7. Iibese umwigisha wanyu arahinga? Y ee a r a h i n g a . B. Abana b a n j y e n i ab a k o b wa .

II. Translate into Kinygarwanda: 1 . Hy chi l d 2. Your (s.) h u sband His workmen (cont. n ex t p age )

4. Your (pl.) t e achers

5 . Your ( s . ) c h i l d r e n 6 . Her p u p i l s

(Lesson 3, cont.) Ex. II (cont.)

7. Our Savior 8. Our boys 9 . Their w i v e s

10. Your ( pl.) g i r l s

o l d m e n w or k (are working ). 12. Your ( pl.) k i n g 13. Our children are hoeing. 14. Your (pl.) children are girls. 1 5, Hy sons ar e not p u p i l s . 1 1. Th e

LESSON 4

Class 2; umu- imiV oca~l a o f umutima - heart umutwe - head umusozi - hill, mountain umuriro - fire (no pl.),~~ l ' n eza - wel l ( adv.), ni c el y umutsima - bread n a and, wi th , b y umugati - b r e a d u munyu - sal t Note: umutsima,is a sort of doughy porridge, the only bread known before the coming of Europeans. Ilost people now u-e ~umu ati {from Swahili) for the European kind of bread. 8. Class 2, This class is not used for people, as the first class, though the singular prefix is the same. You do not need to confuse these two classes, for if it is a, person it is first class; if not, it is second. The plurals are not alike. Plural: imiPrefixes: Singular: umue.g. umutima heart imiti m a - hearts

Possessive pr e f i x e s : e.g.

w awanjye

yayan jye
initw e yabo - their heads

umutwe we his head

9. Conjunctio n na and,, This vora. na is used for joining nouns, but it does not connect clauses, It elides (n') before words beginning with a. vowel. e.g. umugabo n'umugore - a man and a woman So, when thus elided, in speaking there is no difference between na
and ni, but the context will usually indicate which is intend.ed. In writing na elides, but ni does not.

Words in a series in Kinyarwanda are always connected by na. Though in English one would say, "Jt man, woman, and child," in Kinywarwanda it is:
"Umugabo n' umugore n ' umwana. E xerci e e s : I. Give plurals and meanings of the following: ( { vthen necessary f o r t h e s en s e , make the suffix of the possessive plural, e.g. my heart , ou r h ea +s. ) 1. umukozi w a we 5. umugati wanjye 6. umutwe wawe 2 umut, m 1 a W e 7. umwigi s hwa we 3. umwana wa'oo 8. umukobwa. wanjye 4 umusozl w a c u

II, Translate intc Kinygarwallda: (i'o not translate the words in parentheses,)
1 . T'he boy a n d g i r I h= ' e their breed. 2. Jesus is ny Savior, 3 . .'he old m an has s a l t a n d b ea d. 4 . You " (pl.) children work well. 5. His d aughter a n d y o u r (s., l son are going. 6. t'Iy teacher has a fire. wo1kmen and the pupils "zt. hoeing. B. The people are speaking. 9 . Y o u r =) salt. 10. The ~orkman has his bread and (some) ( pl. ) t e a chers have ( s o m s alt . 11. I s y o u r ( pl. ) c h i l d a b o y ? No, i t ' s a g i r l .

QESSON Mu and Ku

Vocabular ~

umwotsi - smoke {pl, imyotsi is rare) umucyo - light umwijima darkness, liver umunsi day umwenda garment u munezero - j o y umwenda - debt Note: There is a slight tonal difference in the two ~ords, umwenda.
Get an African to say them for you.

c la s s) e , g . u m w enda i changes to g before a vowel (exceptions shown later) e.g. i mgenda g Ql 11. Mu and Ku. mu in, into, out of (the inside of a thing ku - on , a t , t o (the outside of a thing ), from (outside These various meanings are often dependent on the verb accompanying them. Thus; kuva - to come from kuva mu muriro - to come out of the fire kuva ku muriro - to come away from the fire Note: mu and ku usually remove the initial vowel of the noun following: e.g. ku muriro, not ku umuriro. (For a variation of this, see par. 3 2 . )

u changes t o w b e f o r e a v o w e l ( as in f i r s t

H4

Exercises: I. Translate into English:

1. Umugabo aragenda mu mwijima. 2. Umwigisha afite imyenda.. 3. Umugore afite umunezero mu mutima we. 4. Abana be barakora neza. 5. Umwotsi uva (comes from) mu muriro. 6. Umusaza afite umwijima. mu mutima we. 7. Umukiza arakora mu mitima. yacu. 8, Mbese umukozi afite imyenda? Oya. 9. Abakozi barahinga ku musozi. 10. Abakobwa bafite imyenda.

II, Translate into Kin arwanda:

1. The children have joy in their hearts, 2. T h e b o y h a s b r e a d o n his head. 3. The women work on their hill. 4 . Your ( s , ) d e b t s . 5. Our fire. 6. In the fire. 7. At the fire. 8, The old men have

darkness in their hearts. 9 . The l i g h t (insert "wo") on the hill is your fire, 10. The child is walking in the smoke.

LESSON 6
Possessive Particle

V ocabularv umusatsi hair (of human head ) umugozi - string, rope umugisha - blessing umurima - garden, field
mfite - I nave

ndakora. - I am working, I work

ndagenda I am going (not ' followed by place ndajya - I am going {fol l o wed b y a - or d o f p l a c e

) )

12, Possessive Particle. This ' s , small word used to indicate possession a" expressed. inEnglish by "of" or " ' s". It is always the same as the prefix of the possessive adjecti v e .
Thus: C la s s 1 Class 2 si n gu l a r : wa wa plur al : ba ya

(Lesson 6, cont.)
The possessive particle always follows the name of the thing possessed and .agrees with it, not with the owner.

umutima wa Yesu - the heart of Jesus ( Jesus' hear t ) imirima y'abantu - the gardens of the people (the people' s g a r d ens) children) abana b'umwigisha the children of the teacher (the teacher's Simply remember )fte will not give the possessive particle with each class. that it is the same as the prefix of the possessive adjective.
The -a of the possessive particle elides before a following vowel, w' , b' , etc. as seen in some of both in writing and in speaking, thus:

the preceding examples. Exercises: (Make all parts plural.) I. Change to the plural and give meanings: 3. Umurima w'umusaza.. Yumwigisha. 2. Umutwe w'umuntu. 1. Umwana w 6. Umwigishwa wa Paulo. 4. Umugore w'umugabo. 5. Umuhungu w'umwigisha. 7. Umugozi w'umuhungu. 8. Umwenda w'umukozi. 9. Vmukiza w'abantu. 10. Umutima w'umuntu. II, Translate into Kiny~wanda; 2, I have the light of 1. The people of Jesus have joy in their hearts, Jesus in my heart 3. The teacher's workmen are working in his gardens. 4. The child of the king is a girl.' 5. The smoke of the fire. 6. I work on our hill. 7. The child has hair, 8. I am working in the darkness. 9. I am going to the teacher's garden. 10. The old man has the blessing of the Savior in his heart. . 11. J esus i s my L or d and Savi or .

LESSON 7 C lass Y o~bulm y i nka - c o w i nsu - h ouse ( p l .

i nt eb e Class 1). ~ . bench. The prefix i'or Class ) nouns is in- (or, tm-) for both singular and plural. The context and, agreements will usually indicate Later we will note some variations whether the word is singular or plural. of this prefix. Plural: in- (im-) in- ( i m-) S ingul a r : N oun prefi x : za-

i n-

i n-

amasu) c h a ir , stool ,

uo I

inzir a, - path , way lmana - Coi

i mbwa dog

P ossessive adjective: yae .g. i n k a y a n j y e - m y c o w

inka zanjye -

m y c o ws

) becomes M. N before all labials (B,M, Y,F,P

e.g. in-bwa becomes imbwa. Some people 1es impamba. e .g. i nh a mba b e c o m N bef or e H b e c omes I P . write it: imhamba,. N before H becomes ND. e.g. in-ririmbo becomes indirimbo e .g. i n- a r a b e c ones i n z a r a ,

N before another N or befare Y,drops out.

N before a vowel stem becomes NZ.

e.g, in-mana becomes Ima:)a,

E xerci s e s : I. Translate into English: 1. Inka z ' umugabo. ? . Umusaza n ' i r r)bwa ye. 3, Umuhungu arakora mu muri-

ma we. 4. Abakobwa bafite intebe zabo. 5. Umukobwa afite imyenda mu nzu (cont. next p a ge)

- 11 ( Lesson 7 cont . ) yanjye. 6. Vmwana afite imyenda ye. 7. Inka zawe ziri (are) mu murima wanjye'. 8. Abantu barajya mu nzu, ''J"nU3 tjqJ-- fj,cj ~ II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 2. The girl's chair, 3. I have a dog. 4 . Our cha i r s . 1 . The men' s d o g s . 6. My God. 7. Your (pl.) clothes, 8 . Th e o l d m a n ' s c o w s . .5. Their c o ws. 9. The t eachers' children. 10. The woman's clothes. 1 1. Th e c h i l d r e n are going into the man' s garden. 12. I am working in the teacher's garden.
1 3. Th e w omen hav e b r e a d o n t h e i r h e a d s .

LESSON 8
A dject i v e s

The descriptive adjectives: (in this learn only the first half of the list.j -bi bad , d irty, ugly
-bisi raw , u n cooked,(unripel

- gari : wi de , b r o a d -gufi s h o rt, low, shallow -inshi . much, many -iza goo d , clean, beautiful, nice, pretty -keya) -ke few, scanty; little (in quantity), (sometimes, -kuru i m p ortant, senior,' great,.adult,.':.-. -nini bi g , thick, large -nzinya very small, tiny (used only with 7th class) -re-re t a ll, long, high, deep (prefix repeated as well as stem:
e.g. mur emure -sa - shy a o nly , n ew a l on e , m e r e

-to small, little ( ize), young, thin (sometimes, -toya ) -zhma, alive, whole, living, healthy . These ahjectives listed here are the only descriptive adjectives in ccmmon use.~Most other descriptive adjectives from English are formed by They always agree with the nouns they modify in class and number, and they alwyys follow the noun.
the nnun minus the initial vowel. umuntu mubi a bad person a bantu b a b i bad p eopl e

umutima mubi a bad heart

inka mbi an ugly cow i mbwa nshya a n e w d o g

imitima mibi bad hearts

inka mbi ugly cows imbwa nshya new dogs

As the other classes are given you will be able to form the adjectives according to this rule given above. Note: If both a descriptive adjective and a possessive adjective follow a noun, the possessive must come closest to the noun: eg, i n k a z e n k e his few cows. If one of the adjectives refers to quantity it usually comes

last. e.g. inka mbi nke a few bad cows.

E xerc i s e s : I . 'Tran late into English: b a k e . 4 . Ab a n a 1..Inka yanjye ni mbi. 2. Umugabo ni mugufi. g. ~ bantu s i ban.jye si babi. 5 , Umwigisha ni mukuru. 6. Inzu y'umusaza ni mbi. 7. Umwenda w'umwana ni mugufi. 8. Mfite umugati mubi. 9 . ab na bafite imigati mike. 10 . Intebe zanyu ni ngufi.

( cont. n ex t

p a g e)

( Lesson 8, c o nt .

)'

12

II. Translate into Kiny/arwanda: 1 , I h av e an u gl y d o g . 2. Our h o use is l o w . 3 . Your (pl. ) c h a ir s a r e short. + . H i s b a d c h i l d r e n . 5. Their f ' ew cnws, 6 . The house,i s u g l y . 7. Your (s.) clothes are dirty. 8 . God i s v er y g r e a t . 9. I have hi s. short r o p e . 10. Is the tea,cher's child bad?

LESSON 9

uocabular ~

Adjectives (continued )

Learn the last half of the list of adjectives in Lesson B.'.

6.
when an a, precedes the i, the two contract into e, thus; ba-jza becomes beza ba-inshi becomes benshi. 2) Rew@er that as stated in p~. 4, u before another vcwel becomes w, thus: mu-iza becomes mwiza. thus: mi-iza becomes myiza, and mi-inshi becomes ~minshi. Note I. In par, 14 we said that n before a vowel becomes nz, thus, n -i z a becomes nziza.; however, the adjective -inshi is an exception, for n-inshi becomes ~ n ins h i . In pronouncing this adjective -inshi, the n is nasal,

1) Though in par. 4 we stated that a before another vowel drops out, there are exceptions to this rule. In the adjectiVes -iza and.-inshi,

3) Mso remember that i often (not al ways ) becomes g before another vo~el,

and is not made with the tongue. C la,ss 1 m w i z a beza

Class 2 Class 3 benshi mwi za myiza. mwinshi nyinshi nz i za nziza nyinshi nyinshi

Note II, The adjective -nini in greeing with the 3rd class does not get an extra n. It is simply like the stem: inka.nini - a big cow, Note III. The adjectives -nini and -to occasionallyare reduplicated in the plural forms: abahungu banini-banini big boys; abana bato-bato little children. Exercises:
I. Translate into English: 1. Inka ze ni nyin hi. 2. ~fite umwana mwiza. 3. Umukobwa we n ' u muhungu we ni batoya. 4. Inzu yabo nini ni nziza cyane. 5. Jtbana bato si babi. 6. Umugabo muremure akora mu murima w'umwigisha. 7. I'ifite intebe nziza nshya. B. Umuhungu muto afite umunyu mwinsi.i. 9. Iibese abigishwa bafite imyenda myiza? 10. I"'bese inka z'umusaza ni nini? II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1 . My' g oo d d o g i s v e r y sh o rt . 2. Your

( pl. } l a r g e c ows are n i c e , 3. Our s mall cha ir s a r c n e w. 4. Our great God is good, 5. Your (pl.) many people work hard . 6 . . t 11 man is walI.ing 'n the garden. 7. The good ' children are not few. B . Th e t e a c h e r h a s may ga"dens . 9 . His l o n g
string is nice. 10. Ou" God is living.

 13LESSON Review I. Questions 1, W hat ar e 'll 2. Il th e noun

11
II

3 6.

Il

II

Il

prefixes singular and plural for the first class? s econd c l a s s ? 11 II II t hir d c l a s s ?
II

4. What usually happens to u before another vowcl? tf II II

Il Il II
II II

11

II

'

ll

II

II

7 What is the negative of ~? .8. When you have a noun, a descriptive adjective, an adjective of quantity, -9
and a possessive adjective, what i s t h e p r op e r or d e r ? What effect do mu and ku have on the noun which follows them? 10. Before what letters does N change to M? 11. What, happens when N comes before H?

12. What 13 When 14, When 15. What

happens when N comes before R? can ni and si not be used for "is" and "are"'? is,the final vowel of ni, si, and na omitted? are the two parts of the possessive adjective?

singular and plural, II. Make the word -iza agree with the following nouns, umukobwa, umugati, imbwa. and translate each expression;
III . Translat,e into English:

1 Mfite umuriro mwinshi, 2 J bagabo beza barakora;:cyane mu mirima yabo. 3 Umwana, wanjye ~ajya mu nzu. 4 hbagore benshi bar a hi nga. 5 Umwigisha afitc inka nyinshi. 6. Umwana we afite imbwa.
f
4

7 Umuhungu murcmure arakora ku ntebe nto. cyane. 8, Imirima yacu mishya ni myiza, 9. Yesu ni Umukiza wacu muzima.
10. Imyenda ye myiza si mishya.. 11. Abana bat o ba r a j y a m u n z u , 12, Mbese afite abana benshi? O ya, n i ba k e ,

13 Mbese imbwa y'umuhungu ni nziza? 14. Int,ebe zanyu ni n d ende.

IY, Translat,e into Kinygarwanda: 1, The woman is working in hcr house.

2. Salt i s

g o o d.

) 5

rr child of God has much joy in his heart. Is the boy's cha,ir lohg'? ( 46 0

4 Our good Savior is alive. 6. Y our (p l . )

b r ead i s b ad. few girls are hoeing in the teacher's garden. 7. 8. Our hills are very high.

gaW4

9 The important people ar going tc the teacher's house. lO, Thc children of God have many blssings. 1 ] Do the me.l h v.e many debts'? '~~grr 12. The man's good pupils are woorking in his new house.

LESSON 11
C las s con t i n ue d

Uoc~bulaoy: -inyama' - meat (usually pl.) ihene -, goat imuhirai at home i f i - f i sh (pl. amafi
-imvura, r ai n

ifu flour (pl. amafu ) ( some use: i f a r i n i ) ' isuka - h o e (pl. amasuka) i saho - bag, s ack ( pl . amasaho) : i i' w<4 ~ ) isahane (or, isahani) - plate, dish (Swahili)

17, Some third class irre larities. The last five words in this vocabulary, as well as ihene have no n in the prefix; the prefix is simply i. 1. ifu - its plural, amafu, is used only of different types of flour. 2. ifi though the plural is usually amafi, sometimes it is the same as
t he s i n g u l a r .

3 . i s u kh , i s a h o , and isahane, all form their plurals with ama- in the place of i - . This is the regular plural of the fifth class, and you will learn the proper agreements there. See par. 30. But the singular i s 3r d c l a s s . pote: Isahane is a Swahili word. F-om time to time a few Swahili words will be given because there is no.eguivalent for them in Kinywarwanda. 1,8 P"eposition i. This preposition means at, to, from. It is used almost
'ytith certain places ku or mu may be used, but that must be learned by fami-

liarity with the place. However, in general, i is used. This preposition is also used in the expressions~ imuhira at home;

and with the possessive pronoun, thus: iwacu - at our place, or, a t h om e ; - at y o u r p l a c e (home); iwabo -.at their place (home) . N ote t h a t wan i~ in all of these the 4 is attached to the other word..

In these latter expressions, in most instances the plural pronoun is used; however, the singular is used for the head man of the kraal or family. ic i n 'ib y " icin ne woul d s a y : ~ i v a n e. Iy he said "iwncu" he would mean " in oun vv Ii one would say i w e . In speaking of "his place(home)" Exercises: I. Translate into English: 1. Abantu benshi bafite ihene. 2. Mfite amasuka iuhira. 3. Imvura ni nziza. 4. Abagabo barajya mu Kirambo, 5. Vmuhungu wawe afite ihene
nyinshi n' inka nyinshi. 6. Umugabo afite inyama nziza nyinshi. 7 . Iwacu

mfite isaho nini cyane. 8. hbigishwa barakora i Kibogora. 9. Umusaza afite ifi nyinshi. 10. Ifu yacu ni nziza. 11. J bahungu bafite imbwa iwabo.
II. Translate into Kinyy'arwanda: 1. I have much good flour. 2. The old man has many goats at his place. 3 . Th e woman ha s e. ho e i n h e r h o u s e . 4 . Th e n e w t e a c h e r h a s m an y g a r d e n s .

5. The te a cher' s new house is l a r g e , 6. The boys have a, few fish, (Make prefix for "few" ma-). 7. The child' splate is clean. 8. A m an is w a l k ing to the house. He has a sack on(his)head. 9. My plate is dirty. 10. Are the boys hoeing in the rain?

 15LESSON 12

Verb - r i uocahular ~ ingomh drum, throne

imbuto- - seed, plant, fruit, he? or, h e h e ? - where? ( used only

i ntama sheep hari - there is, there are (like French: il y a )

h ano - her e h ariya - o v er t h e r e

questions )

in

19, Ve rb -ri. In par. 5 we learned that ni and si are used for "is", "are" , and the ne~aHve of these words, hut that in certain circumstances these words cannot be used. In many instances (in fact, wherever possible ) -ri is used where ni and si cannot be, such as with words of place, but not for state of being, in the 3rd person, except in dependent clauses.

Here is the present conjugation of -ri: ndi - I a m ( n s r i = n d i) t uri - w e a r e u ri - y o u a r e { sing. ) m ur i - you a r e (pl.) a ri - h e (she) is bari t h ey a r e The underlined portion is the verb prefix. In the third person, you remember that arakora is he is working, and barakora is~the are working. These prefixes for the third person will change to agree with the class of the subject of that verb. Her e are the form- for the classes studied thus far; Sing. P lu r . , C lass 1 ar i b ar i Class 2 uri iri Class 3 ir i ziri
T hese same prefixes are used for all verbs. Be-sure you know them. F r o m now on the verb prefixes of each class will be introduced with that class.

e.g.

I m ana i r a v uga. - God i s s p eaki ng Ihene ziragenda the goats are walking Ufite imbuto - you have seeds.

-ri is a, defective verb, that is, it lacks certain pa ts. It has no infinitive and only a few tenses, The missing forms are provided by the verb kuba - to be, become~live {in a, certain place). Hari is a form of' -ri .
Note: Ob serve the sentence order when using he'?. It is always at the end of the sentence or clause.

I hene zawe zir i h e? ( goats your a r e w h e r e ? ) Where ar e y o u r g o a t s ? Exercises: I. Translate into English: 1. Abahungu bari mu nzu. 2. Umwigisha ari he? Ari iwe. 3. Uri he? Ndi hano. 4. Inka zawe ziri hariya. 5. Umwigisha afite ingoma nini nyinshi. 6. Inka n'ihene n' intama. ziri mu murima w'umwigisha, 7. Ingoma ziri he'?
Ziri hariya mu nzu nto. B . Hari umwotsi hariya ku musozi. 9. Ihene iri mu murima, 10. Imana irakora mu mitima y'abantu.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. Where are your (pl.) goats? 2. (the goats) They are at our place (do
not translate'"the goats"; that is given to show agreement.) 3, Where are the old man's gardens? 4 . The man's many sheep are over there.

5. Where i s y o ur

are you (pl.)? We are here at, home, 7, There are many plants in the garden. B. The child has a goat. 9. The girl has a sack of flour on
head, 10. The boys and girls are in the teacher's house,

(s.) new house? It is over there on the hill. 6. Where

(her)

LESSON 13

Class 4 iki- i.biVocabulaz ikintu - thing ikijumba -, sweet potato

ikirenge foot 2 0. Cl a s s 4 .

igihugu country igi t abo book

igiti - tree S ingul ar Plural i bi -

N oun prefi x
Possessiv e pref i x

iki cya-

b ya-

( c y a n j y e , b y an j y e

Verb p re f i x Adjective prefix

kiki-

bibi-

(kiri, biri ) (kibi, b i 'bi)

21. Chan e-down rule. Nhen the stem of a word begins with certain letters, k in a prefix must change to g, and t in a prefix.must change to d.. These are the letters which cause this change: C, F, H , K , P , S , T . ( M aybe you can make up a nonsense sentence using these letters to help you remember them, such as: Charlie found his kite gulling a string tail. So it is not: ikitabo, but igitabo, since the stem -tabo begins with t. not, ikihugu, but igihugu,'since the stem begins with h. This rule is very important and is regularly applied.,so learn it well, Note, however, that it does not apply to a k or t preceded by a consonant: e.g. ntukora,. And it does not apply if the vowel between the k or t and the succeeding consonant is long: e.g. a t i h a na (not, adihana).

E xerc i s e s :

I. Translate into English: 1. Umugabo afite ibijumba bike. 2. Ibiti bye ni birebire. 3. Ibirenge bye ni binini. 4. Igihugu cyacu ni gito. 5. Ibintu byanyu biri he'? 6. Abigishwa bafite ibitabo bishya. 7. Umwana a ite imbwa mu nzu. 8. Hari ibiti binini mu mirima yanyu. 9. Ibitabo byabo biri ku ntebe. 1 0. I g i tabo cy'umwigisha kiri mu nzu. II. Translate into Kinykarwanda: 1, The girl's sweet potatoes are dirty. 2, Th e re ar e t a1 1 t r e e s o v e r there at your place. 3. I have a few books in my house. 4. Many hills are:.in o u r c o u n t r y . 5. The sweet potatoes are saall. 6. vthere i s y o u r(s.) book'? It is at home. 7. The trees over there are not very tall. 8. The women have ~ s w eet potatoes in their gardens.9, Are t h er e s heep and g dats i n y our c ount r y ? 10, The pupil's books are in the teacher's house.

LESSON 14 C lass 4 Voeabulsnv co nt i nu e d tgiesimba insect.

icyuma - iLon, knife, tool, metal icyaha sin

icyobo - hble (in ground)

inyamaswa wild animal (3rd cl,) hanze outside, out of' doors

22,' The prekixes in the first three words of this vocabulary do not appear
the same as hose in the previous lesson, but they st nll are 4th class. c - , and the prefix bia) The pre ix ki- before a vowel becomes ~ iki-aha becomes icyaha becomes bv-. e. g .

ibi-aha becomes ibyaha.

 17'o) This same rule applies to adjectives and. verbs: ki-iza becomes cyiza bi-iza becomes byiza

ki-inshi becomes cyinshi

bi-inshi becomes byinshi.

Exercises~ I. Give the singulars of the following words and translate (without looking in the vocabularies. ibit,i 6. abi g i s h wa 11. a masuka 2. i b y obo 7. ibit abo 12. i b i h u gu 3, i myenda 8. abami 13. ibijumba 4. ib i r enge 9. i b yaha 14. iminsi ibyuma 10. ibisimba 15. i n yamaswa

);

II. Translate into English:

Igitabo cy'umukobwa kiri hano. 2. Hari ibyuma byawe byinshi mu nzu. 3. Inyamaswa mbi ziri hanze. 4. Umuntu mubi afite ibyaha byinshi mu mutima we. 5. Mfite igitabo cyiza cyane, 6. Intama iri mu cyobo kinini hariya. 7. Ibirenge by'umwana ni 'bibi. 8. Mbese ibitabo byanyb bishya biri mu nzu? 9. Mbese abakozi bafite ibyuma byinshi? Oya, bafite bike. 10. Umusaza afite icyuma cyanjye. Kiri mu nzu ye. III. Translate into Kingarwanda: 1. The hole is very large. 2. Many people are outside. g. There are many sins in the heart of a bad man. 4. Your (pl.) big country is nice. 5. Many good'things are in their house. 6. Rhere are your tools? They are at h ome. 7. The girls have few books. 8. The tall trees over there are very beautiful. 9. The wild animal is alive. 10. There is a small h ole i n ou r g a r d e n .

LESSON 15
Special uses of Class 4 ocabular V~ igitambaro cloth, piece of cloth

ikigori corn, maize (stalk , ' ear ikirago grass mat ( for s l e e pi ng

) )

imbabazi mercy, pity,

f or g i v e n e s s

igitoki - bananas (bunch,tree umuneke - ri p e ba n ana

2 . Com ound sub 'ect. Vhen there is a compound subject, especially if the ~

two nouns are not of the same class, the verb takes the 4th class plural prefix. This is true a1so of a possessive modifying two nouns. e.g. umugati n'inyama biri mu nzu bread and meat are in the house. umurima n'inzu bye his ga-den and house However, if both nouns should be of the first class, t,he first class plural p refi x i s u se d . . e.g. umuhungu n' umukobwa barakora the boy and girl are working. If both nouns are in the same class (other than 1st class ), t h e v er b may

take the plural prefix of that class or it may take the 4th class plural prefix. In most localities it seems preferable to use the same class as
the nouns. The same is true of the possessive particle o" adjective. T hus, i t cou 1 d b e : ihene n'intama z'umusaza, o r , i h e ne n'intama ~b 'umusaza.

we in English' use "thing", " somethi n g " , " i t " , etc., no definite object being referred to,the fourth class agreements are used, usually in the plural:

Note that in dbblea and ~ nouns out nf the ad.jectives. Now they ar e just like vowel-stem nouns.

i~ban jye my things i~biza good things bizaba ~b iza - it will be well ib an ' e the initial vowel hae been added, making

Exercisest I. Translate into English: 2. Ibigori ni birebire cyane. 1. Umunezero n'imbabazi by' Imana, ni bikuru. 4. Imbabazi z'Imana ni 3. Ihene nyinshi n'inyamaswa nke biri ku musozi. 6. Ikirago cy'umugabo kiri mu nyinshi cyane, 5. Ibyanjye biri iwacu. 8. Abagore bafite ibinzu ye, 7, Umukozi wacu arakora ibyiza byinshi. N i by i z a . gnri byinshi mu mirima yabo. 9. Abana bafite umunezero mwinshi.
v

II. Translate into Kinygarwanda:

1. The dog and a wild animal are over there.

2 . T h er e

in hi s h ouse, 3 . T h e b oy s h ave corn (pl.) and sweet potatoes. (i.e. much are very good., 5. The new "loth is long. 6. There is a lot of 8. Our rain over there, 7. The men are hoeing well in the bananas. bread (pl.) and,meat are in a cloth. 9. The child's head and feet are large. 1 0. The man'si chair s a -id drums are in his house.

ar e r i pe b a n anas 4. Bananas

db 4 %

d t + db + dt dh + +

LESSON 16
-ra- Pr esent T e n s e o f V er b

Yoca~~a but refresh your membory on No new vocabulary is given in this lesson, the verbs al r e ady l e a r n ed: -genda - . go, wal k kora - work , d o , make, fix, repair -vuga - s p eak, s ay - hinga - h o e , cultivate, dig -va to cnme from - jya - g o esent. The verb is the most complicated and the 2 , C o n ' ation o f - r a ~ It will require much careful most important part of Kinyarwanda grammar.
study,

There are several ways of expressing present time, but here we take up only one - the -ra present tense. This gets its name from the fact tha.t -ra always comes between the personal prefix and the stem of the word in this t e n se. You have already seen a few forms of it in Lesson 1 and Here is the conjugation: elsewhere. t urakora - w e ar e wor ki n g , work n dakora - I a m wor k i n g , work m urakora - y o u ( p l . ) a r e w o r k i n g u rakora - y o u ( s . ) a r e w o r k i n g , w or k b arakora - t h e y ar e wor k i n g a rakora ; h e ( s h e ) i s w o r k i n g , works Notei Remember, nr becomes nd, thus ndakora. n-, u - , a - , t u - , mu-,ba-. Observe and. learn these personal prefixes used here: Verb
The third person prefixes given are those of the first class. 'A verb must ee w i t h itss ub ec t prefixes are given with each class. i n c l a s s a n d n u mber . 26.' Some rules regarding this tense: 1. It is used in stating a. simple fact regarding that which is ha,ppening now, whkther an object or phrase follows or not.

2. It is used in questions and answers to questions, an obj ec t o r ph r a s e o r n o t .

umugabo arakora cyane - the man is working hard umuhungu arava mu nzu - the boy is coming out whether of the house. followed by

de endent clause, vhen it expresses present time. 3. It is never used ir. a~

4. It is sometimes used to express habitual. action, in present time,

when there is no ob ect or hrase following the verb.

e.g. 1'ibese Abanyarwanda barahinga'?, Do the Banyarwanda cultivate?: Abakobwa baravoma. girl s c a r r y w a t e r . 5. The -ra present expresses progressive or continuous present. e.g. ar a kora - h e i s , w o rk i n g 6. It is used as the same-dag future tense. (See par, 57.) 2 , Continuous resent may also be like this: ndi gukora mu biro - I am ~ now working in the office. The emphasis is on the fact that the actiyn is now happening, like the French "etre en train de", This is formed with the present conjugation of -ri followed by the infinitive. (For the infinitiye see par, 3Q ) gn some localities, instead of saying "ndi gukora", they say "ndimo ndakora". Exercises: I. Translate into English: 1. Inka ziragenda mu bijumba,. 2, Nbese abantu barakor" mu murima? 3. Turakora cyane mu nzu yacu. 4. Imbwa ye irajya imuhira. 5. Urajya he'? 6. Nurahin'ga cyane mu mirima yanyu. 7. Imana iravuga mu mutima wanjye, 8. Turajya i Kigali. 9. Abakozi bari guhinga mu murima w'umusaza. 10. Mbese muri g ukora he? II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. God is speMing in the hearts of people. 2. Are you (pl.) hoeing in your gardens? 3. The bad goats are going into the house. 4. A f e w men and a few women are working in the old man's gardens. 5. I am going to Kirambo. 6. We are working hard in our new house. 7 . The boys ar e coming from (out of) the field. 8. ar e y o u {s.) g o i n g t o { u s e mu)our cnuntry? 9. The men's dogs are going into the teacher's gardens. 10. Are y ou working i n t h e d a r k ?

LESSON 17
Nezat'. re of the -ra Present Yocabul

i nzir a c l . 3) - p a t h , w ay umubyeyi ( cl . 1 ) - p a r e n t

- kunda l o v e , l i ke -s hi me, - praise, be content with

Note: umuti is used not only f'or medicine, but for most preparations or mixtures, such a,sshoe polish, insecticide, etc.

umuti (cl. 2) - medicine indwara (cl. 3) illness

kandi - also, and (to connect clauses)

28. Negative of -ra present. For the negative the -ra must d"op out

nti- {note the exception in the first person singular), and it must precede
the personal prefix, (A different neg'.tive prefix is used in dependent

s.

lts

c lauses, see par . 1 8 6 ) . Here is the negative conjugation:

ntidukora we are not working sinkora I am not working ntimukora - you are not warking n tukor a yo u ar e n o t w o r k in g ntibakora they are not working ntakora he is not working nti-a-kora. becomes ntakora. Note; nti-u-kora becomes ntukora, mukora nti Observe the parts of thc word now:

neg. prefix personal prefix verb stem Observe also the change-down rule in 1st per, plural: n ti d u k or a .

{Lesson 17,

cont.

20

The third person prefixes of the other classes follow the regular rule: e.g. inka ntizijya mu murima the cows are not going into the ga"den. 2. Ne g ative of-ri. The negative o f the verb -ri is formed the same way: ~ ntituri - we are not sindi - I am not ntimuri - you (pl.) are not nturi you are n ot ntibari they are not ntari - he is not Exercises: I. Translate into English: 2. I n t ama 1. Abantu ntibahinga mu mirima yabo, kandi ntibajya'imuhira. 4. Ntitujya imuhira, ntizijya mu nzira. ). Nkunda Imana mu mutima wanjye'. (but) nkunda, 5. Umuhungu ni mubi, ntakora. 6. Sinshima abana babi, ariko abana beza. 7. Umwana afite indwara mbi, ariko (but) ntakunda umuti. 8. Mbese ababyeyi bawe bari imuhira? 9. Ntitujya mu nzira nini. 10. Ntituri mu murima wanyu, turi iwacu. II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: heart. He has 1. I am not going to the house. 2. I praise God in my 4 . He does not l i ke ' much mercy. ). The child's illness is not very bad. med.Cine.. 5. My parents are not at home. 6. Me love our Savior very much, and we do not like sin. 7. The women are not hoeing in the sweet They are not potatoes, they are in the house. 8. tthere are the goats? 10. The sleeping mat

"

on the path. 9. Don't you (s.) love your parents?

is not in the house, and my clothes are not, on the chair.

LESSON 18 Clas s iama-

Vocabulsr ~ izuba, - sun

iryinyo tooth (pl. amenyo)

1 far angcL - f r a n o i zur u n os e , n ost r i l iziko - fireplace, stove P lur a l ama-

igi -

e g g ( pl . amagi)

ivunja - jigger i buye - s t o n e,, pebble, r o c k ijambo - word (pl. amagambo)

ishuI.i school (some write, ishuri

iji ho - eye (pl. amaso)

~0. Class $. C lass pr ef i x P ossessive pr ef i x V erb pref i x Adjective'prefix
Sin~ ar

i - { or , ryariri-

ir i )

i buy e

ama bu y e

yaa ma-

ryan jye
r ir i r ibi

y a n jye
ar i mabi

This is the only place Note 1: The singular adjective prefix here is ri-. (see par. 15). Before the ad.jective prefix differs from the noun prefix r iza. a vowel the singular adjective prefix becomes ~r - . e.g. ~
Note 2: These plural prefixes are the accords used for the nouns given in

Lesson 11 which form their plural with am.-. ir in o, since they ~t'isho, iianbo, and ~ ~i. go t e and learn th- plurals ef. emen o. ~

n ot . i .n pa r . s eeb i r r e g u l a r . Though ~amen o looks irregular it actually i" 16.1,we saw that sometimes a and i contract into e, thus ama-inyo becomes rThe singular prefix of' Class 5 nouns before a vowel is ir i r i n o . d ust i - , as i n t h e s o r d , ~
tf i n st e a d g

( Lesson 18, cont . )

~2.

21
[lsM

" i r+ u

im

However, in speaking it is pronounced as if it were mw and kw, T his i s also true of the nouns which are 3rd class in the singulm, but take a 5th class plural> such as isuka, isaho, isahane, but not inzu. Y - i n s c h o ol mu ishuZ+i(dmonounced: ms ishuii ku ibuye (pronounced:kw ib uye ) on a r o c k ku is ahane ( pronounced:kw i sahane) - o n a p l a t e However, a few 5th class nouns follow the regular rule and drop the initial vowel after mu and ku. The important ones are: mu (or ku ) zuru - i n t h e n o s 'e mu {or ku) zuba - i n t h e s u n mu (or ku ) ziJ o - in the fireplace mu (or ku) jisho - in the eye The plurals of all 5th class nouns follow the regular rule, dropping the mu maso in the eyes, initial vowel: ku mabuye on the s t o n es Exercises: I . T r a n sl at e i n t o E n g l i s h : ma-iz"1. Amabuye make ari ku musozi. 2. amenyo y'umuhungu ni meza (Note: becomes meza). 3. Ifaranga ryawe riri ku isahane. 4. Umugabo afit'e amafaranga menshi. 5. Umwana afite ikintu mu jisho rye. 6. Umuhungu afite igi rito. 7. Hari umuriro mu ziko. 8. Hari abana benshi mu ishuii ryanyu. 9. Ku musozi wacu hari amabuye menshi. 10. Amagambo y'Umukiza ni meza cyane. II. Translate into.Kiny~wanda:
1 . Th e t e a c h e r s a y s m any w o r d s . 2. Our new school is very nice. 3, The

k ee t h e i r Nearly all 5th class nouns~~ c ontrary to the regulm ru l e . initial vowel when they follow mu or ku,
Yiu and, ku with 5th class nouns.

sun is large. 4, The Mord of God is good; it works in people's hearts. 5. Do his parents have many francs! .6. John ( Yohana) doesn't l i k e e g g s , but (ariko) he likes meat, 7. I have the 'blessing of the Savior in my
heart, and I' love His Word. 8. The child has a small nose and big eyes, 1 0, Homen don' t g o and, much hair, 9. The old man h s only a few teeth. 11. The girl has a little stone in her nose. 12. I to .(use mu) school.

have a jigger in my foot.

LE~SQN 19 hore about Cl ass~ uocabulsr ~ amazi - wat er amata - milk

a maraso b l o o d

amavuta butte". oil

-shaka want, desire, look for i co dir t (not soil as in gard.en)

icumu spear

ameza table (S w.) amahoro peace

n.~

' ' i " ' ' ' ' i' ' ' ' 5 Of course, all agreements are with this the plural form. which have ~onl You The first 6 words in this vocabulary are some of these. plural form. will learn others later. ~4. 5 t h c l a s s w ords having c . The last two words in this vocabalary: icumu
like any other word in this class, spear; amacumu - spears. there is one other of fairly common be a few other rare words like this.

'

5th class words, forming their plurals but their stem begins with c: icumu Besides the two words given here, u se: i c u k i r o manur e h e a p . There may

22

Exercises: I. Translate into English:

1. Umusaza afite inka nyinshi n'amata menshi. 2 . Abana barajy a mu i s h di ryabo. 3. Umukozi afite amacumu maremare. 4. Umukobwa arahinga mu mirima y 'ababyeyi b e . 5. Sinkunda amazi mabi. 6. Umwana afite ico ryinshi ku birenge bye. 7 . Hbese urashaka amavuta ku mugati wawe? 8 . Abana b'Imana bafite amaharo menshi cyane. 9. Ibitabo byawe bishya biri he? Biri ku meza mu nzu yacu. 10. Abigishwa barakora mu ishu li . 11. A m araso ya Yesu adukiza ( saves us f r o m ) i b y aha byacu. II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. God's 'people have j o y an d peace. 2. I have a very small stone in (my) eye. 3. The pupils have the Word of God in school. 4. I want (some) clean water . 5. Bad people are not going i'nthe way of God. 6. The clean cloths are on the table. 7. A workman is hoeing at the school. 8. Our teacher is speaking the Word of God. 9. I am walking in the way of God. 10. We are praising God and we love our Lord Jesus Christ (Kristo) .

LESSON 20 Heview I. Question

1. Name thWee words in the 3rd class which form their plursls like $th cl. 2. What ar'e the prefixes of 4th class nouns?

3. What, chIange takes place in those prefixes before a vowel. Conjugate the verb -ri in the present affirmative; negative. What verb takes the place of -ri for forms that are lacking? 6. What preposition is usually used for "at" or "to" with names of places? 7. Give the verb prefixes (3rd pers.) singular and plural for all the classesIlearned thus far.
8. What is'the change-down rule? 9. Give two uses of the 4th class prefixes other than for nouns which regularly belong in that class. 1C. Conjugate: ~ enda,in the -ra- present; -hinaa in the -ra-present negative; -kunda in the present negative. 11. When ma~p the -ra present tense not be used?

12. 13. 14, 15.

What are the 5th class noun prefixes? Explain Ithe use of mu and ku with 5th class nouns, singular and plural. What are the exceptions to this rule? Give the possessive particle for each of the classes studied, singular a nd plur al . 7. if i
8. i r y i n yo 9. umuti 10. i j i sh o

II. Give the glurals and the meanings of the following:

1, 2. 3. 4.

umubyeyi iki gori i v u nj a i s h ul i i cumu 6 . i s uk a

13. i s ahane
14 . i cy ob o 15 . i k i r enge 1 6. i n t a m a

19. i ndwara
2 0. i b u y e 2 1, 1 g 1 22. ikijumba

11, i cyah a 12 . i j am b o

1 7. i k i r a g o 18. i c y uma

2 3. i n z i r a 2 4. i g i t i
25, umut 1flla

III. Translate into English: A. Abantu benshi bafite ibyaha mu mitima yabo.

n ezero.

A r i k o (but) Imana ifite imbabazi nyinshi. Imana irakunda abantu. A bana b ' I m ana n i b e z a . Baragenda mu mzira y'Imana Barashima Imana

Ntibafite amahoro n'umu-

( Lesson.20, cnnt .

- 23 -

meza cyane mu mutima wanjye. B. Abigishwa barakora mu mirima y'ishu3.i. Bafite ibitoke n'ibijpmba . n'ibigori mu mirima yabo. Bafite amasuka. Umwigisha erajya nIu,ishxri

kandi bafite amahoro menshi. Barakunda Ijambo ry'Imana. Nfite amahoro

Abana barakunda cyane umwigisha wabo, pravuga amagambo meza, kandi arashima abana (insert " w h o") bakora neza. Umwigisha ntakunda 'imyenda mibi n' umusatsi muremure. IV. Translate into Kinyar~anda: 1. I am working in my big garden, .2 Chi3.dren do not like wild animals. 3. The teachers have.'many good phpils in the schools. 4. The boys' small mats are in their house'." 5. The Banyarwanda like corn and sweet potatoes and bananas. : ' 6 . A r 'e you (s.) going home? 7, A girl is working in her t ..par ents' garden at their place. 8. We are praising God in our hearts. '9. The goat is on a large stone. 1 0. There ar e many cows i n ou r c o u nt r y . 11, The chi l d r e n want ( some) corn (pl. ) and, (some) milk. 1 2 . Our n i c e new school is very big. 13. The chkld's medicine is not on the table. Nhere is it? 14. I want my books. Are they in your (s,) house? 15. A big wild animal is in a hole in the teacher' sfield. 16e Your (s.) new cloth is very pretty. 17. Where are the meat and. butter? 18. Iiy parents

have (some) tall trees at their place. 19. The cows are not walking in
the path. 20, Nhere is the teacher? He is speaking the Word of God at

the.school.

LESSOIk 21 Verb

fite

Yo~b~a a umukene (cl. 1 ) - p oor person umukire (cl. 1 ) - r i c h p erson umuyaga,( cl. 2 ) - w i n d inkoko (cl. 3 ) - c h i c k en

inzara (cl, 3) - hunger

a riko - b u t u bu - n o w u bu ngubu - r i g h t
'nopkI g~ .
t

now
It

.~ Verb "fite This verb is defective. Likc

-ri it has no infinitive and

used for its missiag parts is kuuIra. Since the -ra present tense ordinarily is not used with this verb when an object follows ( and one usuall y d o e s ), we give here the present tense without -ra, of which you have already had a number of forms: mfitq - I have d ufi t e we have u fit e - y o u h a v e mufite - you have a fite - h e {she) has bafite - they have I'ote the change of letters in the personal prefixes according to the rules given in par. 14 and 21. Remember the accords for the other classes:
e.g. Imana ifite - Cod has. The negative is formed regularly: simfite, ntuf'ite, ntafite, etc. The -ra present of this verb is not used, except when there is ani object

p ronoun in t h e v e r b (See Lesson 5 7, 5 8 ) .

E xer'ci s e s : I. Translate into Englishi 1. Mbese ufite inkoko? O ya, simfite inkoko.

2. Dufite ihene ariko

n tiduf i t e i n k a . 3. Umukire afite ibintu byiza byinshi. 4, Nbese mufite ibitabo byanyu? Oya, biri imuhira. 5, Imana ifite imbabazi nyinshi,
6, Umukene ntafite amafaranga menshi, ariko ubu arakora. 7 . I'Ibese hari

 24amahoro mu gihugu cyanyu? Yee, dufite amahoro menshi. 8. Dufite inyama z'i nkoko, Ziri ku meza mu nzu. 9. Abakire .bafite inzu nziza, n ' i n k a n'intama n'ihene n'inkoko. 10. Hari umuyaga mwinshi mu biti hariya. II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. The poor man's child has much hunger, 2 . Sins ar e v er y b ad , b u t G od has mercy. 3. The rich man's wife has a bad illness. 4. I s t h e r e much wind in your country? 5 . Ne have chickens, but not ( = they ar e n o t ) many. 6. The rich man's spear is very long, 7. Ne like chicken mea( (meat of chicken ), but poor people don't have chickens. 8. You ( s. ) h a v e g ood cows; do you have much milk and butter? 9. Me are working hard in our gardens, tmt we don't have many s~eet potatoes. 1 0. The men are p r a i s i n g God, and they have much joy.
+ de + + + + + + + + +

LESSON 22

Infinitive and Im erative

Vocahulau ~

kumena - to spill., breakempty out (tr. ) gut e k a to cook (in water kujugunya - to throw away, discard g ufa.sha to hel p g usoma - t o r e a d i ki ? - w h a t ? k uzana - t o b r i n g Note: tr. after a verb means "transitive", i.e. a verb t ha t t a k e s a n object. int. means intransitive, i.e. it does not take an object. "to go" is intransitive; "to help" is transitive.

)(tr

~6, Infinitive. You will see that all the verbs in this vocabulary begin with ku or ~ . {Hemember the change-down rule, par. 21 ). I n E n gl i s h we
form an infinitive by placing the word."to" before the verb, e .g. t o w o r k. I n Kinyarwanda, k u (~) is attached to the verb stem. Then to conjugate a verb we simply .remove the ku and add the proper prefixes. From now on

all verbs given in the vocabularies will be given in the infinitive form, h ote th e u s e : Ndashaka ~ku enda - I w a n t ~to o. You can easily form the infinitives of the verbs already learned.

n.

Kora, - w ork! Gend a - g o ! Zana bring! The singular negative imper tive is like the present negative, e xcept t h a t
the final a is changed to e. e .g . Nt u g e n d e d o n ' t g o Ntuteke ibijumba don't cook sweet potatoes.

Except in the imperative, the verb stem can never stand alone. E xerci s e s :

For further explanations see par, 132-134. Two imperatives may not follow each other without changing the form of the second one {see par. 134

).

I, Translate into English: 1. Zana igitabo n'amafaranga. 2, Turashaka, kujya i Kigali. 3. Ntukore
mu murima ubu, kora mu nzu. 4. Abana barakunda gusoma mu ishuri.

5. Mbese mufite iki? Dufite ibitabo byacu. 6. Soma mu gitabo cyawe gishya. 7. Mena amazi mabi; ntuteke ibigori mu mazi mabi. 8 , F a sh a a b a kobwa guhinga mu bitoke. 9. Teka inyama "' inkoko ku ziko. 10. ' Turafa s h a
abigisha bacu gukora mu ishur i. II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1 . Hoe wel l i n y ou r (s.) big garden. 2. Cook the sweet potatoes and corn.

3. Go to help the poor people. 4. I like to work in the house. 5. The

boys want to go to school, 6. The pupi' s like to read in school. They
a

'

r ead very wel l . 7. Don't b r i n g y c u r ( s . ) sleeping mats and clcthes into t he house ncw. 8 . M ha t a r e y o u (pl.) dcing? We ~e helping the boys (to) bring the fish. 9. Don't empty out thc milk; it is gocd, 10. The
wind is bringing the smoke into our eyes.

LESSON 23 Class 6 ur u - i n -

Vocabular ~ urugi door

u rukundo - l o v e ( no pl. ) ur ubaho - b o " . r d , s lat e u rugo homestead, kr a al , g ushyira t o p u t enclosure (urugo is often used for "home" ~ S. C l a s s 6 Sing. Pln-"al N oun prefi x ur u ( u r u t o k e i n~ i nt o k e ) ) Poss. pr e f i x rw a- (rwan jye) za (zan jye Verb pr ef i x r u - (ruri ) zi - ( zi r i ) Adjec.pr e f i x r u- (rubi) n- (m-) (mbi)

urutoke (or, urutcki )- finger uruzi river

urukwi stick of firewood

In forming the plurals of words in this class remember,the changes that take. place when n comes in contact with' certairi'l~tter's (par e e 14) e.g. u r u b aho board imbaho boards40. The plural ofuruzi is inzuzi, and that of u r u ui i.sinz~i, and likewise for all vowel-stem nouns of this class. (The stems of these words are: -uzi , -ugi.) Note: The plural agreements of class 6 are exactly the same as those of class 3. Exerciees: I, Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. The man's fingers are long. 2. Bring wood ( insert z o) to put in the fire. ). The love of Cod is g eat (much), 4, The long river is over there. 5. We have a few slates in school, II. Translate into English: 1. Shyira. urubaho rwawe ku meza mu ishuri. 2. Dufite urugi rugufi mu nzu yacu. 3. Nbese urugo rwanyu ruri he? Huri hariya ku musozi. 4. Nu gihugu cyacu hari inzuzi nyinshi. 5. Vmwana arashyira urutoke mu jisho.
III. Cive plurals and measings of th se words. Write a sentence using each of these words in either. singular or plural. 1. inka uruzi 8 ,. ur u k w1

2. urutoke 3. i s a hane 4. i n k oko

6. i s hut..i 7. igi

9. urubaho 10, urugi

- 26 LESSQN 24
locabul a i~ u ruhu -

s ki n

I< u rufunguzo - k e y (Sw.)~4~< <."~~~< uruhinja infant (up to one month ururimi tongue, language urushyi palm of' hand 4 1.
u ruz i g e l o c u s t urwKra fingernail, toenail

uruyuk i

~ bec

U r u s h vi . T he plural i s ~ amash i. This word i' usually used in th". sense of holding out one's hands to receive som thing. T hey say , "Tega amashyi" hold out yo ur ha nds, " slaps zn t h e f a c e" .
Urush i also has the a regular 6th class plural, ~ .~ tnsh i , b ut i t mea n s

b2. The words ~ uru uki and urwara form their plurals with a z: inzara. (Do not confuse inzKra with inzara 'meaning "hunger". inzuki , T he tone i s different as well as the syllable being'longer. ) T h ese are v o wel-s t e m words, t hus i n z - in the plural (see par. 14 and 4O ). O b s erve: uru-uki = u r u yuki inz-uki uru-ara = ur wara. (since the vowel i. is long, the u of'the prefix changes to w. ) P l . i nz K r a . 4. Obs e r ve the plurals ofuruhu and ~ ~ u ruhi n ' a : ~ im u , ~ im in1a. Remember
t hat n + h = mp.

Exercises: I. Translate into English: 1. Uruyttki ruri ku rutoki rwanjye. 2. Inzige nyinshi ziri mu mirima. 3 . Urubaho rwawe nti r ur i h a n o . 4. Urukundo rw'Imana ruri mu mutima wanjye, 5. Uruhu rw'inyamaswa ni rwiza cyane. 6. i,bana baratega (see par. 41) amashyi. 7. I.bese ufite imfunguzo zanjye? Ndashaka kujya mu i s hu fi. 8. Mbese uzavaga am~ i m irwacu? 9. Sinshaka inzuki mu nzu, 10. Mbese muzana impu z'inka mu rugo?
II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

1 , The cow's s ki n i s l a r g e . 2. T h e t e a c h e r s p e a k s m any l a n g u a ge s. 3. Nhere are yo ur (s.) k e ys ? T h ey ar c h e r e . 4. The boy's fingernails a re di r t y . 5. The woman's baby (infant ) has a bad i l l n e s s . 6. God puts l ove.i n ou r h e ar t s . 7 . Nhat do you have i n y o u r h a nd (palm)? 8 . Many bees and locusts are in our fields. 9, Put the teacher's keys in his room. 10. Nomen love their babies (ti ny ) v e r y mcuh.

LESSON 2$ Frefixless Present. Tense Yocabular ~

kugura - t o b u y n 'i ngoga quickl y kugurisha to sell vuba qui c k l y , s oon, r e c e n t l y g usenga to pray , worshi p buhoro-buhoro slowly , s oftly , s o - s o kubona to see, find, receive, get (sometimes used in the simple kuza to come form "buhoro" ) urwandiko (inz-) - letter (missile)

44. Pref'ixless Present. This is another tense uscd 'o express present timc. It is not, truly "prefixless", for the personal prefixes e used , t h e s a m e a s f o r t h e - r a - pr e s e n t . But the -ra- is omitted. Thus:,

(Lesson 25, c o n t. )
nkora - I wor k ukora you w o r k a kora h e w o r k s

- 27 d ukora we wor k m ukora yo u w o r k b akora t h e y w o r k

he negative is the same as that, of the -ra- present see par 28 :k5, Uses of the prcfixless present tense.
1. It is used to express habitual present: nsenga' Imana I worship God

(regularly ). Nhen nothing else follows the verb in thc clause, except c ~ ane, t e -ra- is retained, even to express habitual action. 2. It must be used for present, time in most d d entc 1au s e s, w h i c h w e epen wi'll st u d.y l 1 at er . 3. There are times when you will hear it used when you would expect the -ra- : p r esent. Observe those by listening carefully but fo r t h e m ost part fo llow these rules givcn here, and those in paragraph 26.
Exercises: .. Translate into English: 1. i bantu bagura ibitabo hano. 2. Urashaka iki? Ndashaka amata 3 Mb g' i? '. Murabona iki? Turabona inzu nziza. 5. l abantu b e n s h i mugur'i s h a ama basenga Imana mu rusengero (church ). 6 . A b a n a baza buhoro-buhoro mu is u i. 7. Ndashaka kubona ishDi ryanyu rishya. 8. iab b aza kugur a a agore u muti. 9. Jya a vu a kugura inyama. 10. Dukunda gusenga Imana; ifite vuba urukundo rwinshi n'imbabazi.
.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. Me like to wo>~ip wo>~' Goda 2. The boy is coming slowly. g. Go quickly to school. The teacher is speaking. 4. Put the books on the chair. 5. M ere do you (s.) cultivate? I cultivate in m field 6 Nh gr I m selling chickens and eggs. 7. The pupils walk slowly; they don't want to go to school. 8. Bring your.(s,) s , b ooks oo s her e ree . I wan t t o se e t h e ~ orr d s s. . 9. G o to the river quickly, Bring (some ) fish. 10. I like to get letters. Do you get letters?

LESSON 26 Glass a kaut u-

<ccabclac 1~

agakiza salvation (no pl.) a kazi - w o r k (Sw.) (no pl.) akantu - a little thing agahinda, - sorrow (no pl.)

umurimo work, task

umunwa. mouth,lip
mu kanwa - inside the mouth

injangwe cat (tame or wild ibicu ane cold in the head, runny nose utu- (utuntu t wa- (twanjye

~ 6. ~Class Noun prefi x Poss. pr e f i x Verb prefi x

~ 'adj. p r e f i x t u- { t ubi ) Note: ka- for adjectivc prefix before i changes to ke-: ka-iza keza
I

aka- (akantu ) ka- (kanjye ) ka- (kari) ka.- ( k a bi )

)
)

he, lural is not very .conmon for most of the e word wor s g i v e n ab o v c . H o wo r t h e e pl u r over ral is x u s e d commonly, especiallyfor words brought into this class fron o ther classes, as you see in th ef o 1 1 ow i n g p ar agraph.

(Lesson 26, cont,

48.

- 28
Words of all bther classes may be given

Th is is the diminutive class.

the prefixes of this c'ass to give the meaning of a little thing: akantu - a.little thing e.g. ikintu - thing
agas i mba - insect igisim'ba - wild animal akenda. a little clothing umwenda. garment akunyu a, little salt u munyu sal t utuzi a little water amazi wat er uduta a little milk amata - milk since in their regular form they have only Note that the last two words, when changed to this class, still have a plural prefix. a plural prefix, umun u i s a k u n y u , n o t a k a n y u . i l s o , i,'ote also that the diminutive oy ~ utu ambo, iiambo in the diminutive is usually used in the plural: ~

49. The diminutive form is commonly used when a person is asking for something, though it isn't just a little that he wants. e.g. Ndashaka uduta I want a little milk (but he really wants more than a littlei) Exercises:
I, Change the following words to the diminutive form, giving &th singular

and plural, if both exist (without reference to the above list 11. umugati 6. iki jumba 1 lgl t l 12. urukwi 7. igitambaro 2 umunyu 8. i n k oko 13. ama,z" 3. imbuto ' 14. u r w a n d i k o 9. umwenda 4. igit abo 1 5, i n yama (pl . o nly an d r e t a i n n 10. igisimba ibuye o f pr e f i x )
II. Translate into Kinyarwandap (use diminutive rather than adjective

):

w herever possi bl e )
1. The woman has a tiny child. 2. The children want a little milk. 4 . Th e o l d m a n h a s m u c h We have the salvation of Jesus in thu r he a r t s . sorrow . 5 . tWe have much w thrk, but we like to work, '6. The child' s mouth is small. 7. The large cat goes in the garden. 8. There is a, very little

mountain in our country, 9. The children have (some) very small dishes. 10, Some little dogs are in your (s, ) house.

LESSON 2 7 C lass 8 yocabular ~ u b uu burir i ama bed

ubwenge - wi sdom (no pl.) ubuntu grace (no pl.) ubugingo life (no pl.)b.I l u ' -'~ 'ubwato boat

i sha.za ( 5th) pea( s)

kuko because

' >0, Cl as s 8 . N oun pr e f i x P< ss, p r e f i x ,Verb pr e l i x o dj. pref i x

ubu- (ubur ir i ) bwa- (bwanjye) bu(b ~i) bu- (bub s )

amaya-

( am ar lr 1 )

(yan Jye)
(arl)
( imab i )

51. i ' i o s t w o r d s 'n this class have no olural, but ubwatc and uburiri do have: amato, amariri.

52. The great majority of wcrds in this class are those expressing abstract ideas, such as the first three nouns of the vocabulary; they seldom have a.

( Lesson 27, c c nt . p lural . ~

)
You will see it written hpa in szme ef H a v e a n A f r i c a n ?i lp you with 'the pronzmcxati on. Bemember the rules ebcut verbs

Bw a . Th i s i s p r o n ouncedbaa,

'he elder printings k

Kuko introduces a. dependent clause.

beginning with a, e, r i , and t o k ' oe f c r e u , hat way in some cf the older printings. e .g , E xerci s e s :

in dependent c l a uses (par. 5, 19, 26). Kuk and othcr conjunctions ending i n -k o ( s uch as , a"ikc ) in pronunciation change the -ko t" - kw be f c r e w o r d s
You will elso see it written k uk w a f i t e. . ; kuk ' uf i t e .
.

I. Translate irto English:

1. Umwigisha mwiza afite uhw nge bwinshi.

mu mitima yacu. II. Translate irto Kirygmpvada: 1 , Th e wcmen have a f e w g cd p e a s . 2. 'God' s wisdom is very great (much). 'The men are g< ing in boats. 4. Do you ( pih.) have t h e g r ace of J e s u s in y'our hearts? 5, Bring the short bed into the h"use. 6. A wise person (a p".rson of w i s dom) 1<ves Gnd Xecause He brings salvation into our hearts,

ruzi. 3. Uburiri bw'umukire ni burebure cyane. 4. Nshima Imana kukc ifite ubuntu bwinshi. 5, ?ifite ubugingo bushya muri Yesu (translate muri as mu). 6.' Dukunda guhinga amashaza mu mirima yacu. 7. Paulc n>umwigisha mwiza kuko afite ubwenge bwinshi. 8. Duscma iby' (about mu Gitabo cy'Imana, 9. Urukundo rw'Imana, ruzana umucy ) ubuntu bwa Yesu

2, Amato menshi cyane ari mu

7. God' smercy and grace biing peace into my life. 8, D" you ( pl.) s e e the boat, cn (mu) the river cver there? 9. The poor man wants tc buy a new b ed, but h e h asn' t {any) francs. 10. I have jcy because God l~ves to help pecpl e.

LESSON 28 ocabular y~

ubushye burn (no pl.) u bukene need, pcvert y

ubwana ch nldhood

ubus.re you+h ( age n o t

55.

{nc pl.)

(no p'.)
p e r s ~n

ubutumwa bwiza Ccspel Obscrve the w<rds in this class: ubwana (f om umiwana ) , and ubusore :,yr mu mus r e ). .' , , any cthers are y""med in '.his i ray. e. d . U b ukri~ sto i 'r om "mukr~isto Cbr''* : i a n i t y . Another uso oz th's class is in tempora' e xpres s ' o n s , s uch as : b wakeye i t h a s d a ~ n e d b urij e - t is getting da"<,it is late ( in t h e d ay ) (bwij e i n d ependent c l a u s e s) h ukeye th e n e x t d a y uhu now " ou , w i l l l ea r n o -.ner e x p " e s s i o n s ro,". time t~ time nvclvinr-: this use.

h a i r (except yf h uman head) (no p l. ) uburyc o p p o r t u n i t y , w ay, ki n d (no pl,) ubutumwa messa,ge (no pl,)

u bwoya fur ,

ln. ~i m er a : i v e c ; ":o come". I'uz* ha s n o i mp e z a - .i v e i n t h s o you mus t u s e : newinc co me, come nere .

s innd?ular, a n d

= xerc i s e s : I . 'Iranslate into =nglis?.: 1, Ngwiro vu b a ; b u r i j e , 2. Ubukene 'cw'umukene ni bwinshi.

";. Umwana,we

( Lesson 28, c o n t .

-30 -

afite ubushye bubi mu mutwe. 4. Indwara y'umuhungu ni nbi cyane. 5. Genda ubu gufasha umwigisha gukora mu murima. we. 6. Imana ifasha abantu mu b u k en e b wabo. 7. Dusoma Ubutumwa Bwiza mu Gitabo cy'Imana. 8. Abigishwa barajya imuhira ubu kuko bwije. 9. Mwaramutseho? Amakuru?

Ni meza. 10. Injangwe if'ite ubwoya bwiza bwinshi;

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

1, We have a good opportunity (insert " b wo") t o w o r s h i p G o d . 2 . Th er e is much joy in the Gospel of Jesus. 3. Sheep's hair is long, but a dog's hair .is short. 4, We have great (much) need in our hearts; but Jesus is our Savior an d He has gre at me rcy, 5. We want an opportunity (insert "bwo") to help the poor people because they have great need. 6. A woman is bringing (some) f'lour into the house. 7. Put (some) oil on the child's burn. 8. In my childhood I liked (nakundaga) to help my teacher. 9 , Come here b r i n g y ou r ~ ) peas an d c o r n ~ . 1 0 . Do n ' t yo u w a n t to read in the Gospel of John (Yohana)?

LESSON 29.
F utur e T e n s e

'~ v ocabul a r
kubika to put away, to store k ugaruka t o r e t u r n , co m e b a c k k ugir a - t o d o , m a k e , h a v e g usubir a t o r e t ur n , g o b a c k , do aga i n , r e p e a t ejo yesterday, tomorrow (depending on t e n s e o f ' v e r b ) n one today , n o w u yu munsi t o d a y nimugoroba - in the afternoon

u bwoba - f e ar

(about 3 p.m. till 6 p.m. )

Future Tense. For future time ~ after toda th e particle -za- is inserted in the verb between the personal prefix and the verb stem, T h is is often called the far future tense. -za- is always long in both affirmative

a nd negati ve . Th u s : nzagenda - I s h a l l g o
u zagenda yo u w i l l g o azagenda h e w i l l g o

t uzagenda we sh al l go muzagenda you will go bazagenda they will go

But for future time ~toda (called the near future tense ) t h e - r a - pr e s e n t is used. In this use the -ra- is retained even in dependent clauses. ndagenda none - I shall go today nzagenda e jo - I shall go tomorrow

You remember also that this is the verb which supplies the missing parts of' -fite. Thu', for the future of "to have" you must use kuuzir-. Ku ~uka is used in the sense of to return V erbs k u a r u k a sub i r a . ~ to the place where the speaker is. e .g. A man at Kigali would say of' a nother , "Azagaruka hano ej o" he vill return here tomorrow. But if' a man is at Kigali and says, "I will .eturn to Butare tomorrow," h e would no u p. ku aruka,, but Busub'rraa. e.... Kzasubira i Butsre e io l will return (go b ac k t o Bu t a r e t o mo r : o w .

(Lesson 29,. cont.

Exercises: I. Translate into English:

1. Abagabo benshi bazajya i Kigali ejo kugura imyenda. 2, Umubyeyi w anjye a r a g a r u k a u y u m u n s i . 3. Umuntu mubi agira ubwoba bwinshi mu mutima we. g. Bika ibintu byawe mu nzu. 5 . Ej o a b a h ungu b a z ag ar u k a hano mu ishuZi. 6. Abakozi barasubira iwabo nimugoroba. 7. Umwana wa

Petero azafasha ababyeyi be mu mirima yabo. 8. lnka zijya. mu nzira, nto.

9. Tuzagira umunezero mwinshi kuko tuzabona Umukiza wacu. 10. Teka

ibijumba byinshi n'inyama n'ibigori kuko abantu benshi baraza. II,,Translate into Kinyarwanda:
1. The women will dig in their husbands' gardens tomorrow, but today they are reading in school. 2. '1'he teachers are going to Kigali today

but they will return tomorrow, 3. The boys will put away their books in t he af t e r n oon . 4 . Y o u (pl.) will have God' sblessing in your hearts (far future }. 5. The teacher will come tomorrow into the school to speak the
Word of God.. 6. The children are afraid because they see a wild animal

outside. 7. Will you ( pl. ) c ome back t oday? N o , we will come back tomorrow afternoon. 8, What will the pupils do (this) afternoon'? They will read in the Gospel of Matthew (Matayo). 9. The women are putting away the cloths now. They will come back tomorrow. 10. We are praising
God because He will have much mercy.

LESSON 30
Review I . Conjugat e : ku enda in the -re; present, affirmative. 1. ~

4. -ri in the prefixless present negative. $. ~ fasha in the ter future aggirmative.
6. gmsoma in the far future affirmative. II. Questionsi

2. -fite in the prefixless present, affirmative. 3. ~ ukora in the prettxless present negative

1, What verb is used for the missing forms of -fite? What are some forms of -fite that do not exist? 2, How is the imperative formed: affirmative? n egative? When must, the prefixless present tense be used?

4, When is the -ra- present most often used?

What t,ense is usually used wh n the present verb is the last word in t h e s e n t e n c e '?

6, What class is used. fo" the diminutive?

7. 8, 9. 10. 11. What kind of words for the most part are found in Class 8? What happens when the prefix bu- precedes a vowel? What is the imperative of "to come"? When is the -za- future used? What other tense may be used to express a future idea and when is ' it u s e d ? 12, Give the diminutive form of these words: igitabo, umwana, umusozi,

urubaho, amazi, igiti.

(Lesson 30,c o n t, )
III. Make the possessive adjective "my" agree with the following words. Then change the words to plurals including the possessive adjectve. Also give the me.-nings of' these expressions. ( Some words may n o t h ave a pl u r a l . ) e . g . For t h e wo r d u m u h ~ u y o u woul d w r i t e : un

umuhungu wanjye my son

urUgl

le

2, i n j a ngwe 3. umukire umugozi

Ubwa.to 6 , uru r i m i 7. a k a z i

abahungu banjye - my sons.

9 . ur ut o k e 1 0. u r u z i 11, umunwa 13. Ur uk wi 1 4. u b u r y o 1 g. ur wara

8 . uburi r i

12. ubushye

IV. Make ithe adjective -iza agree with the f'ollowing

plural, if plural exists, and translate: 1, ubutumwa. 6. akant u 2. umuyaga 7 i cyuma uruhinj a 8. u b w oya 4. i s h aza 9. amata 5. i j a mbo 1 0. agaki z a
t

n ouns, si n gular 11. uruhu 12. inkoko

and

13. urubaho
14 if u 1$. umun sl

V. Translate into Rinyarwanda:

1. We will read in the Gospel of' John now. 2. Many rich men have many things, but they do not have peace in their hearts. ), Jesus has grace, love and., mercy; He wants to help people. 4. The woman will cook fish on the stove tomorrow, 5, Come here; don't put the board away in the iiouse, 6. Pour out the bad milk; bring the good milk in the house.
7. Tamorrow the old man's sheep and goats will go into our field. 8. Work quickly; it is late and you have much work. 9, The r i ch m a n will return to his home tomorrow.

because Ae want (some) meat.

10.

We are bringing our dishes

LESSON 31
Ne ative of Puture Tense Vo abulsz' ~ kuririmba to sing kubanza to begin by, do first k ugera t o a r r i v e indirimbo song, hymn

gutangira - to begin to

mu gitondo - in the morning

This follows the regular rule: negative pref'ix, personal prefix, t ense s i g n, stem of . v e rb : sinz~enda I shall not go ntituzZgenda we shall not go

ntuzagenda - you will not go

nt 1 n eg. p r e f i x baper s . pr ef .

ntazKgenda - he will not go Thus:

nt imuzagenda you will not go

ntibazagenda - they will not go

zag e nd a t ense s i stem This negative form of' the futu e cannot be used in dependent clauses. 5i. V er bs ku b a n z - snd gutanstra. Though both og th se words mesr. hgin", "bbse Banza guhinga begin by hoeing, hoe f nl st (implying tMt the"'e is something else to do when hoeing is f'inish d) Tangira guhinga begin to hoe (tha is , start that task now )

(Lesson 31, c o n t . ')

E xerci s e s : I. Translate into English:

1. Ejo mu gitondo abantu ntibazakora kuko bazajya gusenga Imana, 2. Ej o

ntituzatangira gufasha abahungu, 3. Banza kuririmba; turashaka gushima Imana. 4 . Abahungu baratangira gusoma neza. 5 , Umwigisha araza vuba. kuvuga Ijambo ry'Imana. 6. Abakozi barabanza guhinga mu bigori; ejo bazakora mu nzu. 7. Abana bararirimba indirimbo z'Imana mu ishu &i. 8. Vuba tuzabona imyenda mishya kuko ababyeyi bacu bazagaruka imuhir'a. 9. 11banza gushyira utuzi mu isahane. 10. Umwotsi mwinshi uratangira
.

k uva mu murir o . II, Translate into Kinyarwanda:

1. The cows will not go into the river. 2. We shall have the blessings of God in our hearts. 3. The pupils will not arrive in school tomorrow

m orning. 4 . Y o u (s.) will come in the evening (today) to help the girls. 5. We will begin to sing sooni 6. First go to work in the garden.
7, The women will not cooP fgsh tomorrow morning; they will cook meat. 8. Our teacher will arrivd~this afternoon; he is not here in the morning. 9. The old man's son will not go to school tomorrow 'because he has a

bad illness. 10. We will not buy your (pl,) goats; they are very small,

LESSON 32
Clas s Vo cRbul aI ~ ukuboko - a r m ukuguru - l eg u gutwi e a r u kwaha armpi t
.

u ku -

ama-

ukuri -

ukwezi - moon, month (pl. amezi

t r ut h (no pl.)

(u) kwizera f ait h ( no pl . )

Pl. Stn 62. ~Class ~ ama(amaboko Noun prefi x uk u - ( uk u b oko) (yanjye) Poss. pr e f i x k wa - ( k w a n j ye ) yaa(ari) Verb pr e f i x ku(kuri) ma(mabi) (kubi) Ad j, pr e f i x kuThe plural a.ccords are the same as those of Class 5. According to the regular rule, ku- bef'ore a v o w e l b e c o mes k w-

e .g . 6 , ~

k u - i z a = kw i z a

k u-i n s h i = kwi n s h i

Th i s class contains all infinitives, for in Kinyarwanda, a s i n English, an infinitive may be used as a noun. Besides the infinitives, there are very few other words in this class, except those given in this uk w izera faith, c omes Trom t h e v e r b vocabul a r y . Th e v o r d S l v e n h e r e , (~ kwizera t o b e l i ve. The infinitive, become a noun, is given the in"'tial vowel u only when it follows a form of the verb "to be", such a s n i , s i , -ri. Ot h erwise it looks just like the infinitive, but the context f'wijl u ' - r<s. bl ytcuh usually .make it plain whether it is the infinitive or a noun, k ugaruka k w e h i s r e t u r n k ugaruk a t o r e t u r n t >yg K wizer a k w awe kur i h e . ' Where '' your faith2 a ma we There is great faith 'n his heart. Har'i ukwizera kwinshi mu mut E xer ci s e s : I. Translate into English; I, Ukuboko kwe ni kugufi. 2. Umuhungu wawe afite amaguru maremare, 3. Abantu ben hi bafite kwizera guke. ~i. Imana ikunda gusenga kw'abantu a f i t e indwara mbi mu matwi (ye). 6. Umwigisha beza. 5 e Umwana muto wacu avuga ukuri. 7. Inkoko ntifite amaboko ariko if ite amaguru,

(Lesson 3 2 , cont.

= na ) 8. Turaririmba indirimbo z'Imana ku3:o dufite umunezero no ( 10. Umuntu afite amaguru kwizera. 9. Hari umunezero mu gukora cyane. n'amaso, n ' u munwa. n'amaboko, n'umutwe, n'amatwi,

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. The arm of God is not short. 2, The moon shall see a large moon. 3. Do you have much 4. The teacher's faith is very great (much). s (ahari) we shall see His return. 6, perhap t

is small now but soon we faith in your heart'? 5. Jesus will come soon; Put (some) medicine on the
8. A m o nt h h a s

child' s leg. 7. My daughter has a burn on her arm.

Will you help many days. 9. Are you (s.) telling (speaking) the truth'? 10. Their parents will not come tomorrow'because the poor man tomorrow? there are locusts in their garden and they have much work.

LESSON 33
C lass 1 0 . ah a g ukubura t o s w e e p g ukiz a t o h e a l , save,

Vocobula ahantu place hasi - on the ground, floor ibishyimbo (cl. 4) dry beans,
b ean p l a n t s

s a v e f r om

kuguma to stay, remain

Plural All forms are the same a.s the s ingul a r .

64. Class 10 . N oun prefi x P oss. pr e f i x V erb pref i x A dj. p r e f i x

aha- (

Sin ~

a ha.n tu)

haha-

(hanjye)
(hari )

( habi)
However, t hi s

6 , There is only one word in class 10: ahantu p l a c e , ~

prefix ha- is used to express the idea of place whethcr the word ahantu i s u se d o r n o t , 66. Some uses of the ha- prefix: l. In the adjective: e .g, H an o n i h e z a h e r e i t a) to amee with the adverb of place. i s ni c e ( o r , clean ), or, It is a good place here.

e lt, le very Ltrty (plsc~ 2. As a ver b su b j e c t : e.g. Hariya hitwa Kigali a) to agree with ahantu or adverb of place. That place over there is called Kigali, e.g. b) in an impersonal sense when no subject is expressed, Harashyushye it is hot.

b) in the adjective when ahantu is understood.

e .g. Ni

habi c y ane -

c) to represent the English expletive "there".

(You have al r e ady

seen this in hari.) e. g. Haza umugabo there comes a man. Hari ibijumba? - are . here an y s w ee t p o t a t o e s ? Y ee, b i r a 1 ar i Y e s , t he r e a r e . N ote t h a t Note: In birahari the -ha- gives the idea of place also. .nswe irg this question one would make the verb agree with ibi 'umba: See par.213) . ';ee, b i r a h a r i Y e s , t h e r e a r e , Nta bihari there are none. 's e.g, Hari amazi menshi hano there Somet'mes just hari is used. m uch water h e r e . Since there is no other I n t h e e x p r e s s i o n : mu maso hawe - y o u r f a c e . word fo r " f a c e " , amaso is used with the possessive adjective having the ha- pr e f i x , and it is preceded by mu.

(Lesson 33, cont

good pl a c e "

)
not "mu haIltu heza".

"In" is not usually used with ahantu: i s a ha n t u h e z a .

Thus,

"in

E xerci s e s : I. Translate into English: 3 . Haza a b a nt u b e n s h i m u 1 . Hano n i h a b i cy a n e . 2 . K ub ur a h a s i v u b a . Yee, byinshi? 4. Hariya ni hanini. 5. Hbese hari ibishyimbo i sh4i , 7. Hari ibishyimbo 6 . Umukiz a a k i z a a bantu i b y a h a b y a b o . b irahari . sinshaka kujya i Kigali. 'byinshi hasi mu rugo. 8. N d a shaka. kuguma. iwacu,

9. Tuzajya: kuba. ahantu heza cyane. hasi mu ishQi.

10. Uyu munsi abigishwa ntigakubura

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. I don't want to stay in a. dirty place.

2. Are t h e r e ( any)bananas on 4 . The g i r h s the ground? 3. Jesus likes to s ve people from their sins. go to sweep the are sweeping the floor, 5. Outside it is very dirty; 7. Peter's son will not 6, I see a nice place over there. g round well . Y es, t h e r e the school? go to Cyangugu. 8. Are there (any) people in 9. In the morning there are many men and women and a, few children. come a few workmen. (Nhile awkward in English, this is correct in Kinyarwanda,) 10. John has joy in his face.

LESSON 34 Chart of the Classes

6. ~ C LA S S ' NOUN PREFIX VER3 PREFIX

1. Sing.
P lur . 2 . Si n g .
UIllu-

ADJ. PREFIX POSS. PREFIX POSS. PART. wa wamuba baba.muwa-

Plur. 3, Sing.
PILLr.

imiininikiZ1-

min- m-

yayazacyacya

ya

n- (m-)
kibima-

S ing.

ki-

Plur. 5. Sing. Plur. 6. Sing.

P lu- .

ibiamaUrU-

byaryayarwaza

bya

ruZl-

IU-

inakaUtU-

n- (m-)
katU-

r w2. za

katwaya-

ka
twa bwa

7, Sing.
P1Ur

tu-

8. Sing,
9. S1ng

Pl u", '
e

u'ouam aukuamaahaaha.hahaKu-

ya.
kw2

kwa-

Plur.
1 0. S i n g . P lur .

mahaha-

yahaha-

ya. ha ha

Note: From now on in gener.l the class of a noun will not be indicated -';. hould be able to identify them f'or yourself. the vocabularies, for you

( Lesson 3 4 ,

cont.

E xerci 'ses : Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1 . Hi s g o o d d o g . 2 . Our n e w b o ok s A little .boy.

Cold ( fresh) mi l k .
N1ere is their big garden? 6 . God' s S o n .

7 . The t eacher' s k e y . 8 . A l on g r i v e r , 9. The grace of God., 1 0. The sheep are h er e .

15. God's people. 16. A shor t b e d . 17. The boat i s on

t he r i v e r .

11. M uch wi n d . 12. Deep ho3.es. 13. O ur Savi o r . 14. T he boys ' chair s .

2 2. New"hear t s . 2~. Th e p o o r m a n ' s m a ny d.ebts.

2g. My eyes. 25, Your (s.) l o ng

f'ing.er a s

18. Good meat. 19, My nice cat

20, M any words . 21. Your (pl.) par ents .
.

26, God's mercy and gra,ce. 2 7. Good seeds are i n the garden. 2 8. Our many bad si n s ,
2 9. Tg e l ove of' Jesus.

30. The girl's mat.

LESSON 35 Vowel-stem Verbs

'(ocab~a a

kwandika - to write kwizer a, to trust, believe kwereka - t o sh ow

kwrgi sh a

- t o t ea c h

I'.8.Vowel-stem verbs have stems which begin with a vowel which is always - andi k a , i ze r a , etc, Since the vmel u before another vo~el becomes the infinitive ku-andika becomes kwandika. o whenever verb, you see an infinitive beginning with kw- you know it is a.Svowel-stem
:-,iodern

kwrga to l e a r n , s ~ ~~g kwihana, - t o c o n f e ss , r e p ent

(of)

In some orthographies the u of ku- is dropped before u and o, thus;

kubaka (stem -ubaka ), and koza (stem -oza 69. For the conjugation of these verbs it. is very important to remember the rules for vowel and consonant changes. a) Here is the -r"- present conjugation:(Par. 4, 14 , 21 , 22 , 31 , 46, 62

).

n diz er a, - I t r u st t ur i z e r a . - we t r u s t u ri z e r a - y ou t r u st murizera - you trust a ri z e r a - he t r ' u s t s barizera they trust For other classes, the same principle applies, for it is the a of -rathat makes the contra,ction. Note: In all forms of these vowel-stem verbs the yccent falls an that first 'iowel of the stem, which is always long, thus:

a-andika,

mwrzera (mu + izera = mwizera ) b iz er a ( ba, + iz er a = b i z e r a) 7G, Note 'this tense for the ot.her cla ses: C lass 2 wer e k a y er e k a Class 7 ~ e ka twereka 3 y e r eka z e r e k a 8 bwerel y e r eka c yereka b y e r e k a k wereka. y e r e k a 5 r y er eka y e e k a 10 hereka hereka 6 r w e r ek a z e r e k a

b) The prefixless present: nizera wizera (u+izera =-wizera ) yizera ( a+iz e r a = y i z e r a )

twizera

(tu + izera = twizera)

Instead ~l. Note in the 3rd person singular gizera, the vowel change of a. andika, of the vowel a dropping out before another vowel, as you have learned, it
h ere c h anges t o E xerci s e s : E. a- z e r e. be c omes Ei z e r a ; Thus ~ li k ewi s e , T er e k a , ~

(Lesson 35, cont.)

- 37 -

l. Translate into English:

2. Abana biga neza mu ishuri. 3. Umuko4. Umwigisha yigisha abana benshi gusoma bwa arihana i b yaha bye. ) kwandika. 5. Ndashaka kwereka abigishwa Igitabo cy'Imana, no (no = na 6. Umwigisha arafasha abana kwandika. 7. Abana barereka ababyeyi babo 1 0. N t i d u s h a lm imyenda yabo. 8. Umuhungu w'umusaza yiga vuba indirimbo nshya. 9. Igitabo cy'Imana cyigisha abantu urukundo no kwizera, kugenda ubu kuko twandika inzandiko.
1, Umwigisha yizera Imana cyane.

2. The bad. man is ll. Translate into Kinyfarwandai 1. The 'boys write well but they do not read. well. confessing his sins; he will receive the blessing of God. and joy in his l heart. 3. I believe the Mord of God and I want to teach They manywil people to trust God.. 4. Our Savior, Jesus, will save bad people. 6 . Do you { s. ) t r u s t receive new hearts, 5. His repentance is good..7. The l ove of' God shows t he Savior ? He wants to show people His love. in school? people th e g ood way. 8. Do you (pl.) write letters 10. Me are learning to 9. Parents teach their children to do well.

sing (some) nice new songs.

LESSON 36
Far Future and Present Ne ative of Vowel-stem Verbs Yocabular ~

k wambara - t o w e ar , p u t , on kwanga. - t o r e f u s e , h a t e kwemera - to agree, be willing, accept, admit

kwxbagirwa to forget kwibuka - to remember ) - to buil d kwubaka (or , k u baka This is formed by dropping the

~2.

Far Future of vowel-stem verbs. of the -za- tense sign before the vowel of the stem: azibuka - he will remember nzemera - I will agree ~

r ule, b u t , of course, adding the negative prefix ntazubaka - he will not build sinzibagirwa - I shall not f'orget the prefixless present affirmative, added: sinibuka - I don't remember iber
ntiwi'buka you don' t remem

Ne a t ive future of vowel-stem verbs is formed i according to the same

except that the negative prefix is ntitwibuka - we don't remember ntimwi'ouka you don' tremember
ntibibuka - they don't remember

ntiyibuka - he doesn't remember

It is important

All other vowel-stem verbs are handled in the same way.

to emember that the vowel of the stem is never lost in any kind of c ontr a c t i o n . ntiyemera - he doesn't agree ntiyambara he doesn' t wear ntiyubaka - he doesn't 'ouild

: eat

i rxCp .

(Lesson 36, cont, )

x ''eroise s :

I. Translate into English: 1, bmubyeyi ntiyanga gufasha abana be. gizwa kuzana ibijumba byacu ejo.

2 .y'abagabo Abagabo bazubaka .ishuri 3. Abagore bazemera gukora neza, mu mirima babo.

ejo.

kandi ntibafite amafaranga men.,hi.5. Abakene ntibambaza imyenda myiza

4. Ntituziba-

zifite ubwoya. 7 . Tuzubaka. i n z u n s h y a. i w a c u . 8.neza Mbese muzambara, imyenda yanyu myiza ku munsi mukuru? 9 . Abana ntibibuka indirimbo nshya. 10. Abigishwa ntibazandika inzandiko vuba, kuko bazabanza kwiga gusoma,
II. Translate into.Kinygarwanda:

6. Ihene ntizambara imyenda,,ariko

1; The teacher's workmen will build his new house soon. will ndt forget to come to buy your books today, 3. The boys 2. You agree (s,) to go to Kigali to look for their things. 4. The rich man refuses to work i n his garden. 5 . Y ou (pl.) will remember to come to school tomorrow morning. 6. I am not willing to bring my slate, because we have slates at school . 7. God's people will build a. new school soon, zefuse to go in the path? 9, Vill you 8. Do'sheep (s,) remember the good words he of your t e acher? 10. The poor man will not z'epent of.' his sins because is a f r a i d ( = has fear

).

LESSON 37 Cardinal Numbers 1 10 Your vocabulary for this lesson is the numbezs given in the following paragraph.
7Q Stems of the number words: - mwe one -tanu five - bi r i two - t and a t u six - t a t u three rindwi seven ne four

(u munani (i cyenda

ht agreements, to ten the forms are invariable, are the numbers with the first ei class Heze s ame as for v e r b s , e xcept th e f i r s t c la s s s i n g u l a rT , he prefi xes ar e t h e umuntu umwe - one pezson abantu batandatu - six people abantu babiri - two people a bantu b a r i n d w i abantu batatu - thz ee people seven people a bantu munani a bantu b an e eight people f our p e o p l e
abantu b a t a n u f n ve peopl e

ten Numbers from one through seven must have prefixes according to the class of the noun i modified, but from ~

(i) cumi

eight nine

76.

.wo - e b y i r i ; t hre e - e s h a t u ; f 'our en y e ; ~ ix esheshat u ; five - es h a nu; s even i nd wi . e .g. i nk a e shatu - t hr e e c o w s , inka ndwi. (Note that indwi with these classes loses the i, just as do '.he numbers f o r 8 , 9 , 10 , when it follows the noun.

ebyiri tubir i abiri kumwe abiri C lass 1 0 hamwe Notq: For the 3rd and 6th class plural agreements another habiri form is used:

The cla.ss eements: Class 1 umwe b abir i Class 2 umwe i bi r i Class 3 imwe ebyiri Class 4 kimwe b ib i r i Class 5 rimwe abir i

a bantu c y e nd a a bantu c umi -

n ine p e o pl e t en peopl e

Class 6 Class 7 Class 8 Class 9

rumwe kamwe bumwe

(Lesson 37, cont,.

-39 -

The numerals from 8 to 10 lose their initial vowel when immediately following a noun, but if used, by themselves they retain it.

e.g. ibitabo munani - eight books Nbese hari ibitabo byinshi? Oya, ni umunani gusa.
Are there many books? No , there are only eight. Numbers always follow the nouns they modify.

~8. For just counting when no object is involed, one says: rimwe, kabiri ~atatu, kane, gatanu, gatandatu, karindwi, umunani, icyenda, icumi. Exercises:
Translate into Kinyarwanda: l . one st o n e 13. t h r e e j i g g e r s

2 , t.hree f i n g er s 3. si x months 4 . two cat s e ight ch ai r s 6. f our t e a chers 7. ten b oys 8L fi v e b o oks 9. one door '0, six d.ogs 11; nine eggs 12. seve bees

14. one cow 1 5. f i v e f r a n c s 16, four hills

17e tw o a r r ns

18. t h r e e beds 1 9, si x h o e s 20. t e n s h eep 21. one board 2 2. ei gh t s c h ool s 23. five little tnings (Use diminutive ) 2 4; si x p u p i l s

25. one cat 26. many boats 2 7. t h ree p l a c e s 2 8. nine goat s 29. seven (ears of ) corn 30. f our r i v e r s 31. ei ght g a r d ens 32. two days 3 3. f i v e r o p e s 34. seven mat.s 35. one leg

LESSON 38 Hi her Numbers ~oaabula urusengero (or, i s e ngero ) church ( buil d i n g ) i t o r e r o c h u r c h (people)
um waka y ear

k ubara - t o co u n t gufata to take ( hold o f ' ), c atc h , seize kwin jir a to enter ( usual ly

( pl.

i m y aka - y e a r s , c r o p s )

f ollowed by mu

imbeba rat, mouse

ZK ~

cumi n'umwe - eleven cumi na babiri twelve

cumi na batatu thirteen cumi na bane fourteen curni na batanu fifteen

cumi na batandatu sixteen cumi na barindwi - seventeen cumi n'umunani - eighteen

cumi n'icyenda - nineteen Note: in these last two forms it c ould b e : n a m u na ni , n a . c y e n d a

Here you see the class agreement comes in the word following na. e.g, abahungu cumi na bane - fourteen boysr amagi cumi n'ane - 14 eggs.
Observe that with eleven, though t,he noun is plural, -mwe h as a s i n g u l a r prefix: e .g . i m insi cumi n'umwe eleven days. In numbers from 11 to 19, icumi loses the initial vowel i- even

when it does not follow a, noun, e.g. Nbese hari abantu benshi? Hari
cumi na babiri basa. Are there rnany people? There are only twelve;

( Lesson 38, cont . )

8 0, Th e t e n s a n d h u n d r e d s . makumyabiri - twenty ' thi r ty mirongwitatu mirongwirindwi - seventy

mirongwine - forty mir ongwi't, anu f ifty mirongwitandatu sixty

,

mirongwinani - eighty mirongo cyenda - ninety ij ana - on e hundred magana abiri - two hundred
'~, h ~ , > 'go a

N ote: For ' 800 one may say: m

In these forms just given, there is no change for agreement. 20 people - abantu makumya'biri - inka makumyabiri 20 cows But: 21 people - abantu makumyabiri n'umwe

34 sheep intama mirongwitatu n'~en e

124 francs - amafaranga ijana na makumyabiri n'ane.

Observe the agreement as underlined in the last word. Note that na must be used between each segment of the number: 132 men - abagabo ijana na mirongwitatu na babiri. Exercises". I. Translate into English; 1. Bara abahungu (insert " who" ) bari mu ishuli, 2. Hari abahungu ijana na mirongwitatu na batanu. 3. Abagabo n'abagore makumyabiri na babiri barinjira mu rusengero. 4. Injangwe nini irafata imbeba ebyiri, Tuzaguma gukora hano imyaka itatu. 6. Abagabo barazana amabuye magana atatu na mirongwirindwi n'umunani, 7. Inzu y'umukire ifite inzugi cumi na rumwe. 8. Turashaka amasuka makumyabiri n'arindwi, kuko haza abakozi benshi . 9. Muzagura inyama z'amafaranga magana abiri na mirongwine n'atanu. 10. Abigishwa. mu ishuli ryacu ni magana atanu na mirongo cyenda na batandatu. II. Translate into Kinykarwanda:(Always write out the numbers. 1. Fifteen workmen are coming to 'build the house t,oday, 2. The rich man has forty-three cows, and many goats. 3. Me have four cats; they will
catch many rats. 4. There are thirty-six trees in the teacher's field, 5, The boys write on slates. T hey have fifty-one (slat es ) . 6 . Buy eighty- f our eggs. 7. There are twelve sheep in our field. 8, The poor

man has a debt of 465 francs.

9. Sixty-six workmen w"'ll build the church,

10. The boys will learn in school seventeen years.

LESSON 39
-n a h e ? How man ? Y ocabul ~ y

ingofero - h a t (Sw.) umujura thief igisambo thief ijoro night ( 5th cl . ) kwumva (or, kumva) to hear, feel,
smell, taste, understand

gutuma to send (see pa-. 82 kwohereza (or, k ohereza ) - t o s e n d nyamara but (see par. 83) ahubwo - but (see par. 83)

(see par, 82)

("at night", or "'n the night" o" "last night." i" usually: ~nl 'oro. )

,id

(Lesson 39, cont.

)
This word also takes class prefixes, but observe

81. -n ahe? - how man ?

that they are the same as those of the numbers, not of descriptive adjeccives. Only plural forms exist because the idea is plural. L ik e o t h e r adjectives it fallow the noun it modifies. ~ na he? cannot be followed by t h e - r a - p r es e n t , except when it..is used for future time today. C lass 1 b a ng a h e ? Class 6 z i nga h e ?

C lass 2 Class 3 Class 4 Class 5

i nga h e ? zi ng a h e'? bi ng a h e'? ang a h e?

Class 7 Class 8 Class 9 Class 10

t un g a he? ang a h e? ang a h e? h a ngahe'?

e.g. Hari abantu bangahe? - how many people are there? Umukire afite inka zingahe'? how many cows does the rich man have? Abigishwa bangahe bafite ibitabo? how many pupil s h av e books?
Notice the, word order g. hen "how many?" goes with the ~ sub'ect it is in the beginning of the .sentence; when it goes with the ~ ob'ect it is at the ende

82, G u t uma and kwohereza. Though both of these words mean "send", they are not guite the same. Gutuma usu'ally emphasizes the fact of a message. Kwohereza is to send anything not a message, or no emphasis on the message. Nzatuma umuntu i Kigali - I will send a person to Kigali (implying that, he carries a message Nzohereza imbaho i Kigali - I will send some boards to Kigali.

),

3+ Rr i ko a ma r a a h ubwo, You have now learned three words for "but". in most i n s t a nces, er i h o an d ~ ns m ara are interchangeable Ahu b w o means "'but." w hen an idea of definite contrast is involved M , i ~ l wv dlau' ' tm ,u'\,f stl e.g, Ntuzane ibitabo, ahubwo uzane intebe - Don't bring books, bu k f ~ b ring t h e c ha i r . .<ote: In the gocabulary you see that kwumva (kumva) is used for all the s enses e x cept s e ei ng . However, its commonest meaning is "to hear". Be cautious in using it for the other senses and observe how the Africans use it, Also note this use of it. Sinumva ikinyarwanda, I don' t u n d er stand Kinyarwanda. Exercises: I. Translate into English:
1. Mufite ibitabo bingahe'? Dufite cumi na. bibiri.

tf ~

abantu bangahe i Kiga,li kuzana ibintu byawe? Nzohereza icumi. 3. Mbese ufite ingofero zingahe? Mfite ebyiri. 4. Nzohereza urwandiko i Cyangugu kuko nshaka kugura imbaho mirongwitatu n'enye. 5, Imana ikunda kwumva gusenga kwacu, 6. Mbese wumva ikinyarwanda? Ndumva buhoro, nyamara'.si cyane. 7. Yesu atuma abantu be kuvuga Ubutumwa bwiza. 8 . Ab a j u r a bafashe (past of -fata) ihene zingahe? Ni Icumi n'ebyiri. 9. Muzaguma tfano amajoro angahe? Ni atatu. 10, Bara. amafaranga. U.ite angahe? Mfite mmngwitanu n'ane.
1I. Translate into ~inyarwanda: 1. How many children are ente. ing the church? 2, How many books will you send": 3. Thieves like to go in the night because there is darkness. 4. How many years will you teach here? I will teach six years. 5. Send twelve men to bring my boards. 6. Send a pupil to bring your letter to

2 , Mbese u z o h er e z a

my house. 7. Do you (pL,) hear the drums? Where are they? 8. I hear the workmen. What are they doing? T hey are bu i l d i n g a c h u r c h . 9 , I n the night the old man hears a thief in his kraal, He gets ( takes) h i s

spear, 10. I want to put away our clothes now, but I don't see well

a t (in)

night,

LESSON 40, Review I, Questions:

l. Explain the difference between: 1 ) kubanza and gutangi r a,; 2) gutuma and kwohereza; 3 ) ar i k o and ahubwo. 2, What is the most common use of class 9? 3. Name all the words in class 9 which do not come under tha t use. 4. What one word belongs to class 10? 5, Givq 3 uses of the ha- prefix. 6 . How do you say " hi s f a c e " ? 7. Give 2 examples of vowel-stem verbs. 8, Count from one to twenty.
9, In what way do the numbers 8 to 10 differ from the others

usage?
10. C i v e t h e w o r d ~ nshe with all og its class agreements.

in their

II .

C o nj ugate: 1. kwambara in the far future affirmative.

2. ~kvib irwa in the present negative. k wdn 'ir a n. ~ i n th e i e r rn t n r e n e g a t i v e . 4. kwihana in the -ra- present affirmative. 5. kwemera in the prerixless present affirmative.

III. Translate into Kinygarwanda:

1. How many c o ws?

2. One eye 3.. Three poor men 4, Fifty-four goats Fourteen hoes 6. How many little things?(dimin. 7. Three years 8. Twenty-five chairs 9. Thirty-six chickens 10. One church
1 1. Se v e n t ee n s c h o o l s 12. Four hundred thirty-two francs

13. Forty-eight, children 14. Si x t y - one eggs 15. Ten hat s 1 6. One st r i n g 1 7. Twenty-one f i s h 18. Ei ght y - t h r e e sheep
19, Twelve hills

26. Six l a n guages 27. How many books? 28. Thirteen mats 2 9. Four t h i e v e s 30. One rat 31. One stick of' wood 32. Si x s k i n s o f ' c o ws 33. Two keys 34, Seventy-eight months 3 5, Ninety b oat s 36. Two beds 37. Fifteen big holes 38. One hundred and sixty-six ~orkmen 39. How many legs? 40. Seventy-two slates 41. Forty-one sweet potatoes 42, Ten sacks 43. Twenty-t wo ( ears of ) c o r n
Five count r i es

2 0. Fiv e p l a c es 21. How many gardens?

22, F o u r t ee t h 23, Fifty-nine stones 2 4. T h i r t y - o n e n i g h t s 2 5. Nany b e a n s

4 5. One r i v e r 46. Ten fingernails

4 7. How many s e e d s ? 4 8, Twent y - s i x s p e a r s 49. Fourteen letters 5 0. Nany p e a s

43
LESSON 41 -oee a~l l ev er

Vocabulap umushumba. - shepherd, h ~ ~j umwungeri shepherd

(both of these sometimes used

izina - n a me( 5th cl . ) gusinzira to sleep

ryar i ? w h en'?

f o" "pastor" )
igitangaza surprising thing,

buri every ,

e a ch (not used with pl.)

miracle, amazing thing

84. -Ose means "every" or "whole" in the singular, and in the plural it is
"all". He re it is with the class agreements.

Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 C lass 4

Class 5 Class 6

Sin ~ wes e wos e yose cy os e

r y o se r wose

Plural bose yose zose

byose yose zose

Class 7 C lass 8 Class 9

kose bw ose kose (kwose)

twose yose

yo s e

hose , Clas s 1 0 h os e Notice the first class singular is wese, not wose. Note: hose, .by itself, often means "everywhere".

9. ~

In the singular this word. usually conveys the idea of entirety: inzu yose - the whole house; umunsi wose - the whole day ( rather t h a n
" every day'). But it can mean "every": umuntu wese - every person. I n the plural it is "all": inka zose all tne cows. Often when ir. English we would use the singula "evezp", Kinyarwanda uses the plural; e.g.

every day iminsi yose.

Another way of saying "every" is with buri: e.g. buri munsi every day. Observe that the initial vowel is dropped after buri. 86, Place in the sentence. -Ose always follows the noun it modifies. If there should be several adjectives modif'ying the same nourf; -ose must

come lait of' all: abantu bose all the people. Inka zacu nziza zoseall ou r n i c e c o ws,
97. Derived from this same stem are the words: twese all of us; and mwese all of you. Of course,"all of them" is bose. at the end of' the sentence or clause, though sometimes it immediately follows the verb. e .g. Uzajya i Kigali ryari? Mhen well y o u g o t o

K igali ? Exercises:
I, I f ak e - o s e agree with the following words both singular ~~d plural and 1. Umushumba 1 2, i z ' n a
1~

tra.nsla,te into English: 1. igl t oke 6e Umusozl

2. Umukobwa imbwa amavuta
( I Uz '

Umu 1ura

ingof'er o
18. Umwaka 1 9. a k a "it U 2O. Ubwato

8. a 1antu 9 . u k u b ok o

1 3. i g ' t i
14. i n k ok o 1 5. u mut i

amashaza

(pl, )

1 0 . i n j a ngwe'

" I . 'I'ranslate into Kinya wanda: l. All people like to sleep all r:ight (i.e. "in the whoie r ight"

).

2. All the miracles of Jesus are very great. 3. He is writing his whole n ame. 4 . Ev e r y s h e p h er d h e l p s h i s s he e p . 5. When will all the boys

come back to school? 6, All girls like pretty clothes. 7 . Me wil l

remember to worship God every day.

8. I want to see all of your big

garden'. 9. Mhen will you (s.) remember to bring all my chickens'? 10, OuIr little cat catches big rats, It's amazing (a surprising thing).

LESSON 42 "To wash" Vocabul~

kumesa - to wash (clothes) gukaraba, - t o w a s h h a n d s kwiyuhagira - to bathe oneself kuronga - t o w ash { v egetables)

kwoga ( koga) - t o w ash f e e t , swim> ~" kwoza ( koza) - t o w ash ( see par . 8 9 ) gushobora. - to be able to, can, may

as in B~ K i nyarwanda, does not have just one word that means "to wash" English. The word is determined by the thing to be washed, Kwoza {koza) is more generally used than the other-, for it is used for washing dishes, floor, windows, in fact, in most instances where there seems to be no specific word for that kind of washing, s uch as th e o t h er Kwo e. {koga) is more often used for "swim" words given in this vocabulary. ~
t han f o r " wash". Gukaraba does not need to be followed by a word for

"hands". However, you may hear it used for washing arms, and even the face.
90, Im erative of vowel-stem verbs. These follow the regular rulei just Andika the stem of the word, Thus: Oza ama,sahane wash the dishes.

izina ryawe - write your name. '-xercises: I. Translate into Englishi l. Abakobwa baramesa imyenda, yabo mu ruzi.

2. Jya gukaraba neza.

3. Abahungu bazoza hasi mu ishuli ejo mu gitondo. 4 , Kwi y u ha g i r a c y a n e gushobora gufasha umuntu kwanga indwara. 5 . Abana b at o b a s h o b or a k w i g a kwiyuhagira neza iminsi yose. 6. Bonga neza ibijumba; ndashaka guteka inyama, n'ibijum'oa, 7, Abigishwa biga, kwoga. mu ruzi, 8 . Mushobor a k u z a n a amazi menshi kuko abana bashaka kwiyuhagira. 9, Ibuka kumesa imyenda mibi yose. 10, Ejo uzambara imyenda myiza,.

II, Translate into Kinyarwanda;

1. Mash all my clothes today,

2. I do not, want cold (akonjy)water; I want t,o take a bath. 3. Mash the floor well in the whole house today. 4. You (pl.) can remember to wash ( your) hands well e v er y d ay . 5 . W h en w ill y o u (pl.) wash all the tables i.. the school? 6. The boys like to
swim in the river. 7, The girls are washing all the peas and bea.ns in 9 , Do y o u w a s h y o u r f a c e i n 8 . C at s d o n ' t w a s h i n water . c lean w a t e r . the mor n i g g ev e r y d a y ? 10. Mash all the dirty dishes now.

LESSON -nd.' Vocabu1ar ' ~ igihe '- time, at the time when other inshuti friend i gi s eb e ul c e r , s o r e , wound g uhemba - t o p a y ( f or w o r k d o n e , not

amakuba troubles (no sing.)

~amagorwa difficulties, t oubles) a hari p e r h a p s , b )a.j;
> r' C

an a rti c l e

L esson 4g, co nt . )
characteristic ~1. -ndi other an other> This word has f'or its prefix the I n most c a s e s letter s of t,he class, or the initial vowel of the class, This adjective differs from the others it is just like the noun prefix. learned thus far, in that it precedes the noun it modifies. given with a noun of each class, singular and plural. Plural Sin ~ Here i t is

Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 ! Class 4

undi mugabo another man undi murima another garden zndi n k a. - another c o w ikindi gitabo another book

abandi bantu other people indi migozi other ropes izindi mbuto other seeds ibindi bihugu other countries utundi tuntu other little things
andi mariri other beds andi mezi other months ahandi hantu other places

Class 5 irindi shM i another school andi magambo - other words izindi mbaho - other boards Class 6 'urundi ruzi - another river

Class 7 akandi kana - another saall child

Class 8 ubundi bwato - another boat

Class 9 ukundi kuboko - another arm

Class 10 ahandi hantu another place

(ahandi by itself is "elsewhere") Nbtice that, this adjective causes the initial vowel of the noun.following to be dr opped. It is not: abandi abantu, but abandi bantu, Note: This word can also be used for "more". e.g. Mfite ibiti bitatu,
nyamara ndashaka ibindi bibiri - I have three trees, but I want, two more.

axercises: I. Translate into English: 2. Abahungu bose ntibafite imbaho. 1. Haza abandi bagabo batandatu. 3. Umukobwa afite ibisebe bibiri ku Turashaka izindi cumi n'eshatu. kuguru nlikindi ku kuboko. 4. Jya gushaka ibindi bijumba byinshi, Nzahemba. abakozi undi munsi; si uyu munsi. 6. Inshuti zacu zifite amakuba menshi; ntizishobora kugera hano vuba.; zizaza undi munsi,(koga) 7, Amazi yo (do not translate ~o) mu ruzi ni make; tuzajya kwoga, 9. Sinshobora ahandi. B. Petero azashaka akazi ahandi undi mwaka. 10, Muzagura andi magi kuza. iwanyu uyu munsi; ariko nzaza ikindi gihe, ryar i?
II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

1. The poor man has few francs and he has many ot,her troubles. will help the girls another time. ). A friend likes t,ohelp other people (at) all times. 4. The teacher is looking for many more pupils.
Perhaps we shall not receive We want to hear the Word of God today. 6, I don't like your hat; can't you get another? another opportunity,

2. We

7. You (s.) can pay five workmen .today; you will pay the others another month. 8. Find (look for) another cat, because we have a lot.of rats. = 9. The teacher is going to Cyangugu to buy (some) more song books ( 10. The shepherd has ninety-nine sheep, but he is books of s ongs). looking for the other one.

LZSSON Some Yerbs l 'bccbul c c ~ g usaba k ubaza t o as k = or , b e g , ~ ay

to ask (a questi on) gusublxa - t o r e p eat , d o a g a i n kwongera - t o r e p eat , d o a g a i n ,

add more

wenda, yenda - p e r haps ( same as ahari ) nabi - b a dl y ( a d v er b) i sandugu (i s anduka) box ( 3r d c l .

sing., 5t h . pl . )

( S w.)

L esson 44 ,

c ont.

46

"to repeat, do again". This is the same as ~s u bira 9 2. Cusubir a , meaning "to go back". It is followed by the iqfinitive in a statement. It is followed by the subjunctive as the second of two commands (see par. 133). Arasubira kwandika he is writing again. Subira uvuge say again. kubn era aiso ia used for "to add more". ~ Sinzongera kwibagirwa - I won' t forget again. Sinzasubira kwibagirwa I won't forget again. guon era and gusubira are interchangeable for the idea oy "repeat", 'but ~

Ongera umunyu add some salt (or, some more salt),

9. ~

G usaba and kuba.za, Though both of these words mean "to ask" they are not used interchangeably. Kubaza is only t,o ask a question. e.g. Jya kubaza umwigisha - go to ask the teacher.

But ~s a ba is to ask for something, or to ask a favor. In this latter sense it means " to pray", when asking God for something; but prayer in the sense of "worship" is ~~sen a,.

Ndasaba. agatambaro I am asking for a little cloth. Ndasaba umuntu kujya i Kigali - I am asking a person to go to Kigali. Arajya gusaba umusaza kuza hano - he is going to ask the old man to come here.
Tuzabkqza umwigisha amazina y'abana - Me will ask the teacher the

chil dr en' s names. Exercises: I. Translate into English:

1 . S i n z o n g er a g u h emba neza a b a h ungu k uk o b a k or a n a b i .

2. Du saba

I m a na

gukiza abandi bantu benshi, 3, Nzabaza abigishwa. ioyo (the things which) biga mu ishuli. 4. tb'enda umukozi w'umukire azasubira iwabo vube., 5, Abashumba barasubira gushaka intama, zabo. 6. Nti wemera ko (that)
ukora nabi? Y ee, sinzongera. P. Ndashaka kubaza umwigisha izina rye,

ariko mfite ubwoba. 8. Abana. barasaba ababyeyi babo kugura imbwa. 9. Umugabo abika imyenda. ye myiza mu isandugu ye. 10. Shyira ibitabo
n' imbaho miu isandugu,

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. The water (insert vo) in the river is bad; we will look again for
water. 2 . I an asking all the boys to bring thei" books tomorrow;

perhaps they will remember. 3, The boy's parents are returning to their home, but he (ariko we) is staying at school. 4 . Ask agai n f o r t h r e e
more books. 5. Put five other slates in the box. 6, I w a n t t o h ear again the words of the Savior, '7. Ask the new teacher his name. I can't; I don't speak his language. 8. The teacher does not praise his pupils, because they work badly. 9. Mhen will you pay the workmen'? I'll ask the teacher. 10 . Vhere'are the tools? I don't remember. Perhaps t h e y a r e i n t h e b o x .

LESSGN 45
V erb - z i "ocabul a r Y impumyi blinc person umur lzo tall
- t o k niow

ihembe ( 5th c l . )

- ho r n ( a n i mal )

iny ota thirst kumenya - : " - k n ow, k now how kc that (conjunction introducing

dependent cl a use ) (see par; 54)

Verb -zi, to know, know how. This is another defective verb. I t h a s kumen only present orms, an n o tn tnctive. For its missing parts use ~

(Lesson 45, cont , )

Here is the -ra- present of -zi:

Af firmative we know ndazi I know t u r azi urazi you know murazi you know
a razi h e k n ow s The prefixless present also exists:

sinzi - I don't know . ntituzi- wc

l ie a t i v e ~

ntuzi - you don't know n ti m u z i b ar a z i t h e y k n o w n tazi he doesn't know n t i M z i nzi, uzi, azi, tuzi, muzi, bazi.

Now you have learned the three most important defective verbs: - r i , - f i t e , -zi. He member to use these ~henever possible. Their substitute"-:

kuba, kugira, kumenya, are to be used only when no suitable form exists of the defective verb. 96. One often hears: ndabizi (I knos) or sindabizi (simbizi) - ( I don ' t

know ).

The "bi" in this word is an object pronoun meaning "it" or"them",

which you will learn later. Exercises: I, Translate into English:

kuko ashaka kumenya Yesu. 6. Ibitabo by'indirimbo biri he'? S imbizi . Ahari biri mu ishuli, 7. Subi"a ku ruzi kuzana amazi menshi. Twese dufite Myota. 8. Impumyi ifite amaso, nyamara ntibona. 9 . Nzi k o Yesu azagaruka. 1 0 , A b ana bazamenya gusoma neza vuba,

1. Mbese impumyi izi kugenda mu nzira? 2. Mfite inyota nyinshi, ndashaka amazi mesa, 3. Mbese uzi umusaza'? 4. Umturizo tw'inka ni mugufi nyamara amahembe ni maremare. 5 , Umubyeyi we afite inza ra n'inyota mu mutima.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1, Put all the dishes on the table. 2. The children don't know the path.
3. The b3ind man cannot see the dtord o f C o d , b u t h e ca n h e a r a n d h e ca n k now th e l o v e o f J e s u s . 4. I don't know your name. 5. The blind man

feels thk tail and horns of the cow. 6. Uo you (s.) k now how to c o ok fish? NP, I don't know, but I' ll ask my parent, .7. The te a cher i s teaching the children - new song. He knows how to sing very well. 8. The goat's tail and horns are short, 9. Do you ( s.) k now our h i l l ' ? It is very high, 10. Our teacher knows many languages,

LESSON 46
Ad ' ect i v e Y ooabulard C hart

imbaraga - strength (usually pl.) bambe, nako - e x c u s e m e (I mi sspoke myself' ) ~~b& t d d- I umunyabyaha. - s i n n e r
g ukizwa t o b e s a v e d , h e a l e d , umbabarire excuse me, I' m sorry,

cur ed gutsinda. t o d e f e at , c o n quer

n onaha n ow, r i g h t now

forgiv e me (I hurt you physically or otherwise komera excuse me (when causing or

observing physical harm or near a cci d e n t b.B. Be fore beginning thcse exercises, study the adjective chzwt given o n th e n e x t p a g e , which is ". good review o. the adjectives studied. E xerci s e s : i gl i s h : I. Translate into En 1. Twese dushobora gutsinda Sata,ni mu mbaraga za Yesu, 2. Mu rugo rwacu

hari abanyabyaha, benshi, ariko Yesu afite imbaraga zo gukiza bose (do not translate zo}. 3. Ndashaka ku~a ibindi bishyimbo byinshi, nyamara simfite amafaranga menshi cyane. 4, Injangwe zingahe ziri mu nzu ye?

(Lesson 46,: cont ,

Hari eshatu. 5, Urugo xwe ni runini cyane, kandi ni rwiza, 6. Umbabarire, sinshobora kuza iwanyu nonaha, ariko nzaza undi munsi. 7. Hari imitima, nako, imitsima ingahe ku meza? 8. Umwana afite ubushye bubi ku ku~ . 9. Uyu munsi ndashaka kwandika inzandiko cumi n''ebyiri.
10. Sinibuka neza ibitangaza byose bya, Yesu. II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. The man has much faith; he will be saved. 2 . tiany sinners will be saved because they will heax the Mord of God. and will confess their sins and will believe Jesus. 3. I have only a little (use "f ew") strength, but I like to work. 4. Jesus will hplp His people to defeat

Satan and sin. 5. The rich man has many houses in his kraal (homestead ); and he has eighty-four cows, 6. How many little stones (use diminutive) do you have? I have thixty-six. Look for (some) more.
7. Our fr i en d s a r e ti o f l i n g in the river. 8 . Mrite all the

names of the pupils in my tIooK. 9, We nave much peace and 'joy because Jesus conguers sin. 10. How many people are in our new big church?
97. CLASS DESC.ADJ. NUMEKK umwe 1 si ng. m ubi ADJECTIVE CHART I O S S . ADJ, -OSE wese wanJye -NGAHE? - 'NDI - HE?

pl . 2 3
iI

bab i
mubi

babiri
umwe

ban jye wan jye yan jye yanjye zanjye c yan jye
byanjye

b ose
wose yose

u ndi uw uh e ba n g ah e a b a nd i a b a h e
in g a h e u ndi indi uwu he iyihe

sing. pl. si ng. pl .

s i n b. pl .

mibi mbi m bi
bibi bi bi

i bir i
imwe

ebyix'i
kimwe b ib i r i
rlIBIWe

i ndi i y ihe yose zose z ingahe izindi izihe cyo s e r y ose yose
r wos e ikindi ikihe b y o s e b i n gahe i b i ndi i b ihe

sing. pl .
s inI; .

r i bi m abi
r nb i

abiri
rumwe

ryanjye yanjy e
r wanjy e

anga h e

irindi irihe andi eyahe

u rund i ur u h e

pl . 7 8 9 si ng. pl. si ng, pl . si ng. pl .

m bi kab i
tubi

ebyiri
kamwe tubiri bumwe

z a n jy e
k an j y e twa n j y e b wanjy e

zo s e
k os e two s e b wo s e

zi n gahe izind.i izihe

a kandi ak a h e t u n g ahe u t u ndi u t uhe u bundi ubu h e

bu b i m abi kub i m abi ha,bi habi

abiri
k umwe a biri hamwe

y anjy e
kwan j y e yan jy e

yose

angah e

andi
u kund' and i

ayahe
u ku h e a, yh e

k w os e yose anga h e hose

10 sing. pl.

habix i

har. jye han jye

h ose

a har.di h e ? h a n g ah e a h a nd i he ?
He?

N.B. The word -he? in the preced.ing table you will study later,

is an adverb, meaning "where?".

LESSON 47
Viord Order ' :ocabul a r b u muzungu whit e p e r s o n , Eur opean efar , f a r a wa y

kubanguka - t o

h u r r y (to

go)

haf i

near

(Note:

ku re and h afi

rwose completely, very much

must be followed by ya befoxe a noun or pr'onoun. )

(Lesson 4), cont. )

49

When kure and ha i are followed by a, pronoun, the possessive adjective is used. e.g. hafi yanjye near me. With a noun: hafi y'inzu near the h ouse .

98. O r d er. of ad~ e cti v e s . 1) You have already learned that the possessive adjective must follow immediately the noun it modifies, no matter how many other adjectives there may be.
2) Also, you have learned that -ndi other, must precede the noun it e .g. a b a n d i modifies, and it removes the initial vowel of the noun.

a b a n d i b a h u ng u b a n i n i b a n g a h e .' how many ot he r b i g b o y s ? 4) If several descriptive adjectives modify one noun, the ( rder i s n o t important, although in some lccalities it seems to be preferred that adjectives of (luantity, such as -i n sh i and - k e ~ke a co me after the e.g .

bantu benshi many other people. 3) The adjec t i v e ~ nahe - how many? follows all other adjectives.

other descriptive adjectives, e.g, inka zacu nini nyinshi - our many big cows. 5) The adjective -ose all, preferably follows other adjectives. e.g. ibiti bye binini byose - all his big trees 6) The numeral a (ijectives usually follow any other descriptive adjectives, though it is not absolutely essential that they do.

ke a ) mean a f u r t h e r n o t e about some adjectives. -i nshi an d - k e (~ "many" and "few", but in tleir singular forms they are used of things which are upcountable or abstract. e.g, ifu nyinshi much flour;
umunyu m e - a little salt; kwizera guke a little faith. 100. Position of adverbs. Nost adverbs follow the word they modify, cane at the end of the sentence if there are though some prefer to put ~
not too many words between it and the verb it modifies, e.g. A good man works hard Umugabo mwiza arakora cyane.

e.~.

abana be bato babiri - his two small children.

umuyaga m $inshi - a strong wind (never say umuyaga munini or mutoya);

A v3ry good man works Umugabo mwiza cyane arakora.

E xerci s e s : I. Translate into English: 1 . Ki b u y e~ ni k u r e c y a n e ; b a n g uk a k u g enda ,

2. Izindi mbwa. zacu nini

ebyiri ziri hafi y' inzu. ), Umuzungu muremure arabanguka rwose. 5. hbahungu beza bose bakora 4. Tuzajya vuba mu gihugu cya, kure cyane. 6. Umuzungu afite abana bato bangahe? Ni neza mu mirima yabo minini.
b atanu, k a n d i b o s e n i b ez a . 7. Umugabo azana amata meza menshi cyane

iminsi yose, B, Umugabo wanjye aragaruka nimugoroba guhemba abakozi be

Dose. 9. ' Abakozi barubaka neza. cyaneinzu nini y ' umwigisha wacu . 10, Dufite udusan(iugu tunzinya. dutanu II. Translate into i" nyarwanda: 2. Put the chair on the 1. The rich man has very many nice large cows. floor near my small table. g. Hurry to go to school; the other boys are there (aho). 4. Perhaps we will receive three other good books soon.

6. Where 5. Your three little children are over there near the school. There i s a n o t h er are all my nice new clothes? They are i n y o u r b o x. 7, B. The girls are cooking a few small long, wide river near ou~ hill.
fish on the stove. 9. IIinani' s child has a few more jiggers in his feet. 10. 0ur wonderful living Savior has much love and mercy.

LESSO 48
P ersonal eocabular ~ F r o n guns ku babarir a t o z orgi ve

urupfu '- d eat h (no pl.) ubushobpzi - p o wer (no pl.) ubwami - kingdom (no pl.)
Pe r s o n a l ~ onouns..

kugwa to fall g upfa to d i e

do not

1 01.

have to be expressed other than:by.the personal prefixes (i . e . n d agenda n is $he personal prefix ), Chese pronouns exis t a n d ar e n e eded i n many instances. (@o~g i'p )g4g~g, ) j yewe - I , m e . t webwe .- we, us (sometimes twe wowe (we) you (s'.') m we bwe you (pl..) ( sometimes mwe')

T h o u gh t h e p e r s o h el p r on o u ns a s s ubje ct s

we he,

h i n , she, h e r

b o t he y , t he m

The we in iparentheses after wowe is to indicate that eome+imes this pronoun

is simply we, The third person singular' ~ pp .looks the same as this short form of tHe 2nd person, but in pronunciation it is clipped off a bit shorter t h a n t h e 2nd p er son. Get an African to say both sounds f'or you.
s Caution: Do not try to use these words as objects of verbs, One would n ever say " n dabona wowe" for " I s e e y o u " . You will learn later how to say that correctly.

These pronouns may be used as subjects of verbs when emphasis is desired.' eeg. Jyewe nzaguma aha ariko w:we uzagenda I shall stay here,

(~ et,ttg tt, tls i M t t bes 8 + flc) T p r epopitions mu and ku change to muri and kuri begore~l . p r o p er n ames, 2) aP w'ord-s beginning with consonants, ) ) the personal p r o nouns, 4 ) the demonstratives (these will be taught in a later lesson ), e . g. m u r i Y e s u i n J e sus k uri t w e - t o u s , u nto u s
102. N u ri an d ku r i .

but ~ou will go

e.g, mu Kirambo is the form used for "at Kirambo". 2) Beforh infinitives it does not change. e.g. ndi mu gusoma - I am r eading r i g h t n o w, This form is often used to express the idea of
"to be in the act of.
. . "

, like the French "en train de.

"

E xerci s e s : I". Translate into English: 1. Jyewe ndashaka kuguma muri Yesu Kristo Umukiza wanjye.

hari b enshi (insert " w hom" ) Yesu ashaka gukiza, 3, Imana ifite ubushob ozi bwinshi b wo (do not translate bwo) gutsinda Sa.tani, 4. Twebwe tuzi Yesu; tuzinljira mu bwami bw'Imana, a"iko abanyabyaha bazabona, urupfu, 5. Yesu ni Vmukiza wacu; abantu bose (inser t "who" ) bazagenda kuri w e ba.zakizwa, 6 . l ' ' i w o we(insert " w ho') ukunda gufasha ababyeyi c y ane. 7 . J y ewe n k und.a. i b i g c r i , arik o wo we u ku nda c y a ne i n y a m a. 8. Subir a kuri Petero vuba; a"i mu gupfa. p, Abantu bashobora kugwa mu cyobo kuko
kiri hafi y'inzira. 10. Ba ra a b i g i s h w a b o s e ; umwe muri bo afite indwara mbi. II. Translate into Kinyarwanda; l. Jesus does not want sin in His people; He will forgive eve yone his s ins . 2 . Co m e t o J e s u s ; H ; wants to s av e every p er son. ~~, We can all receive ne" li~e in Jesus, '; t. death is in Satan, 4. You ( s . ,emphasis ) a re yo u a b i d i n g (staying) in Jesus? L'c you have His peace in your heart? 5. Send a letter to I')atayo, 6. Among you (pl.) there are rich people:band

2 . l"lur i

mwe

poor people, m en and women. 7. Come to me; I will buy your eggs. 8, We (emphasis ) want t o h a v e power ( insert b wo ) to defeat sin and (no) to
enter the kingdom of.God. 9, The old man will die Soon; w e want t o
'\*

go

-51 to him to s eak words of love. 10. Do you (pl. ) there? M y h i l d is among them.

s e e t h e p eopl e ov er

LESSON 49
Review

I. Questions: . l. Where does ryari come in the sentence": Nhat does it mean? 2. What word. is used for "to wash" : 1 ) clothes, 2 ) di shes, 3 ) h a nds , 4) floor, 5) feet, 6) vegetables, ) 7 whole body? 3, Give the imperative of: kwandika, kwoza, kwizera (and the meanings ).
4. Where does -ndi come in the sentence'! What does it mean? N h at

effect d.oes it have on the noun accompanying it?

Explain the difference between ~saba and kubaza.

6. What verb supplies the missing parts of -zi? What does -zi mean? What tenses do you know of this verb":
7, Where does ~a h e c o me in the sent,ence? What does it mean? G i v e

a sentence using it. 8. When may -inshi and -ke be used in the singular? 9. Where do most adverbs come in the sentence? 10. Give the six personal pronouns. 11. When d.o mu and ku change to muri and. kuri (4 occasions)? II Nake the adjectives: -ose, -ngahe, - ndi , - njy e , -bi, and the numerals (using "one" and "two" only) agree with the following words. G ive b o t h the singular and plural whenever possible. 8. ubuntu iz ina 1. umushumba 2's umut 3. 6 , uruf unguzo 9 . uku b o k o 1 0. a h a n t u ihene 7. akana 4. igi sebe

LESSON 50
R eadin L es s o n g u s huka to deceive k urir a t o c r y , , w e e p

Uocabul~z

kujyana - to take with one, go with

kwica to kill
kureba - to lcok at, look, see

kugira ngo - to think that, suppose

that, so that, in order that

( in s e nse of

" g o t o s e e ')

g uhenda t o o v e r c h a r g e , e x t o rt , b e ex p en s i v e to g u w i t h Peter Read the following aloud to an J frican and have him (her) help you with pronunci a t i o n . T hen t r a n s l a t e (present verbs may be translated as past): hote: kujyana igitabo tc take a book (wit1jl; kujyana na Petero Y osefu n a B en e S e ( his b r o t h er s ) Umunsi umwe Yakobo atuma Yosefu, u muhungu we, k u r e b a b e n e s e c u m i n'umwe, kuko bajya kure kujyana inka n'.ihene zabo. Bene se babona Yosefu b aravuga, ba t i (do riot translate bati, nor ati, as you see it later): Ntidukunda Yosefu, tumwice (let us kill him~ U m w e mukuru, Reyubeni, aravuga, ati Oya, tumushyire (mu is "him") mu cyobo. R eyubenx a s h ak a gukiza Yosefu, nyame"a abandi bene se baranga rwose, Abandi b e n e s e b a f a t a

(Lesson 50, c o nt . ) imyenda ya, Yosefu kugira ngo bayohereze (so that they might send them k uri s e (the'ir father), V uba haza a b a nt u b e n s hi . Be n e s e b a Y o s e f u baramufata (mu= him ) baramugura. Abandi bantu bamujyana, mu gihugu cya Egiputa. Bene se bashyira amaraso y'ihene ku myenda ye kuko bashaka gushuka Yakobo. Bohereza imyenda ya Xosefu kuri Yakobo, B aravuga, b a t i Beba neza. Nbese ni imyenda, ya Yosefu? Y akobo ar eb a i m y e nda., a g i r a n g c Yosefu yi s h we (was killed) n'inyamaswa (na can mean "by"). A rar i r a cy a n e .

LESSON 51 Ordinar
Vocabular i biry o f o o d k unywa n y oy e ) to dr i n k gucana (canye) - to light (fire, lamp) kare - early kurya (r7ye) to eat 1 0 . O r d i n a r Pa st Te n s e . All the tenses dealt with thus ~ by changes in the prefix. But the past tenses are formed suffix as well as the prefix. There are some rules to go these suffixes, but since so many verbs are irregular in the paat stem will be given with all verbs from now on. far were formed by changing the by for forming

P a s t T e n se

this respect,

Here are the past stems of a few verbs that you have learned~ -vuze kuvuga, gukora - -koze kuzana, -zanye -giye kugenda. -giye kujya
Now note the conjugation: n akoze - I wor k e d t wakoze we worked

w akoze - y o u (s.) worked

y akoze h e, s h e worked

mwakoze - you (pl,)

bakoze t hey -work ed

~o rked

The rule for forming this tense is: personal prefix + a ( which i s t h e tense sign ), + past stem of verb: n - a - k o z e Note the contraction: o-a-koze hecomes wakoze; a- a - k o ze becomesyakoze;
tu-a-koze becomes twakoze, etc.
1

104, The main use of this tense is to express that which has happened earlier in the same day, it may also be used. for that which happened at a previous time, but the tone is different. nakoz e t wak oz e mwakoze T he to n e on a is long and low. wakoze y akoz e b ak oze s in Ig something follows the verh (other t h a n ~ ca n e or a t i ), th e ~

l ar

takes a, short a, but it is still a low tone, w hether l o n g o r twakoze imirimo nakoze imirimo
wakoze imirimo yakoze imirimo mwakoze imirimo bakoze imirimo

short ,

Pa,st time before to~da : The form is the same but the tone is high. I.

(See

'I'ranslate into Englishi l. Abaga'bo;bagiye kare mu gitondo kuko bafite akazi kenshi. 2 . Mwagi y e kare cyane gushaka ibiryo byanyu. 3. Abana bariye ibiryo bike. 4 . Ej o

umwigisha yavuze amagambo meza mu ishuli, 5. Twacanye umuriro mwinshi kuko dushaka guteka vuba. 6. Abakozi bakoze umunsi wose kuko bashaka amafaranga menshi, 7. Inshuti yanjye yavuze ko i.zagaruka vuba cyane.

( Lesson 51, cont . )

-53 -

B. Abana banyoye amata yose mu gitondo, 9. Vmukene yariye ibiryo byinsh' maze (then) yagiye. 10. Vmukozi yazanye inkwi nini mu nzu.
II, Translate into Kinyarwanda: li Two boys worked well in the garden but the other three worked badly. 2. You (pl.) drank much dirty water. 3. The children brought their books to school today because they want to read. 4 . Th e g i r l b r ou g h t wood and she lit a big fire. 5. We ate meat and beans arid bananas, and we drank much water. 6, I worked hard yesterday, and I brought my food. 7 . What di d y o u (s.) say? I said that I will come back tomorrow. 6 , T h e

girls made a fire because they want to cook (eome) meat and (some) sweet potatoes. 9 . Where did y ou (pl,) go yesterday? We went to Cyangugu to buy (some ) food, 10, I think that Mary brought a new chair to school.

IZSSON 52
Hules for Fast Endin s

Vccabclac ~ umusore - y o ung man (unmarried ) inkumi - .young lady (unmarried ) i ngurube '- p i g

kuvura ]je) - to treat (sickness ),

to doct or

10 . In forming the past stems there are certain rules to bo by, but as ~ stated, befoke, there are many irregularities. Here in the first column are the final syllables of present stems; in the second column are the forms to which these stems regularly change for the past; in t,he third column are examples. -ba
da i g a

umuganga doctor kwa - to (before name of p e r son as d octor , t e a c h er , e t c .

-bye
-ze

-ha -ka -ma

-na

-shye

-tpe
-mye -nye, nnye -nj.je (sometimes 'nye) (see n ote par.' & 6 -she -se (sometimes -she )

g uhemba -hembye, ku r e b a , - r e b y e ku v u g a -vuze gukunda - kunze , kWbaha -ubashye

-nya

-ra,
-sa -ta
-sha shya

guteka - tet s e gusoma -somye kubona. - bonyc, guk e n a -kennye kugabanya. -gabanije, kumenya -menye kumesa -meshe gukubi t a - kubi s e ,

- sh i j e , - sh i j e ,

- shej e , - shej e ,

-za

-je,

- jij e ,

g uf at a . - f a s h e -hije,-heje kwigisha -igishije, kunesha -nesheje -hije,-heje gushyushya -shyuhije, kureshya - reshej e - j ej e kuza. -je , g u k i z e. -kijije, kweza.

- ej ej e
hote: A cluj to determine whether the past suffix will contain i or e can

be found in the A I V rule, paragraph 157, 106, There are several th:ngs that may happen to the suffix -ra.
In stems of two syllables, .hen the first of these is long, t:i e - r a c hanges t o - v e. eg . p ut er = teye k uvu r a -vuye 2) In stems of two syllahles,when the first of these is short, the -ra c hanges t o - z e , e . g , k . .igur a - guz e kur i r a - r i ze g us hy i r a -shyi z . 3) In stems of more than two syllables the -ra changes to -~e, if the preceding syllable i sh o rt. e. g . kwinjira - i n j i y e ku'babar ir a - bab a r iy e

( Lesson 5 2 ,

.o.".;.,'

4) Words of nore than two syllab"e which end i n Z r a or - r 2 . (a long vo"el ) o ten have their past stes in -i."ive or -ereve. - si n - i r i y e g usinzir a k nror er a -rorer eye
However, the vowel that is lcng in the present stem becomes short in t he p a s t . Note: Yerbs of one syllable stem follow no regular rule. All p r e s ent stems end in a, except those of defective verbs, and all past str.ms e nd i n e E xerc i s e s : I . T r a n s l a t e i n t o E n g li sh : 1. Abakobwa bash a t s e k u j y a k w a, mugang kuko a,zi k u v u r a . 2 . T w ab a z e abasore n' inkumi; hari abasore cumi na. batatu n' inkumi cumi n'ebyiri. 3. Abasore banyoye amazi mu ruzi. 4 . Abakobwa babanguts e c y a n e k u g e r a hano uyu munsi. 5. Umujura yafa.she intarra,eshatu, 6. Abantu benshi

baje ku muganga kuko avura indwara nyinshi, 7 . Umwana yariz e k u k o umubyeyi we yamushutse (mu = him ) . 8 . 1'1bese mwageze mu rusengero ry a i ? Twageze mu rusengero mu gitondo. 9. Abana basinziriye neza mu ijoro ryose. 10. Abigisha bafashije abana gukora iki? Bafashije a'cana gusome..

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: (Do not try to find a word for "did" - that is just the English way of making' ac1 uestion pa.st. 1. The doctor treated many people today; he knows much wisdom, (This sounds aueer in English, but is the way it is expressed in Kinyarwanda, 2. I put the seeds in the box, Where are t h ey n ow? 3 . D i d y o u (pl.) see the t e acher' s b o oks? 4 . Did y o u ( s.) r ea d t h e whole book of J o h n today? 5. Jesus saved many people because they prayed (to) God. 6 . W e

man wanted. to go with his friend. 9, The girls washed thcir clothes in the river. 10. The women cooked a lot of(many) corn and sweet potatoes.

knew that you (pl.) came because we saw the children. 7 . The t h i e f deceived the rich man and took his things at (in) night . 8. T h e young

LESSON 53
Past Ve r b E n d i n s (Instead of a new vocabulary this time we give a table of all the verbs

given thus far, with their past stems. I'temorize as many of them as possible for this lesson, and thc r emainder for the vocabulary work in the following lesson.

10 . ~

kw a mbara

kwandika kwanga
kuba.

-ambay e - and i t s e -anze -ba.ye

kubabarir a kuban guka

kubanza kubar 2. kubaza

- babariy e
- ben u t s e

- fit e kugaruka kugenda kugera k ugir a

k Vglllii2.

no past

garutse
"g1ye -geze

ca.n je
-baze

-gize -gumye
-guze - gur i s h i j e

kub'ka kubona.
gucana kwemera kwereka

-ba ji je - bi t s e -bonye
-canye -emeye - er e t s e - fashi j e -fashe

gufa,sha
gufat a,

Kugura l'lugur 1 sh 2 1.ugwa guhemb" guhenda guhinga k wibagi r w a kwibuka kwica kwiga

-guye -hembye
-henze - hi n z e

-ibagiwe
-ibutse-ishe -1ze

{ Iesson 53, c n : .
k wigi s h a kwihana. k winj i r a kwizer a

-igishije -i h annye -ln J ly e -izeye

k ur ir i m b

kuronga
kurya gusaba gusenga, gushaka gu Sh lmcL

kwiyuhagira iyuhagiye kujya kujyana kujugunya gukar'aba. gukiza

gukiz wa gukora gukubtlra gukunda kumena

-giye -jyanye
jugunye -kar aby e - k l j i Je - ki j i j w e koze

-ri r i mbye -r or.ze - riy e -sabye -senze - shat s e

gushobora
gushuka g ushyir a g usin z i r a gusoma

-shimye
-shoboye - shut s e - shy i z e " si n z i r i y e

-kubuye
-kunze -mennye -menye

gusubira
g utangi r a guteka g utsi n d a

-somye -subiye
- tangi y e - t.et s e -tsinze -tumye -uba.tse

kumenya kumesa kunywq kwoga ', kwohereza,

kwongya
kwoza l

gupfa '
kureba.'

-meshe -nyoye -oze -oherej e -ongeye -ogeje

-pf uy -r e by e

gutuma
kwubaka

kwumva kuva
kuvugcL kuvura
kuzcL

-umvise -vuye
-vuze -vuye -je -zanye

-ri k urir a

no past - ri z e

kuzana
Zl

no past

Note that in most instances it is only the last two letters of' the stem w hich c h a n g e , In the vocabularies from now on only the syllable which is c hanged wi l ~ b e s h o w n , axcept where the whole stem changes.

In the above list the verbs whose stems begin with o or u have been given with kw- as the infinitive, but remember that these are often written
kumva rather than kwumva. No further grammar is given in this lesson, Spend your t.ime learning these past suffixes, without the wL koza,, ra t h e r ' th a n k w o z a ;

Exercises:
I, Translate int,c English: 1 . Abahungu b a k ubuye n ez a h o s e mu i s h u r i . 2. 1'ibese wabitse ibitambaro byiza, byose? 3. Yesu yakijije Abanyarwanda benshi nyamara dushaka ko a bandi b e n sh i b a k i z w a , 0, Nahembye abakozi amafaranga magana, inani na

9. Twafashe imbeba eshatu nijoro. n' amavuta,

mirongwine n'abiri, 5. Twagarutse hano kuko dushaka kwumva Ijambo y ' Imana. 6. Abana, baje mu ishuri, ariko batatu bagumye hanze. Yibese mwakarabye neza? Oya, ntidulite amazi. 8, Umusore yaguye hasi; 7. h'ari iouye mu nzira.
10. Ilbese waguze iki?

Naguze inyama

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: l. We helped our te2cher today because he has much work. 2. D id y o u ( pl.) sleep wel l ' r. '.he n i r h t . 3, The child cried all day bec.use he wanted ,ood, L, I coun ed all the men and women in church yesterday; saw 83 men and 97 women qwritc out numbers ). 5. Our teachers went home (this) morring. 6. Whe e did you (s.) put away the disl.es? I pu t t , e n ir. a box.

7. Jesus f'orgave Paul all his sins. He is a wonderful Savior, 8. What did you do today? 9. We sang many songs in church yesterday. like to sing. 10. We went with the young men to look at, the big river, I

LESSOt'

Ordinar Past 'continued)

In this lesson, instead of a new vocabulary, continue memori"inr. the past suffixes of verbs gi ven in Lesson 53. 108. For forming this past tense in agreements with nouns o f c l a s s e s o t h e r than first', it is impcrtant 'o "emember the rules for vowel and consonant

change.

H e r e ar e so meexamples: Sin-. Plural ~ 2nd clas s w a g i y e yagi y e 3rd cl as s y a g i y e zagi ye Qth class cyagiye byagiye 5th class ryagiye ya giye
6 th class rwagiye z a g iye

7th class kagiye

8 th class bwagiye 10 . Yowel ', ' s tems in oast. ~

t w a giye
y a g iye

9th class kwagiye yagiye

.=or the conjugation of vowel-stem verbs in the

ordinary past, remember .ha a before other vowels drops out. Thus: nibagiwe - I forgot yuba tse he built
bemeye - they agreed mwandi!tse you ( pl. ) twogej e - we washed

ot e

Exercises: I. Translate into English:

1. Inka zagiye ku ruzi kunywa amazi. 2. Twibagiwe kuzana ibitabo byacu. 3, Yibese mwogeje neza amasah= ,e yose? L' . Twizeye ijambo rya Yesu kuko twumvise ibitangaza (insert " w hi c h") yakoze. 5. Ub uk en e b w ' u mugabo bwazanye amagorwe. menshi n'ubwoba. 6. Ihene yanyoye amazi mu ruzi.
-

7. Inyamaswa zishe intama eshatu. 8. Inkumi zogeje amasahane mabi yose, 9. Injangwe yacu yafashe imbeba nyinshi. 10, Umuriro wazanye umwotsi mu nzu yose.
II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. Two blind men went to the church to pray. 2 . Thi eves e n t e r e d t he

.house in the night because the man was sleeping hard (cyane) ,

man's workmen built a. big house in his kraal. 4. I wrote the names of all the girls in the school. 5. The new books 'f'ell on the floor. 6. The old man died yesterday. 7. Did y ou (pl,) hear the words of the teacher? 8, Sin brought death to all people. 9 . Did y o u (s,) r e member t o s e nd three men to Kigali to buy food? 10. Me repented of all our sins and Jesus came into our hearts,
* + + + + + *

3 . The old

LESSOii 3 'ee=tiv e o ' u rdi na r Vocabulaz ~ 1 t,eranr r o ( )th ) mee~l:1f', papul G paoe ) p p c e i kar amu pen c ' 1 (3rd s ' : .: Pa s t o.

gukt "i k i r a to f o l i cyang%2 or b = 3. d o r 5t h )

110. The ne.:ative of the ordinarv oast 's simply the negative p-efix,

personal prefix, tense sig., and past "tem. nti tw a. koze.

.,inagiye I didn't. g< ntiwagiye you didn't, go n ti y a g i y e h e d i C h ' t , g o ntitwagiye - we didn'' go ntimwagiye you didn't go ntibagiye - they didn' t,go

( Lesson 55, cont . ) sinoge je I didr t wash Vith other classes:

- 57 ntibubatse they didn't build

The same rule applies f'or vowel-stem verbs;

inka ntizagiye - the cows didn't go Ill. Remember that kuva is usually followed by mu or ku (par. 11 ) , t h o u gh it may not always be, etgt wavuye he? navuye mu ishuri where did you
come from? I came from school. (This implies that one has been in the school. I f y o u s a i d , "Navuye ku ishuri," you would mean, "I came from the area around the school."

Exercises: I, Translate into English: 1. Sinshobora kwandika urwandiko; sinazanye ikaramu yanjye. 2 , Aba nt u bangahe bavuye mu rusengero? 3. Navuye mu byaha byinshi; ubu nzakurikira Yesu imyaka yanjye y ose. 4. Mbese ntimwazanye amakaramu yanyu n'impapuro
zanyu? 5. Iteraniro rinini ryakurikiye Yesu hose,

we, 6. Aba'byeyi bacu nti'oubatse inzu nini cyane. 7. M bese n t i w a g u z e impapuro n'ikaramu? 8. Imbwa ntizaje mu rusengero; ntitwashatse ko zinji a. 9. Inyamaswa ntizumvise abantu; nuko rero ( so) bafashe nyinshi . 10, Umujura ntiyabonye ibintu byinshi kuko umusore yinjiye mu nzu. I I , 'I'ranslate into Kinyarwanda: 1. The boys didn't come from the school; they came from church. The children wrote on all the paper and we didn't have any other. 3, 2. The blind men fell; they couldn't see the path. 4 . Didn' t y o u ( s.) want t o cook thh sweet potatoes in the evening yesterday, o r di d yo u f orget?

ntiryashatse kuva. kuri

vou (pl.) bathe this morning? Your l eg s ar e ve ry d i r t y . 8, They sang two songs at church, but I didn't sing, 9, Didn't the young girls agree to hoe i n o u r g a r den t o day'? 10. The dog didn't look at the cat; it l ooked for f o o d .

5. The young men did not eat all the beans. 6. Ve didn't ask the teacher to write a letter because he is very busy = has much w o rk ( ), 7 . D idn ' t

LESSON Past of -ri a t e nse

V o"abula umufundi (Sw.) - mason, skilled workman a kabande - v a l l e y gutaha ( shye) - t o g o h ome, fuit w o r k gusura (ye) - to visit, go to visit n ari I was t wKri -

kurangize. ( je) to fi n i s h ( t r . ) kuzamuka ( tse) - t o g o up ( as l kumanuka (tse) - t o g o d hil o wn

112. For the past of -ri there is no change in the suffix; it is as f'ollows:

For agreement with nouns of other classes this verb f'ollows :he r ed-; lar r u l e s (see p~.. 108).
ll", ~ The nega t i v e i :he a m e wi t h , o. cou se, the negative prefix: sinari, ntiwari, ntiyewi, etc,

yari he, she was b ari t h e y w e r e There is no other simple past' tense for -ri, so this form is used whenever any past time of -ri is e xpressed .

w ari - y o u (s.) were

w e w er e

mwari - y ou (pl.) were

llh. ~atense.

The suff'ir ~a

is added to the present, stem oi a verb

1) To express continuous past action e.g. I w a s h o e'ing - n a h i n gaga I was not hoeing - sinahingaga 2) To express habitual past action. I liked to learn nakundaga kwiga.
\

ma,

(Lesson'56, c o nt . )
3) Past time after the ~ord ~ i i he : Nakubonye igihe wavaga mu ishuri - I sew you when you came from

Naje igihe wandikaga ' - I came while you were writing. Exercises:
I. Translate into English: l. Umufundi yari hano ejo nyamara uyu munsi ari imuhira. ngije imirimo yose? O ya, s i n a r i h a n o . N zarangiz a v u b a . 2 . Mbese w a r a . Ab a k o z i bose ba t a s hy e ar i k o b a z a g a r u ka e j o . 4. Twari mu ishuri mu 3gitondo cyose k andi t w i g a g a, by i n s h i . 5. Abagore bar i mu kabande guhinga.

school .

6. Mwari he ejo? Twazamutse umusozi, twagiye gusura inshuti zacu, 7, Umufundi ntiyari hano mu gitondo; nuko abandi bakozi ntibashoboye gukora, (nuko= 8. Twar'angije gucana; ntimushaka guteka ubu? 9. Abagore bamanutse mu so ) kabande, kardi abana bakurikiye ababyeyi babo. 10. Ntitwari imuhira igihe mwazaga iwacu. Mbese muzagaruka ej o? II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. The children went up the hill thxs morning but they came back. (maze) he went to Butare. 4. Mere,you (s.) a t s c h oo' y e s t e r day? M here were y o u ? I wa s w o r k i n g in my field. 5 . The young gi r l s u s e d t o = habitual past ( ) go down to dig in the valley, 6. The workmen have quit work, but the ma,sons are h ere i n t h e y a r d (kraal ). 7 . I w a s at y our (pl.) place yeste day out you were n o t a t h om e .
Now . t hey a r p i n sch o o l . 2. The teacher's wife was not in church yesterday. 3. The mason was building a. house, then

because,he found much joy in Jesus. 10. You (s,) d i d n ' t we a r y o u r n e w clothes t o day. Mhere are t h ey?

8. The rats were many in our ~aa l, but we got a ca,t; it caught four in the night. 9, The poor man forgot his troubles,

LESSON 57
Vocabular ~

gucungura (ye) - t o r e d e em gutegeka. ( tse) t o r u l e , g o v er n , command

kurushya (hije) - to trouble,

be difficult '

guha (haye) - to give, give to guhana ( nnye) - t o p u n i s h guhana (nye ) to g i v e t , o each other

inserted in the verb between the tense sign and the verb stem. par ti c l e s a r e :

These

n (or m ) - m e

ku (gu) you (s )
m u him, her

e,g. ndakubona I see you (s.),

b a th e m

tu (du) us b a - y o u (pl

)
t u r amushima we praise him
i r ankunda He l o v e s m

Imana iratubabarira God forgives us

'116. These object pronour. are the same whether used -s di=ect. - i n d i r here e c -. objects. e .g. I givc you the book, is: Ndaguha igitabo, though o"you" is an indirect object,. As indicated in par. 101, o ne would no t s a y

( For th e us e o f ~ or ku , and du o r t u , remember the change-down rule ir, p m. 21 ; a n d f o r t h e u s e o . n for n, the rule in par. 14. )

"Ndabona wowe" fo r " I se e y o u ", However, for special empba i: one ~ mi ht, say, "Ndakubona wowe."- I s e e y ou, ~o u t h e r e !

Note: The k,or t of an object pronoun changes according to the change-down rule, but the k or t of a syllable preceding the object pronoun, is nbt

c hanged by i t .

T hus:

n d ~ sab a ,

kukubona,

(Less'on 57, cont,.)

Mhenever an object pronoun inter'enes between an infinitive prefix and the stem, the infinitive prefix reverts t,o ku, even though originally it may have b een ~ c r kwll . K u rushya. This is often used with impersonal prefixes ~ ( bth c l a s s Bdraruhije it is difficult ( for t e n s e s e e p a r

Byamuruhije it was difficult for him.

1.29) .

):

Note 1: Observe the imperative of ~ uha: "give me" is mna. T he s t e m i s only - h e . , of which the h changes to g because of the pr eceding m.
polite one sometimes says:

mpa se - please give me.

To be

Note 2: ('he suff'ix-~ nn e (as, -~hann e ) is pronounced rather like n+~n (as i n " r i n g " ) + ye, Work on this sound with an African. Exercises:
I, Translate into English: l . A b a h u ngu b ar i h e ? Ntitwababonye mu ishuri uyu munsi.

2, Umwana yakoze nabi; cyane; umubyeyi we azamuhana, 3. Imana yaduhaye agakiza n'ibindi byiza byinshi. 4. Yesu yaje mu isi (earth ) kuducungura no kuduki za (no = na)," 5. Imana yambabariye ibyaha byanjye byose. o. Twabahaye amakaramu n'impapuro. Biri he? 7. Bireturuhije kujya iwanyu ubu. Tuzababona ejo. 8. Mbese umuganga yakuvuye neza? Yaguki ji je indwara yawe? 9. M iinani Q r (k~('-) ntari hano; namutumye ku Gisenyi, 10. Yesu yabajije Petero, ati (don't translate ati) Urankunda?

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

near the old man's kraal.

1. Mhere were you (pl.) yesterdav? I did not see you the whole day. 3. I p r a i s e God b ecause He saved me and. He gave me peace and j oy . 4. It is difficult f'or him to learn because he has much other work. 5. J e sus helps u s every day to do His work; we praise Him with (in) all our hearts. 6. Andrew's (Andereya) children are good; he governs them well. 7. Mhat do you ('s,) want? I pai d you y e st erday, 8. It was difficult for us to f i n i s h ou r w or k . Mill you help us? 9. Mhere were you (pl,) ? Y o ur parents were looking everywhere for you. 10. Me saw you (s.) y e s t e r day
2. The pupil is bad; his teacher cannot govern him.

LESSON 58 Ob'ect Pronouns continued Vocabulary kubeshya, (shye) - to lie, lie to,
d eceiv e 'kwiba ( bye) - t o s t e a l , steal from g ukubit a , ( se) to h i t , s tr i k e , b e a t h o.e ;

kureka (tse) - to leave, forsake, stop ( int,.) , a l l o w { t r . ) (see par, 1 3@

.

Use of ~ kubesh a: arambe-hya - he 's lying to m

a.bout me" reauires the prepositional ending, s ee par . 2 0 0 . ara~n iba he is stealing from me. ( for nv , s e e p ar . 1 1 9 )
118,

" He i s l y i n g Kwiba

Th e object, pronoun must agree with the noun it refers to in class'

nd numb r. In the previous lesson .,ou learned the p rsonal object pronouns. N ow, here are the pronouns for each of the classes: S in~. P l . Sin . Pl ur , ~ Cla,ss mu b a Class 6 ru zi Class wu yi Class 7 ka tu Class yi zi Class 8 bu ya Class ki bi Class 9 ku ya Class r i ya Class 1 0 ha ha

{Lesson 6 ,

c o n -.. )

6n

e.g. Ufite igitabo? Yee, ndagifite. Dc you have the book? Yes, I h ave i t . W ebonye ahant u ? Yee, n a h a bonye . Did you see the place? Yes, I saw it. Urufunguzo ruri he? Ararufite. Where i s t he k ey ? He has i t . E xerci ses :

I. Translate into English: 1. Nbese waretse i b yaha oyawe byose?

Y ee, nabir e t s e k e r " (long ago) . 3. Wabonye igitabo gishya? N daki r eba ubu. 4. Umusore ni umunyabyeh"; a kunda kubeshya, kandi ejo yibye amafaranga cumi; ariko azayazana. $ . Uzazana i b i r y o b yawe ryari ? Nzabizana vuba,. 6. Biranduhije kwibuka amazina yanyu. Ongera kuyavuga. 7. Nabahaye imirimo myinshi. Yiwayirangije yose? 8. Wacanye umuriro? Oya, Nariy a y awucanye. 9. Wakoze iminsi ingahe mu
2. Imbwa yagize nabi cyane; umusore yayikubise. murima? Sinayib ze. mu isandugu. 10. Naguhaye utwuma tubiri. Turi he? N atubi t s e

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

1. Have you seen my new house'? No, I will look at it tomorrow, 2. What did you give the cat? I gave i t m i l k . 3 . I g a v e y o u (some) new books. Did you bring them? 0, The boy stole the paper; but, he refuses to bring it, 5. Did you steal the European's dog? No, I bought it. Where did you buy the salt? I bought it at Butare. 7. We bought a 6, new bed; my wife liked (praised ) i t ver y mu ch, 8. I didn't hear the child's name. Did you s.y it? 9.,God gave us a wonderful Savior; we praise Him {God) very much. 10, Did you see the moon last night = in the night ( Y es, I s a w i t ; ' t was ver y l a r g e ,

)'

LESSON 59 Object Pronouns with Vowel-stem Verbs

Vocabular ~

kwanika (tse) - to put out in sun kwanura (ye) - to bring in from sun kwubaha (shye) - t o h o n or , r e v e r ence, { kubaha) respect

ijwi voice

kwinginga (nze) to b eseech, beg

11 . a) In using these object pronouns with vowel-stem verbs it is ~ very important to remember the rules for vowel contractions. 1) u before another vowel changes to w. e.g. bamwanga (for b a - mu-anga ) they hate him batwigisha (for ba-tu-igisha. ) they t e ach us ndakwizera {f'or nda-ku-izera - I trust you yarwibye (for ya-r u- i bye ) - he st ol e i t ( k e y ) ndabwemera (for nd a -b u-emera, ) I accept it (grace
The wu of 2nd class, loses the u before a vowel.

2) a before another vowel drops out.

yawibye (for ya.-wu-ibye) he stole it (salt)

ndabereka ( o r n d e.-ba-ereka ) I show them I i grd an~.' 6th cla s;orms and ' 2nd '1"ss plur'1 drops yagibagiwe (y;.-yi - i b a g i we ) nc . orgot t h e n (debts) ~) in class ~, ki changes to ~c a nd bi t o ~ b , 'oefore a v o w e l , ndacvibuka (nda-ki-i buka ) - I remember it (boak) na~bitegi we (na-bi - i b a gi we ) - I forgot them (books) 5) ri of class 5 changes to ~r y~ i bye (ya-ri-ibye) - he stole it (franc) 6) the object pronoun for "me" n changes to ~n b efor e a v o w e l a~nereka (a-n-er eka ) - h e s hows me
a azica l ara-ri-ic ) he ki'ls them (chickens )

out

( Lesson 59, cont .

- 61 -

b) The future of vowel-stem verbe with a prono"n o'cject: when a pronoun object is inserted it follows -za- , a nd makes what e v e r changes are necessary according to the above rules.

Thus: nza~c ibuka - I will remember it

nzabereka I will show them nzakwereka - I will show you 120, If an indirect object and a direct object come in the same verb, the direct precedes the indirect, e.g, Did you give Tom .the book? I g av e i t

to him: Wahaye Toma igitabo? Nakimuhaye.

E xerci s e s : I. Translate into English: 1. Turakwinginga kudufasha, mu mirimo yacu. 2. Mfite ibitabo byawe; n zabiguha ej o . 3, Ijwi ry' Imana ryanyeretse inzira. y' agakiza; naryumvise. 4. Umukobwa yanika imyenda mu gitondo; ni mugoroba arayanura. 5, Im ana ifite ubushobozi bwinshi; ni byiza kuyubaha. 6, Mwaduhaye imirimo myinshi, ariko twayemeye. 7, Wavuze amazina yose? Yee, neyavuze kandi

nayanditse, 8. Ndabona imvura. Mbese imyenda, iri hanze? Yee, ndayanura vuoa,. 9. Umwigisha wawe yakwigishije byinshi. Mbese uzabyibuka? 10, Dufite udusahane twiza. Watwogeje neza? II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1..Where are my two sheep? The dog is killing them. 2. I . or g o t t o bring the book today, but I will xemember it tomorrow. 3, The o ld m an has done (worked) many sins, but he is confessing them. 4. The teacher wants medicine; the doctor will give it to him in the evening. 5. Where are the good peas? A thief stole them, 6. The people respected him (the teacher ) because he taught them well. 7, Did you take the key to
the mason? No, I forgot it. 8 , Has John seen your garden? Yes, I showed it, to him. 9. Did you put, the wood out in the sun? I pu t i t out yesterday morning. 10, Where axe my new ropes? Thieves stole them.

LESSON 60
Review

Cive the ordinary past of the following verbs, using a 3rd class
singular subject. T hen translate the foxms you have written, 1. kwigisha 6. guk u rikira 1 1. k u v a 1 6. g u t a h a 2, kubona. 7. kubaza 12. k w i n g i n g a 1 7 , g u ha

3. kubanguka 4. kurangiza 5. kwin jira

8 . guf at a 9. kuza 10 , k urire.

1 3. gutek a 1 4. kwihana 1 5. kurushya

18 . kube s h ya 19. gu s e n ga 20 . gup f a

II. Write in Kinyaxwanda: (Do not translate the words in parenthesesl 1 , Th e c ows d r a n k . 1 4. The goat s l e p t , 2. The boy washed them (clot hes ). 15, I gave it (cat) the meat. 3, Jesus saved me. 1 6. Th e b e e s t a y e d i n t h e h o u s e . 4 , I g a v e i t ( key) t o h e r . 17. The child found it (franc She cooked them (corn) . 1 8. T h eeves s t o l e : '. (boa"d) f r o m h i m. 6. The animal ate them ( peas) , 19. Th e y washed the- ( plat e s).

),

7 . .h e

, h eep di e d .

20, Jiggers were in his feet.

B. We saw it (bed). 2 1. Di d y o u w as h t h e m ( feet ) ? 9 , The young gi r l s s a n g . 22, Sinners r epented (of) t hem (sins) . 10, The pupils learned them(words ).23. They gave them (gardens ) to us. 11. The trees fell. 2 4. The plant s d i e d , 12. We saw them (tr e es ). 2 5, We heard i t (voice) . 13. We reverence Him (God),

III. Give the ordinary pas' oi ~ k u: i r a , singular and plural,

showing a g r e ement. wi'.h all olasse

IV. Using the first perscn singular as subject, give the ordinary past of ~ uha, inserting the object pronoun for each class, singular and plural.

BESSON 61
Ordinal Numerals -ombi

Yooabulsr ~ inanasi (3rd c l , ) p i n eapple ikirayi - white potato inyanya (or, ur u n yanya tomato igikombe cup, '', ?. t 2 ?

).

icyayi ( no pl.) - t e a. (4th cl , ikawa (3rd, cl,) c o f f ' ee, coffee

nyuma (or,

trees

ha n yuma. ) - a f ' t er ward,

later 121. The ordinal numerals ( i .e . f i r st , s econd., etc , ) ar e f o r med by t h e possessive particle followed by the ka- f'orm of the numeral, f'or numbers from 2 to 7; for 8 to 10 use the invariable form of the numeral; "first" is the possessive particle followed by mbere. Note that the noun and possessive particle ere in the singular, and that the possessive particle agrees with t h e n o u n. umuntu wa mberc - the first person urupapuro rwa kabiri - t he s e c o nd paper (or, page) inzu ya gatatu the 3rd house ubwato bwa kane the 4th boat ishuri rya gatanu the 5th school umusozi wa gatandatu - the 6th hill akantu ka karindwi the 7th little thing urubaho rwa munani - the 8th board

(note ri m we, not mbere ) Fcr numbers from 12th upward, the last part of the number usually ma.kes the plu ral a c c o r d . However, you will often hear it with the ka- form. igitabo cya cumi na bita,tu (or, ~atatu) - t h e 1 3 t h b o ok urupapuro rwa makumyabiri n'eshanu (or, na gatanu ) - t h e 2 5 t h p a ge 122. T h e " l a st " of anything is n uma or ~ i m er uk a p e e o eded b y t h e p o s s essive partible. In a line of people the last one is:
umuntu wa n y u ma or, umuntu w'imperuka.

ukwezi kwa cyenda - the 9th month igiti cya qumi the 10th tree inanasi ya cumi na rimwe - the 11th pineapple

12 . Numeral a dverb . ~

You have alreedy learned that when counting with no object involved you say: rimwe, kabiri, etc. This same form is used for "once", " t w i c e " , etc, Also for "three times", etc. e.g. Ya,somye kabiri - he read twice.

Using this sam pr efix I a, kenshi means "many Times", thus, " of't e n " . Kan ahe? means "how many times? ~ H e came o f t e n . tk'hen one wishes tc say "my two eyes", he must say:
" " " " " " " ' ' "

e.g. Ya je hano kangahe? Yaje kenshi How many times dic he come here?
both.

'"" ' m 'jE'-!' -"'

-

12Lt. -Ombi

This word may be used just as we u se "both" , and must be used in referring to two of' anything when that is all there is of it. Speaking of two people when only two are being considered, one would say bolnbi. "Both of' you" is mwembi; "both of us" is twembi. For other class agreements use -ombi with the consonants of the possessive particles as prefixes.

imply that he had more than two eyes.

(Lesson (6 1, c o n t .

)
11, Five times 12, Th e 2 4 t h man 2 1. Bot h o u r h o u s e s 22. The first time

E xerci s e s : Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1 . The 4 t h s h e e p 2 . The 1 6 t h b o y

3. The l as t

p a per

1 3. The 43rd t r e e
14. Th e 1 0 t h s t r i ng

23. The 136th hymn

2 4, The 9t h y o ung l a d y

4 . Th e 3 r d s h e p h er d

5, The 57th song 6, My two ears

egg 8, The 18th letter 9 . Th e f i r s t h ou s e 10. Th e nd r i v er
7 ( The 2 9 t h

15. The 5th p i n eapple

1 6, Th e 1 2 t h p o t a t o 1 7, The 4 t h c u p o f c off e e 18. The 27th tomato 19, Th e l a s t w o man 20. How many times7 Often

25. The 10th month 26. The 96th word

27. The last hill 2 8. The 1 5t h s a c k o f tea 2 9. The 7 0t h s h e e p 3 0. I s a w h i m o n c e .

LESSON 62 Months Da s of Meek Telli Vocabular i cyumwe 4th c l . - week Time.

i saha

o r , i s a a., saa) r d - 5 t h ) mi nute

omit,

h our, c l o c k

umushyitsi - guest, v i s i t o i

iminota ( iminuts4 (2nd) i tar i k e (3rd-5th) date

igice part, ha1f, chapter ino her e kurar a (ye) - t,ospend. the night, lodge

gusYba (bye) to be absent,

numeral . ukwezi k w a mber e January u kwezi k w a k a b i r i F e b r u a r y ukwezi kwa, karindwi July ukwezi k' umunani August > * .~,; z j

kumara (ze) - to stay, spend ( length of ti me ) , fi nish (t r . ) gusiba (bye) to erase ( short Qi

12 . Months, This is formed by the word for "month" wit,h the ordinal ~

ukwezi kwa cyenda (or, kw'icyenda)-September

ukwezi kwa cumi (or, kw'icumi) October

ukwezi kwa cumi na kumwe (or, na rimwe)

November December

ukwezi kwa cumi n'abiri (or, na kabiri)

There are other Kinyarwanda names for the months, which you can f'ind in a dictionary or on a calendar. You should try to learn them as well, as they a re u sed a g r e a t d e a l . Dates are usua11y given like this: itariki ya makumyabiri na gatatu y'ukwezi kwa kane - Apri1 2$

or, ku itariki ya... (on such and such a, date),

T o ask : M h a t da t e ? W(hat month'? Mhat day ? one says: ku itariki ya kangahe7 mu kwezi k w a k a n gahe? ku wa kangahe'?

126. The da s of the week are formed in the same way, using the agreement f'or "day", Note that Sundav is different: ku wa ga t a t u - W e d nesday ku cyumweru Sunday etc, ku wa mbere - M o nday k u wa ka b i r i - Tu e s d a y " th e t . i me o f t h e d a y ; s u c h a s , "the time when the birds begin to sing," i wor d etc. But for common use the Swahil w hen th e c o w s g o t , o p a s t u r e , " . or " h o u r " (sa. , or , is aa ) i s u sed . However, it is to be remembered t.hat the day begins with daylight, rather than at midnight. Also, usuaily the Swahili numerals are used as well. A helpf'ul clue to figuring the hour is that if by English t,ime the number of' the hour is 6 or less, add 6 t o it; if the number is 7 or more, subtract. 6from it, Thus, 6:00 (English)

(6 + 6 = 12 ) is: saa cumi n'ebyiri. 4;00 {English) (4 e 6 = 10 ) saa kumi,

V44,(

( m
( yy(

:J'
t& (
I

4 ' J(i L ( '.

4 '+ ((. ~
C'( u

g gg P
jp((p (

~v a>w

- k,.
;I
D(

+4 4 j~

'n ~

v ( >m ~

g~

Wcl~

( Lesson 62,' cont , )

7 :00 - s a" m o y a 8:00 saa. mbili 9 :00 sa a t a t . u 10! 00, saa i n e ' : 0' : 2:00 ' .:00 -.:00 saa saba. saa munani (or, saa nani sa ' c y e n d a saa k u mi

11:00 saa t anu

1 2:00 sa,e. si t a

6:00 sea kumi n' ebyiri (or, na mbili )

5:00 - sa- kumi n'imwe (o'r, na moya )

In some areas they prefer the Kinyarwanda form to the Swahili, thus: 7 :00 - i sa h a i m w e 8 ;00 i s a h a e b y i r i Observe that in those cases the ~ e e m ent of' the numeral is 3rd. cl. plural.

When the word isaha is used for"hours" ( durat i o n ) or f 'or " c l o c k s" , t h e
regular Kinyarwanda, words are used, with 3rd class singular, 5th plural. th r e e clocks amasaha 9 :00 s aa. t a t u t hr e e n ou " emasaha atatu a,tatu Xf you wish t'o indicate that the time is at night, you could say: saa ine za nijoro 10:00 at n ght ( or, s a a i n e va. ni j o r o ) . 4' +~~ ". ' $a.he ' )~ t ~ . ,'P

) In

For the fractions of' hours, see the following: 9:10 saa tatu n'iminota. cu.i 3 : 3 0 - sa- tatu n'igice 9:$0 - saa ine ibuze iminota cumi {i.e. 10:00 lacking ten minutes).
E xerci s e s : Translate into English: 1. Aba.shyitsi bazaza ino mu k.'ezi k'umunani, 2 . Waray e h e k u w a k a n e ? 3, Nari ahandi ibyumweru bitatu, n yamara n a g a r u t s e k u w a. mber e . 5 . Ab a n d i b a z u n g u b a z a z a 4. Wasibye nu ishuri ku wa k"b'ri. W z'i he ? mu Bwanda mu kwezi kwa gatand"tu. 6. Ku itariki ya makumyabiri na karindwi y'ukwezi kwa cyenda tuza.subira. mu ishuri. 7. Y i uzatan g i r a imirimo saa mbili ibuze iminota cumi n'itanu. 8. Abashyitsi bacu bamaze

ino igice cy'ukwezi. 9, Abakozi batashye saa,kumi n'ebyiri za nimugoroba. 10. Abajura batwibye ku itariki ya cumi n' icyenda mu kwezi kwa karindwi. Hari ku munsi wa gatandatu.
II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1, Di d y o u c o m e t o c h u r c h S u n day? 1 didn't see you. 2. The pupils will return to school in October. 3. Four guests came Thursday and stayed five days. 4 , On the 14th day of January we went to see the doctor, but he was not at home, 5 . We wanted to go to Butare Wednesday, but rain fell the whole day, We will go tomorrow at 8:00. 6. On Sunday they start to sing at 9:)0. 7. J1y friends are coming at 10:00 at night.

8. You (pl.) were absent a whole week in Narch. H ow many days di d y o u

spend at Kigali? 9. it is 2:15. Go to school quickly. 10. The ma.sons w orked si x h o ur s o n F i d a y .

' ESSON 63
S one Househoi d V ocabular y T er ms uruser!de pepper ingano wheat

indobo pail imbu it a. (or, i c y uma) k ni f e f'ura ( or, i z i k o) - s t o ve, ; " : p . a ' " = ikanya ( 5th) - f o r k i kiy i k o - s p o o n
a kayik o t e a s p o o n isukar i ( 3rd) - s u g a r imiteja green beans imboga - leafy ivegetable

tonora, (ye) to peel, shell, husk guhata (se) - to peel with knif'e

gusuka (tse) - to pour (into somethin:

kwatsa (akije) - to blow the fire kubaga. ( ze) to b ut ch er , d r e s s
a n ani ma l ~ c ~ ~" ~

kubiza ( j i j e ) t o b o i l ( t r . ) kubira, ( ze) - t o b oi l ( i n t . )

(Lesson '63, cont. ) Vocabul

kuvanga

cont ,
nz e t. o s t i r , mix

gucagagura (ye) to chop up

128, These are only a, few of the terms one needs,

gukarangg ( nze) - t o f r y gusya ( sdye) - t o g r i n d

For " t o c l e the table": Kura ibintu ku meza take the things from the table. N ote: k u b ' a and, kubiza: One wculd s-y: Biza amazi boil the wa.ter, but
A mazi a r a ira the water is boiling. E xerc i s e s : I. Translate into English:

Swahil i , or E ngli s h , o r Fr e n c h , b e c a u s many of these things did not exist i n t h e c o u n ry until Europeans brought them. For " t set the table" one says: Tegura ameza prepare the table.

many others from the Africans. Necessar i l y , many of' these terms come from

Y ou can

e a s i l y l ear n

1. Teka imiteja n'ibir"yi ku ziko. 2. Baga in k oko ebyir i , ku k o a b a.shyitsi baraza nimugoroba. 3. J.'en; aI". , azi mabi; shaka andi meza 4. Kaoanga inyama mu mauut".m-ost':. 5 . Ngsino gusya -nsnasi . ima isukari nke mu nanasi. 6. Abakobw.- baracagagura imiteja, bayishyira mu ndobo, 7. Nda.shaka ko muhata ibirayi byinshi, kandi ko mutonpr a ibigori bike. 8 . U muboyi (houseboy ) erevanga ifu n'umunyu n'amata n'amagi.

9. Dufite abashyitsi hatatu, T egu"a a meza v u b a , Shyira. k u m eza, imbugita n'amakanya n'utuyiko n'amasahane n'ibikombe; 1 0. Yiar i y a y a g i y e mu murima kuzana imboga n'inyanya. II. Translat,e into Kinyarwanda; 1. Cook the sweet potatoes on ne stove. 2. I boiled much clean water, tut now it is dirty. g. I want sug- 2nd milk in my cof'fee. 4. He

poured out the good milk but he put away the bad milk. 5 . There i s o n l y a l i t t l e (few) firey. put more mod in the fire; blow it.( fire) . 6 , D i d you (s.) put salt and pepper in the meat? I want to fry it. 7, Put a tablespoon of sugar in the tea; then (maze) we will pour it into the cups, 8 . T h e wheat was i n a, bucket (pail), but the girls are putting it out in the sun. 9. Me have finished eating ( co to eat ) ; c l e a r t h e
table. I will put, away the f'ood, 1G. I want to grind the wheat. Vhere

did you put it?

LESSON 64 Stative Voice

V ocabul ~

kurwara (ye) - to be sick, ill gukomere. ( ye) - t o b e s t r o n g kumera ( ze) neza - t o b e w e l l

ifI kunezerwa (nezerewe ) - t o b e h a pp y

g ; , i ., s

gu so n z a (shonje ) to b e hungry gukonja. (nje) to be cold, wet,

d.cUllp

are formed like any others (or b~ ..cmpou;Id tenses which are not taught in thi s b ook ). In the negative and in dcixndent clauses the -ra; drops out; it also drops o~t when an object or phrase (other than the infinitive
f'ollows the verb in the same clause. m alar i a e,g. arwaye malaria. he's ill with

129. Stative Vo'ice. In Kinyarwand:, wc"..ds that express a condition or state of beingor bodily or I .cnt.- ' - , .t,i t u d e , are used in t.he stative voice, which means the.t:he pr':":: ' :-, -=: p e s e nt , b u t t h e s uf g i x past. This applies to present tine, For past and future time these verbs

ndarwaye I 8m ill ndanezerewe - I a m happy

ndicay e - I am s i t t i ng d o w n (' c e I ' gc~k~v,~csi p Cy ndizeye I trust, am trusting

(Lesson 64, cont.

For habitual present of these verbs the regular prefixless present is used.

e.g, Arwara, iminsi yose he is ill every day (or, a l ways)

Note: Nh en a, part of the body is the object of' a, verb, but the owner of the part is not the same person as the subject of the verb, u se t h e p r o p e r object pronoun in the verb instead of the possessive adjective. e,g, Yamfashe ukuboko he seized my arm. E xerci s e s : I. Translate into English:

1, Ndanezerewe cyane kuko Ye u yambabariye ibyaha byanjye kandi yanyogeje

umutima. 2. Umwana w'impumyi ararwaye cyane. Baramujyana kwa muganga. 3. Ntitwariye uyu munsi; turashonje cyane. 4. Cana umuriro mwinshi; ndakonje. 5. Umuhungu yarwaye mu gitondo ariko ubu arameze neza,

6. Abana baranezerewe kuko babonye imyenda mishya. 7. Abigishwa b, emeyc

gufasha ababyey' babo mu nirima. 8, Inzira iraruhije ariko ndagira ngo turahagera vuba. 9. Inzu yacu nshya irakomeye cyane kandi ni nini.. 10. Umunyabyaha arizeye Yesu; nuko arakizwa ibyaha bye. (nuko = so ) II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. The children want a. lot o. food. They ar e v e r y h u n g r y , 2 . Two g i r l s were absent today because they are sick. 3 . I trust Jesus because He

saved me. 4. I heard that you were sick. Are you well now? Y es, I a m very well and I have peace in my heart. 5, The teachers are willing to work hard to help their people to oe saved. 6 . The shepherd' s dog i s
dying; the doctor can't treat'it. 7 . The clothes are wet; I'll put

them out in the sun. Remember to bring them in (this) evening, 8. My rope is very strong, I bought it yesterday. 9. Mary's baby (infant) is
always sick. The doctor is treating it. 10. Ne Ne ha; e n' t s e.. y ou { f'or) y e ar s . you ( pl,) . a r e v e r y h a p p y t o s ee

LESSON 65 -o with the infinitive Vocabulaz, ~ urukero saw

inyundo - h a mmer umusumari - nail, straight pin

i taf ar i ( or, i d a f a r i ) b i e k ( 5 t h ) itegura (5th) tile for roof'

incabiti, ishoka, indyankwi axe

kubumba (mbye) to mold (bricks, pottery ), head up (as,cabba, gukeba (bye) - to cut meat, cloth paper gusatura (ye) to cut lengthwise guca (ciye) to cut ( tr e e , s t r i n
c ut i n ch u n k s

- .

gusakara (ye) to roof, put on roof gusenya, ( nye) t o e a dow n

umucanga s a n d , g r av e l

kubaza ( je) -

t o p l a n e(boards)

d o wood c a r v i n g

umusenyi sand

kwasa (shije) to split wood

1 0. Note the construction in the following phrases: ~ umucanga, wo kwubaka - sand for building imbaraga zo gutsinda Satani strength to defeat Satan amategura yo gu akara tiles to make a roof, or, for roofing In All of these examples you notice that the verb is explaining the work or us'e of the thing named. Bu t in Kinyarwanda the simple infinitive is not sufficient as in English f'or th'.'scon truction. You must use this little particle which is the possessive particle with a changed to o, Remember that whenever you wish to use," noun followed by an infinitive explaining the use of the object you must use this particle in agreement with the noun. This may also be tra,nslated: "for using" as "for building" (above)'

instead of "to build." Note these examples: Ndashaka umuntu wo kujya i Kig ali - I want a man to go to Kigali (purpose) . Yasabye umugabo kugenda he asked the man to go (no part i c l e ne e ded ).

( Lesson 65 ,

c o nt. )

67-

E xerc i s e s : I. Translate into English: 1. Uyu munsi abafundi babumbye am'atafa i magana atanu. 2. Oh e r e za. abagabo bo k u z an a u muca,nga mwiza ; n d a wushaka. 3 , Zana i n y u n d o y o g u s h i yaduhaye imbaraga zo gutsinda Satani, .6. Ndashaka. imbugita yo guhata i bir a y i , 7. Ntidufite uburyo bwo kuza iwanyu. 8 . Umukozi a r a s h a k a. icyuma cy o k u b a za.. 9 . Ndashaka i b i t o k e b y o k u r y a . Mbese mura,bifite? 10. Ku cyumweru ni umunsi wo gusenga. II, Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. I want four hoes to cultivate (with) in the bananas. 2 , Bring all the tools for cutting trees, 3. Look for a. man to put a r oof on the house. 4 . The workers have many nails to put in the boards. 5. We want two other workers to plane boards; one is sick. 6 . Where i s y o u r

mangira (pound) imisumari, 4, Senya. inzu; mwubatse nabi. 5. I mana

h ave book s

axe for splitting wood? 7, Find (look for ) a pencil for writing the names of the pupils. 8. Bring a cloth to put on the table, 9. We have thirteen pieces of paper ( = 13 p per s ) to sell. 10. The children don't
t,o r e ed .

LESSON 66
Im eratives with the Sub unctive V oc bul a r ~

gutegereza. (je) - to wait, wait for guhamagara. ( ye) to c a l l

kub w i ra( ye) to t el l g usa - o n l y (this is the adverb

derived from adj.

-sa,.)
For the

11 . ~

plural imperative the personal prefix mu- is used, and thc final a of the
stem is changed to e.

In L e s son 22 you learned the simple singular imperative.

e.g.

m u gende go( pl. )

m ukor e - wo r k

1 2. Yo u will remember tha.t, as given in par, 37, the singular imperative ~ is just the stem of the verb, H owever, w h e n ever a n o b j e c t pr on o u n o c c u r s i n th e v e r b (imperative), except that of the first person singular, the

final a, of the verb must change to e. e.g. Mpa igitabo give me the book; Muhe igitabo give him the
book;

Du he igitabo give us the book; Yabumbe mold them

(bricks~Bizane - bring them (books).

in the subjunctive mood, about which you will learn more in the next lesson. The singular imperative may also be used in the subjunctive: u kore n e z a wor k w e l l uzane imbaho bring the boards wandike amazina write the names.

Usually the simple form (not subjunctive) means "do it right now", but
the imperative using the subjunctive may mean "do it any time today",

Genda - go (now)

However, the subjunc'i',e for.;.must be used for the second of two commands. Zana ibijumba ubiteke Br'ng the sweet potatoes arid cook the im. Genda ushak e "'suk" Go an d l o o k fo r a ho e . Observe that no word is uscd for "and" for joinizg the two commands. Note: If the first imperative verb i- affirmative, the second will be subjunctive, but if the first is negative the second will often be the infinitive. e .g . S u b ira ubikore do it again; Ntusubire kubikora - don't

U g end e go (any time today)

do it again. Bwira Xohana. aze tell John to come; Ntubwire Yohana kuzadon't tell John to come.

( Lesson-66, c ont . )
Note 2: Of t en the iwper~tive is prefixed by ni, especially in the plural. T his does not particularly change the meaning.

Nimugende - go (pl. ) Exercises :

N u z e come (s.)

I.:Translate into English: 1. Nubwire umugabo aze hano uyu munsi. 2. Injangwe irashonje; yihe inyama nke. 3. Ytutegereze ibitabo byanyu; n dabibaha v u b a . 4. Abakobwa baje; babwire gushaka andi masuka abiri gusa. 6. Nub'Kze imbaho, kuko tuzatangira kwubaka: vuba. '7. Hari amatafari menshi mu kabande; muyazane hano yose. 8. Ytu ishuri ni habi cyane; hakubure vuba. 9 . Abana b a g i y e k u r e ; g e n d a ubabwire ku g a r u k a k u k o b w i j e , 10, Nabahaye imirimo mike; muyirangize.mu gitondo, nyuma ndabaha indi. II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

bahamagare vuba; ndabasha,ka.

5 . Abakozi bagi y e ;

hammer and nails and saw are here; take them to the skilled workman.

1 . Vhere i s y o u r p e n c i l ? Bring it to school. 2. Bring all the books; put them away in the large box. 3. Come back here 'ooys hoe i n t h e g ar d en, 4. Go, wash your h ands wel l ( pl,)'. H el p t h e ( pl . ) ; n o w set t h e table . 5. You h a v e t h e n a mes of all the pupils; write them in the book. 6. I can't find ( = see) my goats; look for them and bring them here, 7. Ne have only a few bricks; mold (pl.) some more today. 8. Learn w ell n o w ( pl, ) b e c ause l a t e r y o u t'ill want to know much wisdom. 9. First ( = begin ' by ) (pl.) wa4 the dishes; afterward work outside. 1 0. T h e

LESSON 67
S ub'unct i v e Vocabul

i tara 5t h ) lamp u mutego t r a y itabaza (5th) - lantern, small lamp rwagakoco (3rd) small trap igikoni kitchen icyumba (4th) ro om (in h o use u rur abyo f l o w e r ) kwit o nda. (nze) to be ca r e f'ul 14. a) As in other languages the subjunctive is used in expressions such ~ a s "le t u s " , " l e t h i m ", etc. (not "let" in the sense of "permit", but as w e say " l e t ' s g o " , etc. ) In the 3rd person it has the idea. of "have him
d o", o r " he may do" .

- h%at shall they do now? Have them hoe in my garden, Any of' these forms, except the question, may be p r e c e d e d b y n i - without charging the meaning. e .g . n i t ug e n d e , naze. b) The ne ative im erative is; n tugende don' t g o ntitugende let's not go ntagende have him not go ntimugende don' t go ntibagende have them not go

t ugende - l e t ' s g o akore let him work, have him work, he may work batangire kuririmba have them begin to sing B akore ik i u b u ? Bahinge mu murima wanjye.

it must be followed by the s ubjun c t i v e : e .g . Ar az a k u g i r a . n g o y i g e - he 's coming so that he may le-"n. Homotimes ~ ko i r a n o i . hort ened t o ~ no . k he n ~ or "suppose" it does not take the subjunctive. k o. i r a n o m o a n " t o t h i n k " khen ~ kn ira n o means "so that" and the word followind is in the negative, the subjunctive is not usually used, but rather the dependent ."

1~5. Sub 'unctive with ku '"a o. In Lesson 50 you learned that kuzira ~ may mean "in order that" or " s o t h a t " . n o 11hen so used in the af irmative

negative form as taught in par, 186. e,g, Yirutse kugira ngo adafatwaHe ran so he wouldn' t b e c a ught .

Yasabye umuti kugira ngo atarwara - he asked .f'or medicine so he wouldn't get sick.

(Lesson 67, 'cont.

69-

E xerci s e s : I. Translat( into English: l. $ana itara uricane. 2. Mwarangije imirimo yose (inser t " w h i c h") naby'e; n i mutahe, 3. Simfite ama,suka; yashake uyazane. 4. A b i g i s h wa. bajye he? Bajye mu murima. kugira ngoubahinge, $. Mesa imyenda uyanike vuba. 6. Ntushyire rwagakoco yo gufata imbeba mu gikoni, 7 . N t u t a h e ubu kuko mfite indi mirimo yo kuguha, 8 . Abana ntibajyane amatafari ku

ishuri. 9h Yibese wahamagaye umuntu wo kga i Kigali? Ntagende ubu, azagende ejo. 10, Witonde ku cira ngo rwagakoco itagufata urutoke,
II, Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1, Let the visitor spend the night here; it is getting dark; he cannot go home now. 2. Let us learn well because we want to get much wisdom. Wash all the dishes and put them away. 4 . The pupils are outside; call them; have them come in now. 5 . I want a light; look for it and bring it here. 6 . Go home (pl.) and f'ind (look for) your francs and b rin g t h e m . 7. What shall Yiary do now? H ave her boil water to drink. 8, Don't take the flowers into .he kitchen, Take them into the other room, 9. Let's not refuse to help our friends, because they have lots

o f' work. 1 0 . D o n ' t (pl.) bathe-in the river because the water is dirty. 11. ~on't put the potatoes out in the sun again. Put them away in the
house, 12. Don't have the wo kmen'tear down the house; it is strong.

LESSON 68
How to say "Sto ". and "Wait"

Vocabul ~

gutwara (ye) to c a r r y , t a k e ( a way kureka ( tse) - t o s t o p ( i n t . ) It llb~ kurekera, aho to stop (int,) kubuza (jije) - to hinder, prevent,

stop (tr.)

guhaguruka ( tse) - t o s t a n d u p guhagarara (hagaze) to s t a n d , stop ( in t . ) , w a i t guhagarika ( tse) to stop ( t r . ) (something moving as car, person )

1 6. 3b serve h e s e us es of " s t o " . 1 ( S omeone is g o i n g away Stop, I want, to tell you something - Hagarara (or, Pure se) ndashaka kukubwira ijambo.(B'uretse is just "Stop'." 2) Stop wrxtmg on the slate Reka (or, rekera aho ) kwand&a k u "r ubhho. 3) The child, is going into the water. Stop him'. Vmwana agiye mu ma,zi. Mubuze!

Stop,. the child. from going into the water Buza umwana, kujya mu mazi 4) Stop the'car, I want to get out Hagarika imodoka, n dashaka k u y i v a m o . In (1) the word "stop" is by itself, and mean's only to cease going away with the idea. of "wait" or "wait a minute".

(or, ngo nta.jye mu mazi),

In (2) " stop".meens to stop any kind of action that is already begun. In ()) the idea, is to "stop" or hinder, prevent, someone else from whet
h e is doing.

In (4) the idea is to "stc." someone or something from going.

Note regarding reka; I, ;ho subject of -reka.is the same as thP. One whc ) .-; " s t o p " . (In this case it may also be -reke;; zs ozn g e a c t x on, it me: aho). e.g. Re i a k w a n d i k a , td:, R e k e ra a h o k w a n d i k a) Stop writing (The one who is to stop is the c). -: who i" writing. ) If the subject of' -rek is not the same as the one who is doing thP. b) -t e g e r e z a an d - h a g a r a r a , meaning "wait,", Wait for me - ntegereza (or, untegereze ) . Wait, I want to give you something Hagarara, ndashaka kuguha ikintu. t'e ereza Iy you state whom one waits I or, use - ~

( Lesson"'68, cont . )

70-

o) gu h a guru ss an d ~ uh a r a r a , s ear i n g " t o tand" : The' act of coming to a standing position is: ~ u h~ u r u k a . Rei'erring to the duration o i' s t a n d i n g , use: ~u ha ar a r a .

,~et's stand and sing Duhaguruke turirimbe.

We stood for two hours Twahagaze amasaha abiri. 0b'eot 1 7 . '7~ ronoun: -ha- . ~ l n R ar . 6 6 y o u l ea r n e d t h e use oi b i r sh ar i . This particle is often inserted in forms of the v rb "to be", and sometimes in other verbs as well, to mean "there" o r " h e r e " . You hear it most often

if someone comes to the door and sks: Y ibese mu an a ara hari ? Y ee, arahar i . Is t h e d o c t o r h e r e ? Y es, h e ' s h e r e .

T he repl y :

In the past, when -ha- is inserted in a f'orm of' - r i , t h e v e r b i s r epeat ed . Obs e r v e : Wari uhari ejo? Yee, nari mpari Were you here yesterday? Y es, I w as her e . Note this other use: Washyize umusumeno hasi? N arawuhashyi z e , - Di d y o u put the saw on the floor? I put it there. E xerci s e s :

I. Translate into English: 1. Duhaguruke t wese, dusenge. 2 . Abakozi b ar eke gusenya i n zu . 3 . B a r e k e kwasa inkwi, sinshaka izindi.. 4. t'iuhagarare; mfite ibitabo nshaka kubeha kugira ngo mubijyane ku mwigisha.. 5. Vmwana afite imbugita; mubuze gukeba igitambaro. 6. Inshuti zawe ziri mu nzu? Yee, zi r a h a r i . Uzi hamagare. 7. Ntimutware indabyo zose, zihagume. 8. Wajyanye amatara hanze? Y ee , n a yahashyize kuko nshaka kuyoza,. 9 , Abi gi shwa barahari ? Bahamagare, ntibagume hanze, 1 0, Yohana, nagende vuba kugir a ng o a f a s h e
i nshut i z e. II, Translate into Kinyarwanda:

1. Stop! (s.) Don't go home now. There is work to do. 2. Wait (pl. ) f ' or the girls; they are coming. 3. Light a lamp so that we may see to read, 4. Stop the children f'rom going (to go) to the river. 5. S top t h e d octor . ~ I want to show him my child. 6. Were you in school yesterday? Y es, we were her e . 7, Were your parents in church yesterday? Yes, t hey were t h e r e . 8. Put the trap on the floor in the house. I pu t i t there thj.s morning (in the morning), 9. Let us not wait for the others b ut l e t ' s h u r r y . 10, Don't leave stones in the path; we want to walk
t her e .

LESSON 69
Possessive Particle with a changed to o VO ~ oabul ar u bwatsi

ishyamba (5th) for est, brushy place ishami branch

ikibabi 1eaf
g r a s s {tall, for building, )

i git a k a (or, u b ut aka ) soil , gutema. ( mye) - t o

earth

i bya t si - , gr a ss {any ki n d)
ibyatsi b~ bi - weeds

cut (gr ass, p lant s , . tr ees' kwitema ( mye) to cu t o n e s el f '

{ as f inger, ni<emye urutoke 1& . The possessive parti cle, wa, ba , e t c . , a nd t h e wtwd n a c h a ng e t h e i) " ~ a to o before infinitives and bef'ore mu and ku. e ,g . k u r y a n o k u n y w to ea t a n d d r i n k

ku meza no ku ntebe - on the table and on the chair mu ishuri no mu rusengerc in the school and in the church
igitabo ~c o gusoma a book to read

(Lesson 69p cont.

1. ~

- 71 -

etc. sometimes becomes wo, T h e possessive particle, as wa, ba, ya,, The idea. of the particle wa, etc . i s bo, ~o, e tc, a s s e e n i n p ar . 1 3 0 . But there are some instances in English where we use the possession.

"the trees of the forest" when we mean "in the forest". In those instances t he f o r m s wo , ~ o , etc. are used, followed by mu or ku: e,g, ibiti byo mu ishyamba - the trees of the forest umusatsi wo ku mutwe - the hair of the head ibibabi byo ku mashami - the leaves of the branches A part of a thing may not possess. T hus, o n e w oul d s a y , " i b i b a b i b y o k u mashami", and "ibibabi by'igiti" because the tree is the whole thing, and thus the plain possessive may be used.

possessive "of" when really the thought of place is intended; e.g, we say

140. On t h e o t h e r h a n d, when in English we would use only "in" o r "on" t o connect two nouns, in Kinyarwanda the form wo, yo, etc. must b e u sed as w ell a s mu or k u , when a prepositional phrase modifies a noun. b o ku musozi e.g. the trees on the hill ibiti ~ the pages in the book impapuro zo mu gitabo In this use one could also say, "ibibabi byo ku giti" when the emphasis
is on location. Note the difference here: Put the book on the table - shyira igitabo ku meza (ku meza modifies

c o ku meza ni cyiza (ku meza The book on the table is good igitabo ~ mod.ifies igitabo). Exercises: I, Translate into'English: 1. Ukubure neza mu nzu no mu rusengero. 2. Inyamaswa zo mu ishyamba ni

shyira )

mbi, kandi ni nyinshi cyane. 3. Abagabo bagiye gushaka ubwatsi bwo g usakar a i n z u . 4. Abantu bat,emye ubwatsi bwose bwo ku musozi. 5. Tugeturashaka umucanga mwiza wo mu ruzi. 9, Imana ikuhda cyane umuntu wese wo mu bwami bwayo (his), 10. Yiugende mushake imbuto zo ku biti. II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1, The soil in the garden is not good. 2 . The l e a v e s o n t h e t r e e s a r e

nde guhinga no gutema ibyatsi, 6. Unyereke imbuto zo mu murima. 7. Hari ibyatsi. bibi byinshi mu mirima no mu nzira. 8. Tuzatangira kw ubaka vuba;

beginning to fall. ). Me want to sing and to pray in the church. 4, The bricks of the house are not strong. 5. Cut,(pl.) all the gra.ss I don't want, it. 6. The flowers on the hills are in th e g arden. beautiful; let's go get (look for) some (them). 7 . Th e w e ed s i n t h e
garden will kill the plants, 8. The hair on the sheep's skin is long.

9. The pages of the book are very dirty; let's be careful in reading them. 10, The words in God's book are wonderful; let's read them every day.

LESSON 70
Review

I. Questions;
1. How do the ordinal numerals differ from the cardinals in Kinyarwan'da? 2, khat kind of verbs are in the stative voice? How is the stative formed? Give an example, 4 . Nhen d o e s n a , b ecome no ( 2 i n st a n c e s ) ? Mhen does the possessive particle wa, etc. c h a ng e t o w o , e t c . 6. How is the plural imperative formed'? Give an example. How is the subjunctive formed? Give an example.

(3 instances),?

8, How is the negative imperative formed? Give an example, 9. How are the names of the months foxmed? 10. How are the days of the week formed?

(Lesson 70, c o n t. ) 11. Distinguish (by g~ ving examplcs other than those used in the lesson between: a ) the "' words used for "to stop"; b) t n e 2 w ords used f o r ) " t o w a i t " ; c) the ".ways of' saying "to stand".
11.1Mrite in Kinyarwanda the names of' ell the months. 2, Mrite in Kinyarwanda the names of the days of the week. III. Translate into .~inyarwanda: 1 . Don't g o (pl.) to the valley to cut grass for putting on a roof, 2 . Br i n g (s,) green beans nd tomatoes, and cook them. 4. I told you to put the new books on the table ' Wher'e are tFiey?. I put them there.

3. I will punish you ( s.)

b e cause you were absent f o u r d a y s .

7. The last page in your book is very dirty, 8..Go, both of you, to work in your gardens. to: them. 1 0, Me ar e v e r y h a p p y b e c a us e J e s u s saved u s w e pra i s e H i m .

5. The fundis want tools to plane boards, 6. The grass in the garden is very tall, c ut i t ,
'

9. The children are very cold; thcy have no clothes; give them (clothes
an d g a v e u s ne w h e a r t s ;

three times. 12. The men often go to Butare to look for work. 14. The guests will go home Friday afternoon.

11. How many times did you (s) bring beans to sell'? I brought them

13. The old man is sick (in) both his legs.

15, The' children came a 7:00 this morning. Give them their francs now. 16, On Sunday we like to sing and worship.
17. The thief came in the night so that he might find an opportunity t o steal .

18. The cows are going into the garden; stop them from ea,ting (to eat the corn. 19, Two, boys were bad (did badly ) in school; the tea,cher punished them; theg stood for two hours.

20. Cut all 'the weeds in the garden.

LESSON 71
F ar Eas t Vocabulaz~ umugani par a b l e , p ro v e r b ingeso custom, hab't. u rugendo- j o u r n e y ' I 'ense

guca (ciye) umugani to tell a.

proverb, p ~ b'

gutinda ( nze) - t o b e l a te gutegura (ye) to p r epar e gutekereza (je) to think, think

about

141. You learned that the ordin ry past tense is used in speaking oi that which h a , b e e n d o n e t o d.:".y. For more d.i tant time, yesterday or before, j.s: personal prefix, te.'.;;e si g n ara , pas t s t , e m: t w-ar a - k o z e "orked y-ar a - g i y e h e w e nt . away 1) Note the conjug='ic;. whcn noth'ng follows the verb within the clause except, ~cane or a t i : narakoze I w o r k c d t warakoz e we wor k e d warakoze you w o rk e d m warakoze you w o r k e d yarakoz e he, sh e w o r k e d b arakoze t h e y ~ o r k e d In the singular, the fir t, a of -ara- is short, in thc plural it is long.
' .

Both are hi g h t o n e s, Remember that for past time today the tones are low. Vowel-stem verbs follow t.heregular rule: naribagiwe - I forgot; waribagiweyou forgotf; yaribagiwe - he forgot, etc .

(Lesson Pl, ccnt.

tone is high instead of low, nakoze t wak oz e Note the short a in the singular, but wakoze mwKkoze long in the plural. yakoz e ba k oz e 3) In dependent clauses and ir i the negative, though the time is far dzstant, the -ra- is omitted. However, the tone distinctions remain the same; Note; You will hear and see exceptions to rule 2 ) and 3) . E xerc i s e s : I. Translate into English: 1. Yesu yaciye imigani myinshi, kandi abantu benshi baramukurikiye.

clause , t h e -r a i s dr o pp e d ( but - a.- r e t a i n ed ), giving the appearance of' the ordinary past, but the

2) If komething follows the verb, within the

yose,

2. Umugabo yagize ingeso mbi cyane, nyamara. nyuma yaraziretse. 3. Twateguye neza ibintu byacu byose. 4. Nagiye mu kindi gihugu mu kwezi kwa gatanu, 5, Abahungu batinze kenshi mu ishuri kuko bavuye kure, 6 . Ej o t warabat e g e r e j e , ariko ntimwaje. Yee, twari b a gi we. 7. Abana batwinginze ngo tubajyane, kandi twarabyemeye. 8, Umubyeyi wanjye yambwiye kwasa. inkwi, kandi narabikoze. 9. Utegure ameza neza, kuko dufite abashyitsi kandi bavuye kure. 10. Umwigisha af'ite ingeso yo guca imigani iminsi

II. Translate into kinyarwanda: 1. The people heard the Gospel; they thought about it much ( add -ho t o e nd o v e r b ), 2. The boys prepared much food because they went on a long journey, 3, The workmen carried large boxes on their heads. 4. I waitled a whole day to see the European. 5, The old man told many proverbs to teach the young men. 6. Didn't you go to help build the church ? ' Yes, we we n t . 7. The girls prepared their clothes nicely

because they wanted to go to school. B. Did y ou (pl,) hear that thieves stole thei rich man's cows? What did. you think about it? ( add -ho t o e nd of v e r b ). 9, We were late to arrive there, but we wanted to enter in order to see the leaders (important men ) . 1 0 , T h e p a s t or (umupastori
spoke very good words; at terward many sinners were saved.

LESSON 72 Ne ative of Far Iast

uo cabul ar ~ impamba - food for a journey gut a bara, ( ye) to h e l p , g o t o kwiruka (tse) - t o ru n , ru n a w a y a ssi s t a n c e o f kera - long ago, long time in g u s h ira ( ze) - t o f i ni s h ( i n t .
f ut u r e a ll g o ne , e nd ( int. ) kuremba (mbye) to be very ill (almost dying )

), be

!lote: guehira is common in expres s i o n s l i k e : mu cyumeeru aishize - last week; mu kwezi gushize last month; ifu irashize the flour is all gone. "Next w e ek " i s : mu cyumweru gitaha. 142. Fo r the negative of the far'past, - ra - i s d r o p p e d , making it resemble the ordinary pas'., but the tone remains high: s inag i y e , n t i w a g i y e , etc . 1 4'3. Se n t e nc e o r d e r . You learned 'hat when both an indirect ooject pronoun and a direct one come in the same vcrb, the direct precedes the i nd i r e c t , Ho w e v e r , when both a. direct and an indirect object, follow the verb, the indirect is usually first, unless it is a long phrase; in which case, if the direct object is but one word, it will com'e first. e.g, Nahaye Petero igitabo I gave Peter a book. Nahaye igitabo umwana. wa Petero - I gave Peter's child a book.

{ Leeson 7 2 ,

cont . j

74 -

hi- mee::.-,P"da. b c ore y e s t e r d a y " or "day after tomorrow". e.g. Yagiye ejobundi - he went day before yesterday Azagenda e jobundi h e will go day after tomorrow. 14 . Th e stative of ~f a i s cftcn used when a person is not actually ~

143 ~ g obundi .

arar emb e i n t he s ame way, "he is about to die". However, w hen the y s a y , " Yarap f u y e " or "Yapfuye", they usually mean that he is a ctua l l y d e a d . Guvfa is sometimes used of things that no longer function. e.g. Umupira wapfuye - the tire is flat. Imashini yarapfuye the machine broke d o wn. E xerci s e s : I. Translate into English: 1 . Aba n t u ntibemeye kudufasha mu mirimo yacu.

dead, but is very ill (sometimes when he is not even very ill Arapfuye (lit.) he is dying ). e. g. (but actually "he is veey ill"). Sometimes they u s e ~

2 . Nag e k u r e g impamba usura umwungeri nyamara sinamubonye kuko yagiye ahandi. 3.i yBashatse z'iminsi itatu; ntibashatse gusonza. 4. Zjobundi umusaza yarapfuye. Nahaye umuhungu igitabo n'ikaramu.

yavuyel abantu benshi indwara zabo.

6. Mbese imbugita yanjye iri he? Nayiguhaye ej obundi . 7. Nahembye abakozi amafaranga menshi mu kwezi gushize. 8, Umwigisha yigishije byinshi abana b'abakozi, 9. Ntimwirutse vuba cyane, n uko mwarat i n z e . 10. Nu cyumweru gishize umuganga

II. Tranplate into Kinyarwanda: 1. The~boys ran to school; they didn' t want to,be late.

d idn' t

6. Day after tomorrow we will go to help (to the assistance o ) th e poor man. 7. Last mon8 thehard. "fundis" didn't finish building our new house, but they worked very 8. You have come very l a t e = you were late to come , Y e s , t h e j o u r n ey was very difficMt for us. ( 9. The young lady lied )to me, but I have forgi ven h e r. 10. On our journey we saw many wild animals,
r un a w a y . a nd t h e y

2 . Ny f o o d f o r the jogney was all gone and I was hungry. 3 . Long ago t h e p eopl e helped 'us to build the church. 4 . 0i d y o u (pl.) give the children c lo t h e q ? Yes, we gave them to them. $. The woman is ve ry s i ck (dying); have them take her to a doctor,

LESSON 73
F ather and Not her

Yocabular ~

data my,

o ur f a t h e r so - yo u r (s. and p l. ) f a t h er
se his, her, their father

nyina his, her, their,

mama my, our mother nyoko your ( s. & p l . ) m o t h er

146. You will note that ther e are three words for "father" and three for

mother kw'oroherwa (hewe) to get better

on whose father or mother it is. T he po s s e s s i v e s are not often used with these words. Data in itself means "my father" {or, "our f a t h e r " ); ~ n o k o a3 o ne means " y o u r m o t h e r " , etc . Do n o t s ay mama. wacu is my, our matern::i annt. In the Lord's prayer vc: -ay "Da'a wa twese"- Father '.o s ey Dat a w a c u would b "::, uncle",, n ot " o u r f ' a t h e r " ' . o f u s a l l , b e ca u s e lb . T hes e w o r d s h a v c -. fi r .'. ~ clas afrsement.s, e ven t h o ugh X he y d o n o t have the regular noun prefi x f .; . To make any of these forms plural the prefix ba is used, but. not tttached, but still no possessive is used. e .g. B a s o y o u f a t h e r ; ba nyina their mothers.

"mother" ,

d e pending

( Lesson 73, cont .

E xerci s e s : I, Translate into English: 1. Mama ararwaye cyane; tuzamujyana, kwa, muganga. 2. Ny i n a w a H e b eka yakoze cyane mu murima we, 3, Nyoko arorohewe ubu? Aratangiye kworoherwa buhoro, nyamara ntafite imbaraga nyinshi< 4. S e wa Y o s ef u ya r a m u-

fashije cyane; yamuhaye inka n'ibindi bintu byinshi. 5. Data, afite urugo rwiza, nyamara azajya ahandi vuba. 6. So yat ashye rya r i ? Ya t a s hy e mu kwezi gushize ku itariki ya cumi n'icyenda. 7. Abigi shwa bazahamagara. ba se ngo baze ku ishuri ku munsi mukuru., 8. ga nyina b'abakobwa babigisha. guhinga no gut eka, 9. Nyoko ariho? "'dya, yapfuye mu mwaka ushize,
10. So na nyoko bari imuhira? O ya,, bag i y e g u sur a d at a wacu.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: l. Vhere is your father? He died long ago. 2 . John's mother came here day before yesterday, but I didn't see her. 3. We saw your mother in church yesterday. 4 . My father is waiting for us; let's hurry. 5. Call Peter's'father; I want to give him work. 6. Our fathers work hard in

o rder t o g i v e (that they may give ) us food and clothing. 7 . I w a nt, t o go tell my mother that the doctor is here. 8. My father in heaven (ijuru) loves us all and, wants to save us. 9. The children's mo%her is cooking their ood. 10. Tell 'your father that the workmen have finished mold.ing (to mold ) th e b r i c k s .

LESSON 74 B rothe " and S i s t e r

(Vocabular h is included in the grammar.

148. In Ki arwanda it is a bit complicated to say ."brotho"" and "sister"

by the posSessive: mushiki wan e - my sister; mushiki w a we yo u r sister; mushiki we - his sister; mushiki wa,cu - our sister; mushiki wa

for it de nds on the age and sex of the parties involved, 1) A boy s sister is mushiki ( no i n i t i a l v o w el ). It must be followed.

2) A girl's brother is musaza, which follows the same rules as mushiki. 3) A boy's older brother is mukuru: mu kuru wanjye, mukuru we, bakuru

b anjye, bakuru babo, e t c . 4) A girl's older sister is also mukuru, and is used exactly the same
a,s for a b o y ' s o l d e r br ot h e r . 5) A boy' s younger brother is murumuna: mu r umuna wanjye - my younger brother; bamurumuna banjye - my younger brothers, etc.

6) A girl's younger sister is also murumuna, and used in the same way
a s for y o u n ge r b r o t h e r . used for the children of' one's paternal is never quite sure if two people are o only cousins, If necessary to distinone says; e.g. mushiki wanjye kwa da,ta 7)Exactly~ the same terms are uncle or maternal aunt, so one actually brothers and sisters, guish then from true siblings, wacu my female cousin (daught 14, ~

er of my paternal uncle)

If w h en seeing a boy and pirl t,ogether, or two boys er two girls, y ou wis h t o a s k , "Are you brother and sister?", you would say, " Muva i n d a imwe?" (lit. did you come from t,he same stomach? ) . L i k e w i s e , 'me are brother and sister" is: Tu va inda imwe. A b avandimwe is siblings.'
Dl ~'i-'

e
Q~ Q ( '' LA,

b'r cVi e
'' [
X i

fp'I it

. ,~. )) C
,

( Lesson 74, c o nt .
I

- 76

Exerc i s e s :

Tr a n s l t c i n t o f',inyar wanda:

1. John' s y ounger br o t h er 12, Elizabeth's younger sister 2 . My s i s t e r (I - a boy) 13. My older sister (I girl ) 3. Your o l d e r b r o t h er (you - boy)14, My younger br ot her (I boy) 4 . Hi s s i s t e r s 15. Your br ot her (you girl) Mary's b r o t h e r 16. Your y ounger si s t e r (you girl) 6. Ruth's older sister 17. M y younger si s t e r ( I - g i r l ) 7. My br ot he" (I girl) 18. Your ol d er s i s t e r (you girl) 8 . Your s i s t e r (you boy) ') 9, Y ou" b r o t h e r s ( you - g i r l ) 9 . Hi s o l d e r b r o t h e r 20, M y sist e r s (I - b oy) 10. Ydur y ounger br o t her (you-boy)21, H er b r o t h e r s ll. My(older brother ( I boy) 22. Are y ou bro th ers ?

LESSON 75
Immediate Past V ooabula~r 1nkuru
( (t' l l

tw

wsy

news (or, amekuru ) kurakara (ye) - t o b e an g ry kubabara ( ye) - t o s u f f e r , be s ad, be sorr y

kur ys m a (mye ) to lie down, do to bed kwitaba (bye) to ~n swer w hen call e d gucucuma (mye) to mash gukora (ze) umugat,i to make, knead bread

Note: In appearance this is just like the stative, but this t,ense is normally used f-. act ' . - : . .:f r - ; - .' ".iie t h e s tat i v e '=- fo " a = - ' =.... o b i ng . ll . Th e u se of this tense is to ~ express th a t w h i o h h a s h a p p e n ed
-

+ the past stem, thus: a-ra-giy e he has gone ('just n ow ) . T he c o n j u g a t i o n : n dagiye I h a v e g o n e t ura g i y e we h av e g o n e u ragiy e - y o u h a v e g o n e muragiye - y o u h ave gone aragiy e h e , she has gone baragiye they have gone

or is about to happen in a moment. e.g. A r ~ i ~ e Often it is used when he is just now doing it,

tu t nnooww, he h a s j us t no w g o ne.

You call answers, "~Nda'e", though he hasn' t started to move yet. just coming", though he says "I have come."

a p e r s o n and he He means, " I ' m

1 . In the negative of t,his tense and in dependent clauses the -ra~ d rops o u t . Usually if there is an object or phrase after the verb, the - ra - i s d r o p p e d . e.g. Mbonye umwana I've just seen the child.

Exercises: (Can you recognize in these exercises which verbs are stative and which are immediate past?
I. Translate into Englisn: 1. Twumvise inkuru nziza; turanezerewe kuzumva. 2. Wahamagaye Samweli? Y ee, a r i t ab y e , 3. Umwigisha arahana umuhungu; ararakaye cyane.

9. Ab a s o re be m eye 10. Mushiki wanjye araje; arampamagaye. II. Trenslate i.nto Kinyarwanda: l. I have,just gone to bof' becausi. I am sicl., 2 . J o h n ' .', f a t h e r h ' s h eard b a d n e w s an d hi'. ha.". gcne ( j u s t n o w) . 3. D i d y o u call t.he names j us t n o w ? Y es , a ll h a ' c a n s w r e d . 4. The men went, just now t.o begin their w o r k , 5. Th e w oman has a b a d u l c e r on he r l eg ; g ufasha k wubaka i s h u r i .

4. So ari h e ? A r a r y amye mu nzu, 5. Umwana arwaye malaria; ararembye cyane, 6, Paulo , n g wino, Y ee, ndaje . 7. lb' umvise inkuru? Y ee, Yohana arazi mbgiye. 8. Umugati urahari? Y ee, n d ab(ukoze u bu .

a l ot (much). 6. It's gctting late, I can' tsee well, she is suffering Xes, I just lit a lamp. 7. l/hat are t.he workmen doing? They've j u st, gone home. 8. Ilhen will you make bread? I' ve just finished making it. 9. My .." mother is preparing tea; the
wat.er has just boiled. 1G. This morning I saw that the floor was very dirty in your room. I know, but I just swept i t .

- 77 LESSON 76 Vocabulaz ~ P ossessi v e A d ' e c t i v e s

umubiri I- body umuzi ,root (usually plural)

u rukwavu r a b b i t

fool, foolish person, s hade, s h a d o w ingwe l e opar d

i gi c u c u

1 . ~

See , t he tables on the following two pages facing each other. In par. 6 you leaz'ned that the possessive adjective is made up of two pazts: thel first azt ees w'th the thin p o ssessed and the last t wi t h h av e b e e n w h en t h e p o s s e s s o r w a s ' a p e r s o n . B ut other thing m a y

thus fa r

Here, wa agrees with umurizo (thing possessed), and ~o agrees wit h i n k a (possessor ). It is especially important to remember this when speaking
of God, The 1 . ~ word Imana is third class. Thus, H i s w o r d w o ul d no t b e t h e s ec o n d

pazt always o, except when the possessor is a person (which f o rms you have alr eady l e a r n ed

The vowel in the first part of the word is always a, a nd i n

).

1~ A n e a sy rule to help you rememben these forms is that, the first pazt,, agreeing with the object owned, is the possessive particle, a nd t h e second part, agreeing with +he possessor, is the possessive particle with

be difficult. F or t h i s

a 'changed to o . Do not be fz'ightened by the number of forms given in the accompanying table. If you follow this rule given here it will not
l e s so n , study especially the first four columns of the table. on

the following page (that is, the first four classes) bef or e d o i n g t h e
follow'ng exercises. E xerci s e s : I. Translate into English: 1. Nabonye ingwe; amenyo yayo ni manini. 2. Hariya hari igiti kirekire; imizi yacyo ni myinshi cyane. 3. "mana ikunda abantu bayo; imbabazi zayo n i n yi n s h i . Lk. Igicucu gifite inkwavu, arik o r u mwe m u n kw avu z a c y o

rurapfuye. 5. Kbona impumyi; numva amajwi yazo, 6. Murumuna wa Petero yaguze intebe nshya,. Amaguru yayo arakomeye cyane, 7 . Urugi r w ' i n z u yacu ni ruto, kandi ibyuma byarwo birapfuye. 8. Hari inyamaswa mu
ishyamba, twabonye imitwe yazo.

yacyo ni menshi c y ane. 10. N 3cunda cyme igihugu cyanyu; imisozi yacyo n'ibiti byacyo ni byiza. cyane.
II, Translate into Kinyarwanda.: 1. Me have many chickens; their legs are sho t. 2 . Ny

9. Ndababaye k u bona i g i c u c u ; a m a g o r w a.

vou (pl, ) see our big dog? It s t- il is short, but its eyes are very big. 8, The young men have their spears because they are going to the for e-.+. 9, John' s father built a. new house; its rooms are large and it is very,strong, 10. There is a, lot of corn in our garden; its root s a r e v e r y sh o r t .

(of boy) has a very good cow; its horns are long. 3. God is able to defeat Satan; His strength is very great, ("str ength" s hould be p l u r a l , and for " g r e a t " u s e "m uch".) 4. The foolish man has very few clothes, and his hair is long. 5. The fiz e is big (much); its light helps us t o se e t o r ea d . 6. Your rabcit is very nice; i's body is big. 7 . Di d

o l d e r br ot h e r

y' H~

( Lesson 74, c o nt . ) Exercises: Translate into Kinyarwanda,; l. J o h n' s y ounger br o t her 12, Elizabeth's younger sister 2 . My si s t e r (I - a boy) 13. Mfy o"der sister ( I girl ) Your older b r o t h er (you boy)14. My younger br o t h er (I boy) H is s i s t e r s 15. Your br ot her (you gi.rl Mary ' s br ot h er 16. Your y ounger s i s t e r { you - gi r l ) 6. Ruth's older sister 17. M y younger si s t er ( I - g i r l ) My brother ( I - g i r l ) 18. Y our ol der s i s t e r (you girl) 8 . Your s i s t e r (you - b oy) 19. Y our brot h er s (you girl ) 9 . Hi s o l d e r b r o t h e r 20, M y sist e r s (I boy) 10. Your y ounger br o t her (you-boy) 21, H er brot h er s ll. My older brother (I - b oy)

22, Are yo u b r eothers ?

LESSON 75
Immediate Past

Vocabul ar ~

kuba,bara ( ye) - t o s u f f e r , be sad, be s o rry

news (or, amakuru ) kurakara (ye) to be ~

z nkur u -

' w &'t"C

rX Vr C.r'

(~
.

' g

C Ai e 4

kuryama (mye) to lie down, go to bed kwitaba { bye) to a nswer when cal l e d gucucuma (mye) to mash gukora. (ze) u'muga,ti - to make, kr read
bread

+ the past stem, thus: a-ra-giy e he has gone ( just T he cor j u g a t i o n : ndagiy e I h a v e g o n e

uragiye -

y o u h av e gone

a ragiy e h c , s he has g o n e b aragi y e this - t h etense y have gone Note: In appearance this is just like the stative, but is normally used for action verbs, while the stative is or a state of' being. ll . Th e u se of' this tense is to ~ express that wh ic h ha s happened ~ u st n o w , or is about to happen ir. amoment.

now ). turagiy e we have gone muragiye you have gone

Arait. ie he ha,s j us t n o w gone, a~ Often it is used when he is just nowe.g, doing Y ou call a p e r s o n and h e answers, "~Nda'e", though he hasn't started to move yet. He means, " I ' m just coming", though he says "I have come."
l . In the negative of this tense and in dependent clauses the -ra~ drops out. Usually if there is an object or phrase after the verb, the

Exercises:

( Can you recognize i n t h e s e exercises which verbs are stative a nd whi c h a r e i m m edi a t e p a s t ' ? ) I . T r e n s l a t e i n t o E n g li sh : 1. Twumvise inkuru nziza; turanezerewe kuzumva. 2. tt?ahamagaye Samweli? Yee, aritabye. 3. Umwigisha, arahana umuhungu; ararakaye cyane. a ri h e ? Ararvamye mu nzu. 4. So 5. Umwana arwaye malaria; ararembye cyane. 6, Paulo , n g wino. Yee, ndaje . 7 . ttfumvise i n k u r u ? Y ee, Y ohana a r a z i mbgiye. 8. Umugati urahari?
g ufasha, kwubaka i s h u r i . Y ee, n d awukoze u b u . 9. A b as or e b e meye 10. Mushiki wanjye araj e; arampamagaye. II. Translate into Kinycarwanda:

'r i c a n ' t s e e we d.. 'l ' . es, i Jiust lit 7. tthat are the workmen doing? T hey'v e j u s t go n e h o me, 8. >Jhen will you make bread? I've just f'inished making it.

a lamp,

mother is preparing tea; the water has just boiled,.

I saw that the floor was very dirty in your room. s wept i t .

9. My

1G This morning I know, but I just

 77LESSON 76 vo cabo lar ~ P ossessi v e A d ' e c t i v e s

u mubiri - b o d y umuzi root ( usu"l l y

u rukwavu r a b b i t

plura,l

igicucu fool, foolish person, s hade, s h a d o w i ngwe l e opar d

Se e t he tables on the following two pages facing each other. In par, 6 you learned tha,t the possessive adjective is made up of' two parts: the first azt ees with the thin o s s e ssed and the last t wit h t h e o s s e s s o r . However, all the possessive adjectives yoc have learced ~

1 , ~

thus fa r

h av e been when the possessor was a person. But other thing

may

Here, wa agrees with umurizo (thing p ossessed ), and ~o agr ees wi t h i n k a (possessor ), It is especially important to remember this when speaking of God. ghe word Imana is third class. Thus, Hi s wo r d wo u l d no t b e
l . The vowel in the first part of the word is always a, a nd i n t h e se c o n d ~ part alwags o, except when the possessor is a person (which f o r ms you have alr eady l e a r n ed

).

second parg, agreeing with the possessor, is the possessive particle with a changed ~to o. Do not be frightened by the number of forms given in the accomgnying table. If you follow this rule given here it will not be difficult.
For t h i s l h s son , study especially the first four columns of the table on

'. An easy rule to help you remember these forms is that the first part, agreeing ~wi h the object owned, is the possessive particle, a nd t h e

the following page (that is, the first four classes) bef or e d o i n g t h e following pxercises.
Exerci s e s : ~

I. Translate into English: zayo ni iyinshi. 4. Igicucu gifite inkwavu, ariko rumwe mu nkwavu zacyo rurapfuy~~, 5. Mbona impumyi; numva amajwi yazo. 6. Nurumuna wa Petero yaguze in~tebe nshya. Amaguru yayo ar akomeye cyane, 7 . Urugi r w ' i n z u yacu ni ruto, kandi ibyuma, byarwo birapfuye. 8. Hari i n y a maswa mu
ishyamba, twabonye imitwe yazo. 1. Nabonye ingwe; amenyo yayo ni manini. 2. Hariya hari igiti kirekire; imizi ya< yo ni myinshi cyane. 3. Imana ikunda abantu bayo; imbabazi

yacyo ni menshi c y ane. 10. N 3cunda cyane igihugu cyanyu; imisozi yacyo n'ibiti byacyo ni byiza cyane.

9. Ndababaye k u b ona i g i c u c u ; a m a g or wa

II. Translat e into Kinyarwanda,: 1, Re have many chickens; their legs are short. 2. N y o l d er b r o t h e r (of boy) has a very good cow; its horns are long, 3. God is able to defeat Satan; His strength is very great. ("str ength" s hould be p l u r a l , and for " g r e at " u s e " much". ) 4. The foolish man has very few clothes, and his hair is long. 5. The fire is big (much); its light helps us to see to r e a d . 6. Your rabbit is very nice; its body is big. 7. Did vou (pl.) see our big dog'? It.", tail is short, but its e yes ar e v e r v
r p c o av.

b oc.. u c r -

> "-''

rc

(.o

-78 Last p ar t P os s e s s o r 2 nd Cl a s s ~ r d Cl a e s . w ayo - w a z o bayo bazo way o wazo 4 th C l a s s

1 st C l a s s i s 2 nd we - wa b o 1 st we - wab o be babo

wawo - wayo
bawo bayo wawo wayo

wacyo wabyo
bacy o baby o wacy o wabyo

ye - y a bo F a
r t

yawo yayo y awo yayo zawo zayo cyawo cyayo byawo byay o ryawo ryayo y awo yayo
rwawo rway o zawo zayo

yayo yazo yayo - yazo

zayo zazo

yacyo yabyo yacy o - yab y o zacyo zabyo cyac y o cyabyo byacyo byabyo r yac y o r y abyo yacyo y a byo
r wacyo r waby o

3 rd 4t h

ye - yabo ze - z abo c y e cyabo b ye - byab o r y e - r yab o ye - yabo r we' - r w a b o

ze zab o

0 B

cya y o - c y a z o bya y o - b y a z o r yayo - r ya z o . yayo yazo

r way o r wa z b

J E
C

5t h 6t h 7t h
8t h

zayo zazo kayo - kazo

twa y o twazo b way o - b wa z o

zacyo zabyo kacyo - kab y o twacyo twabyo

b wa c y o b w a by o

p
0
S S E

' k abo ke twe - twabo b we - b wa b o

k awo - k ay o
twawo tway o ' bwawo- bway o

S S E D

ye - y a bo 9t h
1 0th

y awo yayo kwawo - kwayo y awo yayo

hawo h a yo

yayo - yazo

yacyo y a b y o

kwe - kw a b o ye - yabo
h e - h ab o

kw a y o kwazo kwacyo - k wabyo yayo y a z o yacy o - yab y o

hay o ha zo h a cy o - h a by o

forms for each clas: for example, in 1st class there are: we, wab o, b e ,

) the thing may be singular and the possessor babo. Th i s i s be c a use: 1 sin ~ a r ; um wana we; 2 ) the thing may be singular and the possessor plural: umeana, eab~o; 3 the thing may be plural and the possessor singular: abana be; 4 ) the thing may be plural and the possessor plural: abana babo. Let us take a word. of another class, for example, to help you to understand the use of these forms. Suppose we wish to talk about the "roots of trees." Hoot - umuzi is second. class, while tree ~i iti is fourth. Remember the first part of the word agrees with the thing possessed and the last part with the possessor. Vhen we say "its root", the tree is the possessor and the root the thing possessed. N ow note; 1 ) u muzi wac o 2) umuzi wab o their root t r ee s p l u r a l i t s r o o t ( 1 tr e e and. 1 r o o t ) ; ac o its roots l t ree, but roots plural); b ut l r oo t ); 3) i m iziy i
imi.zi a o - t hem r o o ts (trees and roots both plural). b) ~

~ t h Cl a s s waryo way o baryo bayo waryo -

6 th C l a s s

~ th Cl s s s

8 th C l a s s

~ hClass

'10th

w a r w o waz o w a k o wat wo wabwo wayo b ar w a - ba z o b ak o b a t w o babwo bayo

wakwo -way o wa h o b a k w o bay o baho w a k w o wayo wahc

w a y o - w a r w o waz o w a k o wat wo wabwo wayo

y aryo - y a y o ya r w o yazo y a k o yatwo y a bwo - y ay o ya k w o - y a y o y a h o

y ary o y ay o zaryo za yo yar w o , yaz o y a k o y a t w o zar wo z a z o za k o z a t w o

y abwo yayo y a kwo z abwo zay o

y ayo y a h o
zaho

z ak w o - za y o

cyaryo-cyayo
b yaryo- b y ay o ryar y o - r y a y o

b ya r w o - b y az o by a k o - b y a t w o byabwo-byayo r y ar wo - r y a z o r ya k o- r y a t w o r yabwo-ry ay o

cy a r w o-cyazo zy a k o - c y a two .cyabwo-cyayo c yakwo-cyayo c y a h o b y a kwo-byayo byaho

r y a k w o - r y a y o r ya h o

y aryo - y a y o ya r w o yazo y a k o - y a t w o y abwo - yay o rweryo-r wayo rwar wo-rwazo z aryo - z a y o zarwo za,zo k aryo kayo twaryo-twayo
bwaryo-'bwayo r wako-r watw o

y a k wo yayo y a h o
r w ahc

r ws b w o - r w ay o r wakwo-rway o

zako - z a tw o

z a bwo - z ay o z a k wo zayo zaho k a bwo - k a y o k akwo kayo k a h o k wabwo-twayo kwakwo-twayo t w a hc

bwabwo-bwayo b w a k w o - bwayo bwahc

k a r w o - k a z o k ako katwo k w arwo-twazo kwako-twatwo

k w a r w o - b wazo kwsko-bwetwo y a r w o yazo hako yat wo

yaryo yayo

y abwo yayo y a kwo - y a y o y a h o

kwaryo-kwayo k w arwo-kwazo kwako-kwatwo k wabwo-kwayo k wakwo-kwayo k w a h c y aryo - y a y o ya r w o - y a z o ya k o - y a t w o y a b wo - y ay o y a k w o - y a y o y a h o haryo - h ay o h a r w o ha,zo h ako hatwo h abwo - h a y o
h ak wo h ay o h a h c

LESSON 77

vocab~a s

Possessive Ad 'ectives continued)

imbaragasa flea igipfamatwi - deaf person umupanga - machete, grass knife i di r i s h y a (5th) - w i ndow

ivi knee (pl. amavi)

munsi - u n der (followed by ya if object follows

For grammar, study the remainder of the chart of possessive adjectives. Exercises: 'Translate into Kinyarwanda: Follow this pattern: The boy; ha hat: umuhungu; ingof ero ye. 14. T he ch i c k e ns ; t h e i r h ea d s 1. The rabbit; its hair
2, The dogs; their fleas 3 . Th e c a t ; i t s ear s 4. The blind man; his eyes

15 T he school ;
16. 17. 18. 19.

G od; His g r a c e
6 < God; Hl s w o I k s 7, The deaf person; his faith

i t s boo k s T he house ; i t s wi nd o w s The countries; their languages Animal; its teeth The sheep; its tail 20. The lantern; its light

J.V

L I le Qo UL ;

1 . hs

r , t .'g

11, The cats; their tails

12. The trees; their fruit 1 3. Th e man ; h i s k n e e s

24. The young girl; her teeth

2 5, Th e b o o ks ; t h e i r pa g e s

LESSON 76
Vocabul ~ Causati v e weave Ver b s

gu t a n g a ( nze) to pay (f r ~ c s ) , g i v e , offer ( as of f e r i n g ) gusasa (shashe) to make a bed., g u t inya (nye) to fear spread grass kubohora ( ye) t,o unti e isabune soap ( 3rd sing. 5t h pl . ) Note: ~ t a~n a is not used if the recipient is named. 1 6. To give the meaning of "to cause to" to a verb, the suffix -isha or ~ -esha is ad d ed t o e , verb , For ex a mple; g uk or a t o wo r k , gu k o r e s h a ' t o c a us e t o w o r k . 1. ~ To d e termine whether to use -esha or isha, it is necessary to know

kuboha (shye ) - t o t i e, b i n d , k n i t ,

a, i, or u, the added suffix will contain i (-isha) but if the next to

You have c ausat i v e

(-esha) . g u k or a b e comes gugoresha to cause t o wor k , use. kuririmba becomes kuririmbish to cause to sing, lead in singing, This form is not always translated in English by "to cause to". It may have the idea of "to use" or "to do with." e.g. gukoresha i s uka to use a. hoe, w ork wit h - h o e (l i t , c a u s e a hoe to work kubohesha umugozi - to tie with a rope ( cause rope t o t i e
T hus;

the last syllable has e or o, the added suffix will contain e

). r eady l e a r n e d ~ k w' i s h a . l'ow you an see that it is simpiy .ne orm of ~ kwi a . Thus "to teach" is "to cause to learn,"

The pst suffix of causatives is -~ she 'e or -~shi 'e (according to t h e A I U r u l e ):,. Do not use the usual pe.st stem. e.g, y akoresheje he used, c aused t o w o r k . Note: There are quite a number of verbs which form 'their causatives ~gularly, but in general you can follow the above rule.
E xerci s e s : I. Make the i'ollowing verbs causative, and give the meaning oy the causative forms:

1. ~

1. gukora
2 . guhi ng a

0 . gu ku n d a

3. ku genda

9 . gut i n y a
1 0. g u t a n g a

II. Translate into English:

1. Umugabo yibye amafaranga; abantu baramufashe, kandi ubu baramubohesha

imigozi. 2, Nitemesheje imbugita urutoke. 3. Sasa ibyatsi mu ikawa ( coffee plantat i on ) yawe, ariko ntuhahingishe isuka. 0. Mukundishe Imana imitima yanyu yose, 5. Ndashaka kuryamisha umwana. 6. Vmwigisha wacu arandiki sha abana. 7, Ukoreshe ifu nyinshi mu gukora umugati. 8. Abana bakarabishe isabune kugira ngo bange ico Ru ntoke. 9 . Abi g i sha. batangishije abana umwe-umwe (see par. 227 ) amafaranga atanu, 10. Umufundi yubakishije ~ t a f ari menshi. 1 1. I s aka y a r i r i m b i s h i j e neza m u r u s e n ge ro u y u m u n s i .

C'- .

- 81 LESSON 79 Causatives continued Yocabular ) - t o t h r o w away, l o s e gu sek a (tse) - to laugh, laugh at g uta t a y e kuvoma (mye) to bring water from gukura ( ze) to grow (int . ) gukura (ye) to take away, subtra.ct source kujugunya (nye) to throw away ubur o millet and gukura
(Gausatives of these verbs are formed regulsrly, except that of rn>kuca

.Th e s e are dnRuza and gukuza.

1 9, Some common irregularities of the causative: 1 Yerbs ending in -za often replace -za with -risha.or -resha (A I U rule ). e.g. gukiza to save - t o c a use t o s a ve , s a v e g u k irisha, by means of

2) Some verbs ending in -ra change -ra to -za,

e.g. k ubabara to s u f f e r

kuba b a za (past -je) - to cause to suffer, hurt (tr.)

Noter kubabara also has a regularly formed causative: kubabarishato use something to cause to suffer. e.g. kubabarisha Yesu ibyaha

byycu - to cause Jesus to suffer by our sins. 3) Somk verbs ending in -za in their usual form are already causative, but take,a different causative form when the instrument of the action is named. e.g. kwoza is the causative of ~kwo a. But "to wash with soap" i s kw o e sha i s a buni.
4) Guseka has two causatives: gusekesha, gusetsa to cause someone to lsu h. Th e tuo forms are used quite interchangeably, but gusetsa is he. more common. e,g, gusekesha umwana - to make the child laugh; Ibyo uvuga biransetsa what you say makes me laugh.

5) flonosyllabic verbs must be learned one by one, for there is no rule

to determine whether the suffix will have e or i, kun y wa kurywesha gusy a . - g ~v esh~ kuva- l ; u v u s h-. guha guhesh a k ur y a, kuri s h a. g uta gu t e sh a gu ca g u c i s h a

k ugwa - k ugusha

It is d.ifficult to know for oneself how to form causatives since many follo'

the regular rule, and. others follow those given above. Thus it is impor tant to learn from the Africans each verb. But knowing these rules will help you to recognize what you hear, and by far the majority of verbs form it regularly with -isha or -esha.
Note: guhesha, though active in form re a lly ,ispassive in meaning: kubahesha to cause them to be given, E xerci s e s :

I, Translate into English: l. Ibyaha byacu bibabaza Yesu, 2. Satani akunda kutugusha mu byaha; ariko Yesu adushoboza kumutsinda. 3. Abafundi bamenesha amabuye inyundo
nini. 4. Amaraso ya Yesu yaduhesheje agakiza. '5. Canisha inkwi nini. 6. Ndagusabye kumfasha ariko sinshaka kugutesha igihe. 7 . K er a A b a n y a -

rwanda barishaga intoke ariko ubu abenshi (a makes i t a p r o n oun barisha ibiyiko. 8. Umwana (insert "who" ) urwaye, umunyweshe umuti m u kiyi k o . 9. Abakozi ba,temesheje umupanga ibyatsi. 10. Abana banze
kuvoma; by a r a k a j e n yi n a .
1 >+ o n o r o vn o v a v t ; a r ) d p

caused h i m 't. o .'ai l . 3. 'r'hree boys iost their uoo': , ttn,". .: te ; ,., ~ e;punished them with a stick, 4. Have you (some) millet.? Grind it with stones. 5, Jesus saved us with His blood, 6. Rain and sun ma.ke the p lants gr o w ( = caus e p l a n t s t o g r ow). 7. I want to praise God with my whole life. 8 . Let's not worship God with just ( only) words , A u t let's worship Him with our hearts. 9, Help me look for my pencil.. "I
o
's d

n~ n

d o~

lA

';n

1 r

+ tno

~indOWS Wit h

a X O t O r . C z e a r r Wa.ter a I i u C x e a r r t; d.vr.rre.
+ dr dp + + qt d p + +

LESSOI~ 80

Ob 'ects with Causatives

V ocabular gutata, se) to make trouble, fight with verbally inkoni walking stick u burakar i a n g e r

kubcr~ ,ze) to rot,spoil (int.) (caus, kuboza)

160. With causative ver'bs one is apt to have two objects, for in English two verbs are really involved: "to cause to" and "to work" (as for example i n gu k o re sha ). These two objects may be: a. One a secondary subject and the other a true object. e.g. gukundisha Petero Yohana - to cause Peter to love John.

Petero is really the object of "to cause to" and the subject of "to love"; thus it is a secondary subject, while Yohana is the , true obj e c t . b. The two objech may be one an instrument and the other the object. e,g.kwitemesha imbugita urutoke to cut the finger with a knife.
imbu ita is the instrument with which the ginger is cut. ~ In both of these examples the true object comes last, w it h t h e s e c o n d ar y subject or' the instrument immediately following the verb; H owever, y o u will hear and see examples where the true cbject comes first: eg. I f t he Ukund.ishe Imana umutima. wawe wose - love God with all your heart.

secondary subject involves a group of words and the true object is only one word., the secondary subject will come la,st. One cannot make a definite rule about the order, for it may vary. Experience will teach you. This is also true of the following rule. Occa.sions are rare when this
will be a. problem to you. 161. Th e two objects may both be pronouns in the verb.

e.g. bawumubohesheje - they tied him with it ( a rope

),

When it is thus, the secondary subject or the instrument usually comes irst. with the true object follo"ing, ~exce t t he p r o n o u ns : n me , k u y o u , a nd t u - u s , al wa y s c o m e s e c o nd and only the context can determine the meaning.

e.g. kumugukundisha - could be: to cause him to lave you; or, to cause you to love him. 162. If one is a pronoun and the other is a noun, only the context can determine the meaning. e.g. Umwigisha amukundisha umukene - c,ould be, the teacher causes him to love the poor man; or, the teacher causes the poor man to love him, However, in most instances the context will make it cl ear .
E xerci s e s : I. Translate into English: l. Yiama aratekesha ibishyimbo amazi menshi. 2. Umugabo yasakarishije inzu ye ubwatsi bwinshi. 3. Babagishije imbugita inkoko. 4. Imbuto mbi

ziboza imbuto nziza. 5, Imana ifite ibyiza byinshi, Yesu arabiduhesha, 6, Jtmabuye ni manini cyane; yameneshe inyundo nini. 7, Abahungu barakubitisha inkoni imbwa; mbese ushobora kubayikundisha? 8 . Ibiryo byiza bikuza abana, 9. Nyina w- Petero atangiye gukurikira inzira ya, Yesu, N ik o Satani ashaka kumuyitesha. 10, Abakobwa b a g i y e k u v o ma amiazi mu kabande. Yibese bayavomesha iki? II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. The teacher causes the boys to read the books. 2 . Th e m an ' s t r o u b l e s m ake hi m s a d (hurt him). 3 . The old man's anger made them laugh at him. 4. Let us praise God. with our lives, not just words. 5 . The bad meat

will spoil all the food. 6. Peel the potatoes. What shall I peel them with? 7. The g ass in the kraal is very tall. Do you h a v e a ~ ch e t e ? Cut it with it. 8. I want to build a house and I have (some) good.

b ricks . C o me(pl.) help me build it with them, 9. My father's anger hurts me very much in my heart. Jesus can save us from it. 10, Ynu (girl) told your brother bad news. It makes him:fight with you (verbally) .

LZSSON 81 Review I, Questions: 1. Conjugate kumena in the far past affirmative (no words following). 2. Conjugate kubika in the far past negative. 3. Conjugate ~s e ka in the immediate. past affirmative. 4, What is the A I U rule? 5. The possessive adjective contains two part,s. What is the purpose

of each'? Hom are they determined? 6. When two nouns follow a causative verb, w hat i s t h e p r o per o r d er ? 7. When two pronoun objects occur in a causative verb, w hat i s t h e
p roper, or d e r ' ? A r e t he r e a n y e x c e p t i o n s ? a n d translate the causative form: II. Make the following verbs c ausat i v e ,

1. kugenda ?. guhinga kuvuga 4. gushima

kuzana

7. gufasha. 8. gusenga 9. kur i r i mba

1 0. k u b i k a

13. kwubaka 1 4. guf a t a

15, k wumva 16, gu s h o b o ra .

19, kugwa, 20. kwica

2 1, g u c a na

6. guteka

11. kuguma 12. kwandika.

' l7. gusa.ba 18. kumenya.

2 2. kury a 23, guha 24, kur eba,

2 5. gukubit a 26. gusya 27. gukomera 28. guhana, 29. gutema. 30. kubabara

III. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1 . your f a t h e r 2. my mother his br ot h er (older) your (s.) s i s t er ( you - boy) 5.. their father 6 . my younger s i s t e r ( I girl ) 7. my f at h er

1 4. my el der b r o t h e r s (I, a boy 15, my brother (I girl)

16. cu r f at h er s

1 7. 1 8. 1 9. 2 0,

t h e i r ( gir l s ' ) b ro t h e r s Mary' s younger s i s t e r hi s y o unger b r o t h er s John' s f a t h e r ( boys) s i s t e r

8. your (s.) mother

9 , hi s s i s t e r s 10. their mothers 11. my younger br o t h er

21, their mother

22. our

(I boy) b r o ther{you- gi r l s ) 2 5. We are br o t h e r s . 13. my older sister ( I - g i r l ) 12, your ( pl.)

IV. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

23. your ( pl. ) m o t h er s 24. your (girl) older sister

1. { t h e c ows ) their tails 2 . { t h e c a t) i t s h a i r 3. (the deaf man) his ears

(Do not translate words in parentheses)

11. (flea,s) their legs 12, ( y oung men) t h ei r e n g er 1 3, ( k r a al ) i t s g o u s e s 14. (the house ) its kitchen 15. {the young girls) their lamp 16. (God) Hi s k i n g dom 17..(the leopard) its body 18. ( t h e h o use ) i t s d o or ) their letters 1 9. ( f r i e n d s 20. ( l a mp ) its light

4. (God) His word. ( the fi r e ) i t s s moke

6. (the blind man) his tongue ) its milk 7. (the cow B . (God) Hi s l o v e 9 . ( t h e t r e e) i t s l e a v e s 1 0. ( t h e c ount r y) i t s n a m-

LESSON 82 Vocahclar ~ umwete -

z e a l , enthusiasm kugira umwete - to be zealous, enthusiastic, e nergeti c

kwaka (tse) to shine ( int . ) kunebwa (bwe) - t o be l a zy gushidikanya (nye) - t o d oubt

16 . ~Gut a, ~ t o . Th e se adverbs mean: ut a like this; ~ to like that, ~ This is one of the most difficult sounds~ in Kinyarwanda. Practice with an African until you can say it well. These adverbs are variable, that is, they usually take the same prefix as the verbs they modify. yabikoze atyo he did it like that babikoze batyo they did it like that tugire dutya - let's do it like this ndakora ntya I do like this. When following an infinitive it takes ~u- in agreement with the infinitive. e.g. Turashaka kuririmba gutyo - we want to sing like that, With the imperative it may be:. kore.utya, or, kora. ~tya do like this. Note: Do not try to use this form for "Do like John",

par 251 )

{ For t h at ,

see

A common error o f beginners is to aant to always use ~t y a , or ~ u t y o , b u t it is better to make it agree with the verb it modifies, E xerci s e s : I. Translate into English:

1, Paulo yagize umwete mwinshi mu mirimo y'Imana; natwe ( wewo also) t u g i r e dutyo. 2. Kuko umucyo w'Imana waka utyo tugende neza muri ( it . i , e , light ). 3. Kuko munyinginze mutyo nzabibaha. 0. Abahungu barahinga, neza; mwebwe mukore mutyo. 5. Toma ntiyizeye kugeza aho ) a b o nye Yesu; ntidushidikanye dutyo. 6. Imbwa zirya zitya ariko (until abmtu barya batya. ~7. Niba (if) inkumi ' oeshya ityo, ntidushobora kuyi z er a 8. Sinshobora guha umufundi akazi kuko anebwe atyo. arwara atya iminsi yose; mbese ntimushobora kumukiza? 9. Umwana wacu
inyama gatyo; sinshaka ko kagaruka mu nzu. 1 0. A k abwa k i b y e

II. Translpte into Kinyarwanda; 1. Let us be zealous to sing like this. 2. Plane ( s.) t h e boards l i k e that. 3. It is not nice to laugh like that. 0, The children run like this. 5.' I did it like this, but you (pl.) do it like that. 6 . It' s difficult to catch wild animals because they fear people like that, 7. Do you (s.) write like this with a pencil? 8, Stop laughing like that and help your sister (to a. boy ). 9. Because God's love is strong like that, He wants to save everybody. 10. We can't bring in (from sun the clothes, because they are wet like that.
+ eh +

+ + +

+ + +'

IIESSON 83
Passiv e Verbs i shyar i jealousy -fite ishy~mi to be jealous

k udoda z e ) - t o s e w kwita (sc) t o name, calI

{moment ar l l y ) kugira ishyar i to be jealous (as a characteristic, o r i n p a s t

when the subject receives the action of the verb. eg. Th e ma n b e a t s t h e d og act i v e v o i c e ; the dog is beaten by the man passive voice. Orily

Passive verbs are formed simply by inserting w before the final a of the verbs gukunda to love g u k u ndwa' - to be loved

k ubona - t o s e e kubonwa to be seen 16 . The passive is often followed by na meaning "by", ~ e.g. Dukundwa n'Imana - we are lo v e d ~b God.
166. The verb kwita must not be confused with ~ h am ~a r a . Kwita is "to call" only in the sense of "to name," e,g. Bamwise Yohana they called

(named) him John. Bahamagaye Yohana - they called John (to come This verb in the passive is the commonest way to ask someone his name, Witwa, nde? - what is your name? Literally, you are called, who? (nde = who ).

).

E xerci s e s ; I. 'I'ranslate into English: 1, Imana ishimwe kuko yaduhaye agakiza.

3 . I m y e nda i d ndwa 5. Umuhungu afite ishyari kuko aband.i bashimwa cyane. 6. Ndashaka ko i n y anya zirongwa kabiri mu mazi yo kunywa. 7. Abana banyu ni beza kuko Ce3cunda gutegekwa neza n' abakuru babo. 8..Abantu bose bazabwirwa inkuru nziza ko Yesu aki za . 9. Abajura birutse kuko batinye ko bazafatwa. 10. Abakuru b'igihugu bubahwa n'abMtu bose.
neza n'abakobwa. 4 . Uruhinja rw'umwigisha rwitwa Sembwa, II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

n'abigi sha babo n' a babyeyi b a bo ( note 2 uses of

2. A b i g i s h w a b o s e b a t e g e k wa

n a).

1. The child is taken out of school because he is very bad ( "t o t a k e out" is followed by mu or ku, like kuva). 2. The man is sent to Butare to buy f oojd. 3. The books are brought by the boys and we shall use
them in school tomorrow. 4. Jesus is called Savior because He came to

s ave all p e o p l e . 5. We are redeemed by the blood of Jesus. 6. The Word of God can be trusted because it is (use ari, s e e p ~ " . ' 85) t h e t rut h . 7., We want that all your (pl. ) t h i n g s b e pr e p ared 'oecause we will go very early. 8. The francs (which) are offered today will be used to buy books. 9. Our guests are called by the teacher so that they may go to see the school. 10. Give me (some) food gui.ckly for (because) I'm dying of hunger (i.e. I'm being killed by hunger

).

LESSON 84 P ast o f Passives

Vooabularv bureaera (reyej t o b e h e avy kuremerwa (rewe) - t o b e h e a vy

laden , l o a d ed. down

gutora (ye) - to choose, elect, pick

u pq f l n d

p aper, c l o t h ) gucika ( tse) t o t e a r ( i n t . ), break (as ro p e)

except that the w is retained. g ukunda yakun z e g ukundwa - y a k u n z we

guca (ciye) to tear ( tr. )

as

gutoranya (nije) -

t o c h oose ( out of many) kugaya ( ye) - t o d e s p i s e , s c o r n intoboro hole (as i n c l o t h , p a p e r )

umwubatsi builder

16 . Yiost passives form their past just like the past of the active verb, ~ kuboha yaboshye kubohwa. yaboshywe

168. However, t h e re a r e s o me verbs which do iot r follow this rule: 1) Verbs ending in -ma and forming the past in -~ m e, in the passive have no g . ku v o ma yavomye kuvomwa - y a v omwe 2) Verbs with passive ending in -rwa.
t'
-

ar

an

ea

ar

gutwarwa ya t w awe

kuremerwa. yaremereue

(Lesson 84, c o nt , )
Note: kuremera is u sed like any stative verb: biraremereye they are heavy; b i raremerewe they are heavily laden.

nn e change to -~nwe in the past passive. w h os e r e g u l a r p a s t i s - ~ yamennye yamenywe 5) Verbs in -ba make the past passive -bwe; k ureba - c y a r e b w e guhemba yahembwe 4) Verbs

b) If the active past ends in -ze, the passive past ends in -zwe, kugira - yagize kug i rwa yagizwe ku awa, with the past ~'awe. 3) The verb ku~a be comes in the passive, ~

Exercises:
I, Translate into English:

n'Imana kugira. ngo tube abana bayo. 3, Imyenda y'umugore yagawe n'aba4. Umuhungu mubi agawa n'abantu kuko agira. nabi n di kuko yac i t s e . 5. Intama eshatu zishwe n' inyamaswa. 6. Amasahane iminsi yose. jangwe, 7. Tugende yogejwe n ez a n ' a b a k o b wa, ariko abiri yamenywe n' in
gutabara umukozi kuko aremerewe cyane. 8. Ibitabo byanjye biri he? '9. Mama arashaka imyenda Simbizi, byose byashyizwe ku meza mu gitondo.
.

l. I b uye (insert "which") ryagawe n'abubatsi ni Yesu. 2. Twat o we

e iri he? Xameshwe kare kandi yanitswe. 10. Basaza banjye bombi 4umwe guhamegara abantu 'ho gusakara inzu. II. Translate into Kinyarwanda; 1. The leopard was feared by all the people because it caught two goats. 2. Many francs were offered by the people in the church. 3, The boys were pun )shed by the teachex because they were absent many days. 4, The chair was broken and the boy's clothes were torn. 5, There are many little hcIles in the new clothes, 6. The teacher's house will be torn
down because it was built badly. 7; How many francs were the workmen

p aid? I do n ' t k n o w. 8. The lamps were lit by the houseboy (umuboyi) because it got dark early, 9. My sister's (boy speaking) new clothes were stolen yesterday, and she doesn' t have (any) francs to buy moxe.
1 0. IVi k n o w t h a t t h o-e are wild ~~imals here because thev have been

seen by many people.

LESSON 85 Passives of Monos llabic Verbs V o~b~ a z i

i cyubahir o - r e s p e c t , ho n o r , r ev er e n c e inzoga. beer, alcoholic drink

u bwiza glory , b e a ut y ij ur u - s k y , h e a v en

u rusyo - g r i n d s t o n e (for millet, etc.) ikinyobwa - peanut, ground nut, lima beans, 'beverage akabemba - peanut , g r o und nut p a st

16 . The monosyllabic verbs form theix passives in-.bwa.. In th e ~

forms the b drops out leaving just the w. Infinitive Prese n t Pass'v Past P a s s ive

guca, kugwa guha

kunywa gusya guta kurya. 1 0. ~

gucibwa
kugubwa, guhabwa, kunyobwa gu sebwa m. gu tabwc kur ibwa

yacxwe yaguwe
yahawe yanyowe yasewe yatawe y ar i w e

So me of these passives could not be translated literally into k u b v a . ~K u b u a me a n s " t o b e English, but have an idiomatic use, such as ~ settled down nicely" ~w e n eza , or , "to have good pleasant living."" Vllgel)btt A T l R 131 1 s th g on toosite. Kux ibwa, mu nda means "to ha.ve a stomach

( Lesson 85, c o n t . )

87s ense of ' " th e b oo k wa s g i v e n t o

1 1. Guhabwa. is not "to be given" in the ~

m eans "to r e c e i v e , "

It is often used f'or the future of' -fite,

Exercises: I. Translate into English: 1. Imana~ ihabwa icyuhahiro mu gusenga kwacu. 2, I n zoga nyinshi

n'abantujku munsi mukuru, 3. Uburo b w a s e we na M ar i y a k u r u s y o . 4. Twebwe tuzahabwa ubwiza mu ijuru. 5. Inyama ziri he? Zariwe n ' i n j a ngwe. 6. Umugore ararakaye cyane;.ntiyahawe imyenda n'umugabo we. 7 . Ndanezer ewe k o t u r i ha n o i C y a n g u g u , ndumva. ko naguwe neza . 8. Nabonye ko umushyitsi yaje kubaha ibintu. Mbese mwahawe iki?

z a nyowe

9, Ndashaka gukora umugati w'imineke; ndakoresha akabemba ( or, i b i n y o b wa)(inser t " w h i c h ") gaseye (active used for passive ) . 10. Dufit e inkwi nke c yane. Mbese ibindi biti bizacibwa ryari? II. Translate into Kinyarwanda,: 3. Let, us give r everence (to) God f o r (beceuse ) He should ikviri e followed by (~ infinitive) be given it. 0, I want to go to (mu) heaven for we shall
see Jesus and we shall have much joy. 1. The clothes were thrown away because they wer,e torn. 2. Two tr e es were cut clown by the men, but the fundi d.idn't want them,

children. 6. Is the meat of the sheep eaten by the Banyarwanda? No, they don't eat it. 7. Nere my papers t h r o wn away? Go, look for them because I want them. 8. Jesus left His glory in heaven and came to earth (isi). Here He was hated. by many people. 9. Rll the bem was poured out when, (igihe) the people were saved. 1 0. The good br i c k s and tiles were chosen by the builder; the others were thrown away.

5. Much milk wa,s drunk by the

LESSON 86
Demonstrative Rd 'ectives

Vocabulary for this lesson is to learn the forms in the first two columns of the following table. 172. Demonstratives. Do not be frightened by the many forms listed in the table. Once you observe how each different kind of demonstrative is formed, it is not difficult, It is very important to know when each kind. of demonstrative is to be used.. 1 . ~V . This isformed by the initial vowel of the class prefix and ~ the verb prefix for that class. tJhen two vowels come together g is

inserted between them. (The first class singular is an exception to this, u being used instead of a ). e,g. aba a is the initial vowel of the fir'st class plural pref'ix, and ba is the verb prefix. ~ i 1 ( 3 rd c l. s i n g . is the initial vowel of the noun prefix, and i is the verb prefix. ) - i Since the two vowels come togetner they are joined by g, thus making ~ i i. Uu (and the other forms in the first column ~ ) means "this"- referring
to that uhich is near: ~ um u a b o - this men.

n ear',

174. Uwo that. This is simply the initial vowel of' the class plus the possessive particle with a changed to o, It means "that" which is quite

17 . Uwo can also mean "that" in the sense of that which has already ~ b een ment i o n e d , while ~uu may mean "that which I am about to mention,"

Though in English we might say " fthen he had said these words", yet in

or at least wgich has not yet been mentioned. e.g. ayo magambo - t h ose words { which I h a v e a l r ea d y s p o k e n ) a ya magambo t h es e wor d s {which I am about to speak )

(Lesson 86, c ont,.

1 6. An important rule: Demonst~tives precede their nouns ( there a r e ~ a few rare exceptions to this ), and remove their initial vowels, e.g. abo bbaabo those eeo.
Remember the rule about mu and ku with demonstratives e.g. muri abo bantu amorig those people. DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES Class 1 st s i n g , t hi s uyu aba
UyU

(par. 102 ).

that
UWO

that ur iya b ari y a ur iya wa

pl 2nd sing, pl. 3 rd si n g . pl. t h si n g , pl. 5 th si ng ,

ple

abo gwo

ba
wa

iyi iyi
1Z1

iyo iyo
1ZO

iriya
iriya

ya ya za cya bya rya ya

r'wa

zir iya.
k ir i y a b ir i y a .

iki ioi
11"1

icyo ibyo iry o ayo

Ur wo
iZO

aya,
Uru
1Z1

r iri y a ariya
r uri y a z ir i y a

6 th si n g .
2

7 th si n g , ~
ple

aka utu
Ubu

ako
ut wo
ubwo

karlya t uri y a
bur iya a ri y a

ka twa
hya

8 th si n g . pl
9th si ng e

aya uku aya aha

ayo ukwo (uko) ayo

ya
kwa

pl.
1 0th s . & p l

kuriya ariya har iya

ya

Exercises: I, Translate into English: 1. Zana ibyo bitabo; biri ku meza. 2. Uyu mugabo azajya, i Kigali. 3. Iri buye rinini ni ryiza; urijyane kuko nzaryubakisha, 4. Muri iki gihugu hari abantu benshi cyane, $. Muri iyo minsi twahawe umunezero mwinshi muri Yesu. 6. Iyi njangwe ni nziza kuko ikunda gufata imbeba iminsi yose. 7. Urwo rugo r wubatswe na mukuru wanjye, 8 . Muri u k u kwezi abantu benshi bafashwe n'indwara mbi cyane. 9, Izi nanasi zibwe
n'aba b a n a . B azahanwa n' ababyey i k aramu cyangwa u r a s h ak a i n d i ' ? babo. 10. Mbese urandikisha iyo

II. Transla,tc into Kinyarwanda: 1. That child is very sick; give him (some) medicine. 2, Those words
of Jesus help us to follow Him. 4. I et us sing that song again.

6. The teacher is going to read (do not translate "going") t h e Hord o f God . Th e s e a r e g o o d w o r d s . 7. I c a n ' t m a ke = cause t o ( ) the c h i l d
drink this medicine. 8. Put away this milk but pour out that milk. 9. All these people can't go in that boat; it is very' small. 1 0. I n these davs there are thi eve.". t ver v ~ l ~

3. Take these books to those teachers, 5. Take thos. cows from the pa.th.
'

LESSON 87 Demonstratives

Voc~bula a:

continued )
Nre

Lea r n the forms in the3rd column of the table. in th c eding l e s s o n .

1 . ~Uri a, This demonstrative means "that" of something not near the ~ speaker, but in sight. It could be "that, over there", or, " that y o nder " . It is formed by the prefix of the verb plus -~ ri a (except in 1st class The more distant the object, the longex drawn out the i is. e,g, ur-i-i-ya musozi that hill ~ wa o v e r t h er e .
singe it is u instead of a ). e .g. uriya mugore that woman over there,

This demonstrative, like all others, precedes the noun x emoving the initial vowel. Now you c an re c o d n l z e t h e wo r d ~ hari a that you learned some time ado. E xerci s e s : I. Translate into English:'

1. Bariya ba n tu b a vuye mu rusengero vuba. 2. Vriya mufundi azi neza kvubakisha amatafari. 3. Ixiya njatngwe ni mbi; yibye inyama, 0, Iri ya nzu niinhu y'umukire; ni nziza cyane. 5.' Twagiye mu ruzi muri buriya bwato. 6. Uriya musozi uri mu gihugu cy'uHwanda. 7. Inshuti yanjye yubatse iriya nzu muri uyu mvaka. 8. Abagabo bakurikiye ingwe muri riri-i-ya shyamba, 9. Uriya muzungu yamaze imyaka myinshi muri iki gihugu. 10. Mbese mwabonye kiriya gipfamatvi? Kiravuga neza ariko nticyumva.
II. Translxte into Kinyarwanda: 1 .,Bri n g ' t h os e b o xes o ve r t he r e .

2. That man (quite n ear ) i s J o h n ' s younger bxother. 3. Those stones yonder near the school, bring them here for Iwe shall use them, LJ. Those sweet, potatoes over there are spoiled; throw them away. 5, That river over there is very long and wide. 6. Do you see that sand.over there'? It's good; we ~ant to use it in building ( = to b u i l d ). 7. Go { pl.) cut that tall grass over there for we shall use it to roof with. 8. That church yonder vas built by the people of the church. They gave many fr ancs and worked. many days. 9. Those doors over there were made by a fundi. T hey' ll u s e them in the new school. 10. The millet in those fields yonder is not g ood. Th e r e v a s t o o m u c h ( = a l o t o f ) rain, so (rero) it isn't strong.

LESSON 88
V o~ b ~ a ot Demonstratives

continued )

umupira, tixe, ball, eraser, rubber (any kind ), sweater u mwanya - p l a c e , s pace, t i m e guheba, ( bye) t o b e u nabl e t o
umufuka find b a g, sack

kubura ( ze) to l a c k , n o t h a v e , not find, fail to

gukira (ze) - to get well, heal (i n t . ) u ruguma - v o u n d , cut ( fr e s h )

n one now, t o d a y n onaha - r i g h t n o w

. i t f, - i . i -

178. Va, etc. This is the demonstrative which calls attention to that which has been mentioned previously or is well known to both speaker and h'earer, The form is exactly the same as the possessive ~ticle, but it
precedes the noun tand removes the initial vowel. wa mukobwa that girl ( as much as t o s a y , " you k no w t h e one" cya gitabo that book (which we talked about before ) va mwana twabonye kare - that.child we saw earlier
1 Ah l ao Av t ( l 3 m' It c I I m 1 1 ii nA

177 1. ~N a. There exists this one other demonstrative, nva, which is invai.1

(lit, he will not word is used in the Tuture negative to express the idea of certainty. e,g. Ntazabura kugenda - he. will certainly go fail to go) a re n o t umwan a,, both oy which mean "time" w ord an d ~ This mme" in the sense of days, Zihe. 181, ~ li he means "t used for a. duration of time.

- 90 (Lesson 88, cont,) I n addi t i o n t o t h e meaning gi ve n i n t h i s v o cabula ry , t h i " 180. Kubura.

It may also sometimes 'be always used interchangeably. ~ or a certain specific time. w eeks, years , e t c . , e.g. Waje gihe ki? - what time did you come?
IWamazeyo igihe kinini? Did you spend a long time there'?

(ti me

Mu gihe cyo gusoma abana bicara neza ht reading time to read) the children sit quietly. SomeUmwan a usually implies duration or space oy timo. a. ~ 182. Umw t i mes i t i s u se d l i k e ub u r y o . e,g.' Simfite umwanya wo kugikora - I don.' t have time to do it. nzaza ejo - I don't have time, I'11 come tomoNta mwanya, mfite, rr ow,

It also has the other meanings as.given in the vocabulary. we don't have room to take you. Ntidufite umwanya wo kukujyana : E xercises: I . '1'ran.l a t e i nt o E n g li sh 2. Umwigisha ntasabura guhana ba 'bana 4. Im'bwa 1. Rwa ruguma rubi r w a k i z e n eva; ibese wibutse babi. ). Wa. musore ntafite umwanya, wo gushaka,cya gitabo. 6. Yesu azatujyana mu ijuru zishe ya njangwe yacu;Oya, none imbeba nyinshi zizaza, 5. Y nayibagiwe. kuzana ya mafaranga'? 7. Mbese wabonye ya mbugita yawe? K wa kwizera kwanyu kur i h e ? kugira ngo t u bone bwa bwizamutinya bwe. Mbese i iki? Oya, nayihebye. 8. Ararir a k uk o yahebye ya mbwa ye. 9. Wa mwana ararizwa n' iki? 10. Gen@a wanure za, ngano,,uzishyire mu mifuka. ( rz t o br i n g ) t h o s e II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: (dead); 1. The 'boy's parents prevented him from bringinp we will be late to go. K.. I n a y . oaa Tire is flat 4 . Did yo u t a k e b v~s . s weeb ~ u t a The people want them. g. Where are those med.icines'? 5. That thief came again in the them, those seeds? I do not see 6. Yesterday that foolish man came back here. night; let's catch him. Can't the doctor heal him? 7. Where is that machete you cut I grass m sor r y , 8. The doctor has treated well your father's 'wounds, w it h y e s t e r d a y ? he will certainly get well. 9. Will you take me to Butare?

I don' t h a v e r o om. 10. When will those workmen be paid their francs? I'll give them to them on May grd,

LESSON 89 Not Yet Tense Vocabular ~ kubyara (ye) to give birth ( int . ) gukanguka (t s e) - t o a w aken ( tr .) gukangura (ye ) to awake gusoroma. (mye) - t o p i c k , g a t h e r p roduce (vegetabl e s , e t c . ,' ri ) - b e r r ie s i nkVre ( o r ,
One

Note 1: Gusoroma is to gather fruit or vegetables as for a meal. a: an e xamples o y g u k a n ~ k a a n d g u k~ N ote 2 : O b s e r v e

umugabo yakangutse the man woke up bakanguye umugabo - they woke the man up

verb

18 . ~

This tense is formed by the negative prefix + N o t - e t t en se . nti-tu-ra-genda we haven't gone yet. prefix ~+ -ra- + present verb stem:

The tone on -ra- is high and long. singenda - I'm not going Notice the difference: sindagenda I haven't gone yet
n tar a genda he h a s n' t gone yet

( Lepson 89

c ont

-91 -

In vowel-stems the a is elid,ed before the vowel of the stem: amasahane she hasn't washed the dishes yet. In English this ntaroza sounds like a past tense, but in Kinyarwanda the folm is more like that of the present.

E xerc i s e s : Translate into English: l . A b a g abo n t i b a r a k a n g u ka ; g e n d a u b a kangur e .

This tense is also used in the affirmative, e.g. Mbese aragenda? Has he gone yet'? especially in questions: (Tone high and, long

7l Mbese umuhungu wanyu ariga mu ishuri? Oya, ntar akura. 8. Mbese mushiki wawe yabyaye umuhungu cyangwa umukobwa? Ntarabyara. 9. Umukozi ntarasa inkwi? Umubwire ko tuzishaka ubu. 10. Mbese nturihana ibyaha byawe? lmana iragukunda kand.i ishaka kugukiza,
II. Translate into kinyarwanda; 1 John's wife hasn't given birth yet.

Sindoza amasahane kuko nkora, ibind.i bintu. 6. Ibisebe byanjye ntibirakira., none sinshobora kujya. muri rwa rugendo.

2. Mbese ntimurasoroma inkere? Turazishaka uyu munsi. 3. Umufundi yagiye i Cyangugu, a ri k o ntaragaruka. 0. Ntiturubaka urusengero nyamara dushaka gutangira vuba,

How many eggs are t h e r e ? I haven't counted them yet. 3. I want to 2. go now, but the workmen haven't come yet. 4. That man ( referr e d t o b e f o r e is not yet saved, but he likes to hear the 'Word of God. 5, Haven't) you put the clothes in the sun yet? 6. My wife was sick in the night. She's sl e e p ing no w, hasn't a wakened yet . 7. Did you pick the tomatoes yet'? Y es, I p she i c ked them and there are a lot (many). 8 . H asn't y o ur (., ) b r o t her ( ol der s topped dri n k i n g ( = lef t b e e r ) yet? 9. What is your new baby's name? We haven't named him yet = haven't named him (s,) a name). 10 . Have ( church? the people begun to build the new they haven' t finished making ( = finished to make) th e b r i c k s y e t No, .

LESSON 90
Beview

I. Questions: 1. Conjugate ~ kv' a in the -ra- present affirmative, together with ~ t a, ,making the proper agreements.
2. How is the passive voice formed?

3. How do most passive verbs form their past? 0. There are two different ways of making the past of passives which
end in -rwa. Wh at are they?

Give two examples.

Give the passive (present and past ) of: ~ u c a , ~ a , ~ sa , 6. What is the difference bet~een kwita and ~ha~ m ar a ?
7. How is the demonstrat,ive adjective fort"this" formed?

~ t a , ~k ur a .

8, How is the demonstrative adjective for "that" (near)there" fo r m ed'? 9. How is the demonstrative adjective for "that over formed? 10, What is the order in a sentence when a noun is modified by a demonstrative? 11, What happens to mu and ku when used with a demonstrative?
II . M a k e ~ u u, uwo, ~uri a, wa, agree with the following nouns, s ingul a r and plural. Translate the expressions for no. 1 only. ' ' l . i nk a 3. ahantu 5 , i s h ur i 7. umurima 9. i c y u ma. 2 . u b wat o L I. umwana 6 . ur uz i 8, akant u 1 0, u k u g u r u

III. Vocabullary quiz. Give in Kinyarwanda. Give also past suffixes of

verbs: 1. ti r e 2, to b e h eavy to doubt

3 zeal

6. to get well 7. r e v er ence

9. b e rri e s
1 0. t o b e s eech

11, be er

{Lesson 90, cont.

)
2 3. t o

o2 se w

13. to give birth 1 4, gl o r y 1 5, t o s h i n e 1 6. t o r u l e 1 7. t o a waken ( i n t . ) 18. heaven 19. j e a l o usy

20, wound 21, to tell

2 4. t o l a c k 25, gr i n d s t o ne 26. hole (in cloth)

2 7. t o c h oose

28. t o
2 9, t o 3 0. t o

n a me
hi n d e r r ef us e

32. t o t e a r ( t r , ) to be zealous 34, like that 35. to fail to find 36. space 3 7. bui l d er
peanut 4 0, t o

39. sweater

31. now

b e h eavy-l aden

22. to a w ake (t r . )

LESSON 91
D e endent C l a u s e s

Vocabular gukena nnye) to need, be po o r, l a c k g ukina { nnye) - t o p l a y indimu - lemon, orange icunga ( 5th) - o r a nge ( not u sed i n some areas)
Note: ~

k wihangana (nye) - t o e n dure, b e p ati e n t , wait patiently ibitaro - hospital ivur ir o d i s p ensary

c e n a is "to need" in the sense of "to not have"; also for the - . th e h o u
g

i dea of , p overt y .

If you are at the table and.there is no salt there, you

probably do have some salt

184. You have already learned that no -ra tense may be used in a dependent -ra- past, or -ara- past./ However, the clause, either -ra- present, T he on1y w o rd s y o u
not-yet tem.e does retain -ra- in depend.ent clauses,

18 . Af ter kuko, and. ko, the verb "to be" except w h en ~ be ari, regard1ess of the class and number of the subject,

have learned thus far which introduce dependent clauses are: kuko ko, You will laarn others later. o when followed ty the negative. ku ira and. ~ when in 3rd person must always e.g. Ute izo nyama kuko ari mbi an expression of place follows the verb. (Note that it is not ziri mbi, throw away that meat because it is bad. inzu kuko iri kure - I as one might expect.) But; Sinshobora kubona Since kurv i s a w c r d o f can't see the house because it is far away. place the verb makes the agreement. For this use, the negative of ari is atari (see following paragraph

).

ative. The negative in d.ependent clauses, in all tenses, 186. De endent n It is formed. by -ta- placed is not formed. like other negatives at all. after the personal prefix. kuko kuko kuko kuko ntagenda for I'm not going utagenda for you are not, going atagenda for he is not going tutagenda for we are not going

kuko mutagenda -

o r you ar e no t g o i n g

kuko batagenda for they are not going -ri follows the same rule: ntari, utari, etc . 1) The dependent negative of'

2) The change-down rule does not apply to syllables preceding the -tanegative, but the -ta- is subject to the rule. badasaba e.g. tut a g enda batagiye, batakinnye, batGbatse. 3) The past dependent negative is: 4) Before vowel-stems the a elides; kuko atihannye - because repent. he did not

18 ~

. a) Ku uira n o

Tn th (in order t.hat) introduces a deu ndent c1an.. . 'u qucaive; but in the negative it takes

-ta- and the fina1 vowel is not changed to e.

(Lesson 91, co nt.. )

93-

e.g. Yabeshye kugira ngo batamufata he lied so they wouldn't catch

him Bashyize umutego mu nzu kugira ngo bafate imbeba - they put a trap in the house so they might catch rats. b) Notice this: Sinshobora kukigura kuko ndafite amafaranga - I can't buy it because I don't have any money. Though normally t following a consonant does not change to d, in this particular case it does (-ta- negative in 1st pers, sing. ) . W h i l e
it looks like the -ra- present, affirmative, you will not be confused because you cannot have a -ra present in a dependent clause,

Exercises:
I. Translhte into English: j% A 1. Vmukene aralemye cyane kuko adafite ibintu byinshi cyangwa amafaranga menshi. 2 . Ndashaka iriya nka kuko ari nziza cyane. 3. Umwigisha ntazaza ej6 kuko arwaye malaria. 4. Ntushobora kubona umuzungu uyu munsi

kuko yagiye ahandi . 5. Ntidushaka kujya hariya kuko ari inzira mbi. 6. Uwo mwana yapfuye kuko at avuwe neza,, 7. Musaza wanjye yavuze ko atazajya. i Cyangugu muri iyi minsgi. 8. Si nshobora kwihangana kuko n dashaka gut i n d a . 9. Yemwe'. (you'.) bana, ntimukinishe indimu kuko atari imipira, ni ibiryo. 10. Ntidushaka kugura amacunga uyu munsi kuko tut ayakennye,

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. That man over there cannot see because he is a blind man. 2. Y ou can all learn in one room because you are not many. 3. The workmen will finish today h c"use' hey me not lazy, 4, "on t t. bring that lamp for it is not good, 5, I can't finish that work today for I haven't time. 6. I don't have (any) flour to make bread, because I can't u ntie t h e s a c k , 7, The boys don't have food because they didn't gather the sweet potatoes today, 8. The "fundis" were not paiid today because they didn't wait (patiently ). 9 . T h e p e ople ar e af r a i d b e c ause they didn't catch the thieves. 10. The teacher's child is crying
because the other children didn't play nicely.

LESSON D e endent N o t Vocabul

92
e t Ten s e

to ripen (esp. igiturage, small village, clufrui t ) ster o f hu t s umuhana, locality, neighbor h ood i nkwet o s h o e , sandal (usually: mu mihana Note 1: i~ituraae refers to a little group of huts as one sees on a. hillside, hut it is not an organized village. ~ U mu' i - a l ar g e g r o u p of huts, or a city,

g ushya h i y e ) - t o gushyuha (shye) gushyushya (hije) guhisha (shije)

c ook {int.) , b e d one, b e cooked, r i p e n , b u r n to be hot, get hot to heat (tr.)

(int.)

umujyi - city, town, large villagc

{or b u rn i n g) . Ibish imbo birahive - the be

that these verbs are in the stative. Gush is a l s o usually used in the stative: am a zi arash sh e t h e w a t e r i s ot. Likewise, guhisha: Inkere zirahishi 'e the berries arc r' pe. 188. Th e de endent not- et tense simply follows the regular rule: personal prefix + -ta- + -ra- + present stem: e .g . k u k o a t a r @ . e nda f n r ht h ' .."-n't po n e V e t .

s are done (cooked) .

Note

(Lesson 92, cont.

18 , ~

One use of' this dependent not-yet tense is to express the idea of' e.g. Zana inkwi utaragenda bring the wood befoxe you go

"before", as a conjunction. (lit. when you have not yet gone

Note that, no word is necessary for "before". In modern Kinyarwanda, another way of saying "before" is:

mbere yo kugenda before g o in g Exercises: I, Translate into English:

or, mbere y'uko inyama zishyabefore the meat is done

2, Mubanze murangize imirimo yose mbere yo gutaha. 3. Uzabona umusozi muremure utaragera mu mujyi. 4. Mukamusoni (person's name) ntafite inkweto kuko atarabona amafarariga yo kuzigura. 5. Abakozi ntibaratangira, gukora kuko umufundi ataraza. 6. Ntusorome inkere zitarahisha. 7. Ni.'" mwiruke; inzu y'umwigisha irahiye hariya mu giturage. 8. Mutarajya mu mujyi mushake amafaranga yo kugura ibintu, 9. Ubwire umusaza Ubutumwa Bwiza kugira ngo akizwe atar apxa. 10. Ibiryo birahiye neza, none dushobora kurya utarataha. II. Kranslate into Kinyarwanda: 1, I can't 'begin to cook the potatoes because the water isn't hot yet, 2. Ne aren't going now for the workers haven't been pa,id. yet. 3. Heat the food. again for we haven't eaten yet. 4. Bring the clothes in (fr om sun) before it rains <before fain falls ). 5. S.reep the floor before you start to work outside. 6, The water is very hot; prepare the c offee oef or e y o u g o . 7 . Are t h e o r a nges r i p e y e t ? Y es, t h e y a r e v e ry ripe. Pick them all. 8. Have the children finish reading before they play. 9. Take that child to the d.octor; he can't get well before he receives medicine. 10. Be patient; we can't eat before the meat is done.

1. Ntidushobora kurya ubu kuko' ibiryo bitarashya e

LESSON 93
Demonstrative Pronouns -.kw' e Vocabular ~
V' I

-rinda

omba

;igihano punishment Pgukorwa n' isoni - to be ashamed ~isoni ~ i kg.fylc

kugomba (mbye) must (obligation) -kwiriy e ought, s hould , b e e n o u g h , b e necessary, b e wor t h (par.191) kurinda (nze) - ought, should, wait f or, p r o t e ct , g u a r d (par.191)

l . Th e demon trative adjectives ~ (except wa, ba, etc. ) when used by themselves, not modifying a noun, are the demonstrative onouns. T h e i r
form is not changed.

e .g.

Z ana i b i t a bo.

Ni ibi? Oya, s i i b y o . Bring th e books, T hese?

meaning "must". e .g, Akwi r i y e k u genda - h e s hould g o Ntiyarinze kumubwir- he didn' t have to tell him Tugomba kuvuga ukuri - we must tell the truth In the aff'irmative -~ kwiri e and -rinda are almost interchangeable, though

N o, no t t h o s e . Nabonye ibyo ejo I saw those (things ) y e s t e r d a y . 1 1. - kwixi e - r i n d a -r.omba. 1 ) These are all verbs which are followed ~ by sn i nf i n i t i v e t o c on v e y t h e i d e a . of ' o b l i g a t i o n . ~ Ku ombe, i s t h e s tr o n g e s t

-~kwiri e is used in most cases. But in the negative note the difference: ntakwiriye kugenda he should not go; n tar i n d a k u g e nda - h e d o e s n ' t ntagomba kugenda - he must not go h ave to g o F nn "h e d c e Sn' t h a V ~ + ~ ~ " " - - r " ~ " - - .- r " ~ -';.", t~: .-..- y: , ~r ' ; ~l s l n g o mr'wa k c ct j c ' i u ~ .

(Lesson Q3, cont.)

- 95 "
, gC.

2) Note this use of -~kwiri er Nbese ibijumba birakwiriye? Yee, birakwiriye - are there enouuh
sweet potatoes? Y es, there are ~enou h.

Obse ve the same idea with a passive form:

Abigishwa bose ntibakwiwe ibitabo - there were ~ not e no u h bo oks

for all the pupils. 3) -~kwiri e may mean "to be worthy of". Sigwiriye gushimwa gutyo I am not worthy to be praised like that; ok, Ntibinkwiriye gushimwa gutyo.
Note: -~kw4i e is only used with this past suffix; while -xinda and -~om'ba

may be used i n an y t e n se, Exercises: I. Translate into English: l. Ndashaka ikaramu; zana iyo ( insert " w h i c h " ) iri ku meza. 2. Umuntu w'Imana akwiriye kureka ibyaha bye. g. Uyu yar5: hano mu gitondo; yamfashije mu mirimo myinshi. 4. Uwo ntarinda kujya gukora mu murima. $. hbahungu(inser t " w ho" ) bongera gukina mu ishuri bagomba kubona igihano. 6. hbigishwa bose ntibakwiwe imbaho; mugomba gushaka izindi. 7. Ntimurinda gukorwa n'isoni,mwakoze ibyo neza cyane. 8. Si ndabyumva neza. Ugwiriye kongera kubimbwirae 9. I'byo bitoke ntibikwiriye bose; ukwiriye kongera ibindi. 10. Ugomba kongera kwandika ibyo utarataha. II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: l. You (pl.) ought to confess your sins and begin to follow God. 2. They
ought to be ashamed because they haven't yet finished their work. 3. Do . W, don't have t cut all you want a mat". Shall I biing thi. one'? the grass t o day. $. There are two beds; do you want to lie on that one?
" ,

6. The workmen want to be given more (use: kongera ) f r a n cs ; t h e y d o n o t praise those they got. 7. They must work hard before they will be given more. 8. God is worthy of reverence; let us praise Him with our lives and words. 9. We must go to Butare soon, because there are (some) things we need. 10. You (s.) must not tear this paper, We don't h av e any more.

LESSON 94
Relative Clauses cl o ss

Vocab~ap
umusaraba

ikiganza - palm of hand (sometimes used for whole hand) kurwana (nye) - to fight (int.)

kuganira (riye) - to talk, chat kwono n a ( n nye ) (o r, ko nona) to spoil , d amage(tr.)

1 2, Relative clause with noun or onoun anteced.ent, Relative clauses those introduced by who, which, that, etc. have no introductory word; in K inyarwanda for " wh o" , "which", etc.' All rules which apply to verbs in dependent clauses apply in these (see Lessons 91 and 92 ) . T h e s i n g u l a r

prefix for 1st class is u not a, as for other

verbs .

O bs e r v e t he

f ollowing ekamples: Abantu baIIunda Imana barayikurikira neza - the people who love Cod
follow Him well. 'Jmugabo ukora hariya ni data - the 'man who is working over the"e is my f at h e r .

Abahungu I Iataje mu ishuri bazahanwa - the boys who didn't come to school will be punished.
Sinshaka i~njangwe idafata imbeba - I don' t want a cat that doesn't

c atch r a t s .
The tone in the relative is not the same as in the ordinary prefixless' Listen to an hfrican say them,
2

(Lesson 94," cont.

Thus, t h ough Note that in these examples it would be almost impossible to make them You make sense by reading any other way than as a relative.
there is no introductory word you should, not have trouble with them.

have already encountered some examples of or " w h o " , these in the exercises where you were told to insert "which" (preceding noun ) as t h e w here t h e a n t e c e 1 . The preceding examples all had the antecedent ~ Now note these examples
sub ect. of the dependent verb. ~ ob'ect of the dependent verb: d ent i s t he ~ do s which I heve eat much food. Imbwa mfite zixya ibiryo byinshi the ~

Exercises: I. Translate into English: 'bataje uyu munsi 1. Kuko Yesu yapfuye ku musaraba azakiza abantu bose bamwizera. 2 . Dukunda kuganira n ' a bantu badukunda. g . A b a k ozi ' 4, Abagore nabonye baj e mu r usengero. 6. Utwo tuntu ufite ntibazabona amafaranga yabo ejo. 5. Inkere wasoromye ni mbi; ntidushobora kuzirya. mu biganza,, wadukuye he? 7. Abana basubira kuganira, mu ishuri ntibazaakwiriye Ntimuzabona bura guhanwa. 8. Mureke kurwana; umugabo wabanje gukubita undi kumusaba imbabazi. 9. Ntimwonone ya myenda myiza mwahawe. 10. Ntiturinda gutegereza wa mwana. utinze; araza hanyuma. ind.i. Translate into Kinyarwanda, 2. I d. on't s e e t h e b o o ks 1. The men who went home early are lazy. which I bro)ght. 3. The love which God,showed , i-.us i t inh Jesus ere? 5 is , T very h e c o ws gr~*t (muchII. 4. Tne sheep which you bougI 6. Those"-people who are chatting which went iin the corn are sick now. 7. The food you destroyed is that over there ought to go to work. (see par, 195). 8. At the time when Jesus 9. The which we bought last week (-teye) nails into His hands. 10. Can't y o u e ndure w as put o n t h e c r o ss , t h e y d r o v e They wil l s o o n end.. oranges which you (pl.) picked aren't ripe yet. patiently in these few troubles which you have now?

LESSON 95
Helative Clauses with no Noun Antecedent V ocabul ar

i s i ) r d) - ear t h . inyoni - little bird gusohoka (tse) - to go outsid,e gut5mbera (reye) - to visit, g o for a w al k a ntecedent i s

kwakira (riye) - to rece'ive (as, hands

wit h

kwakiza abashyitsi - to receive, welc ome guest s

u - . Iou can recognize it in speech as different from the In fact, it often sound.s like uwu-.

second person singular or the first person relative forn, because the uu wiba he wh o s t e a l s e.g. It, is uw- before a vowel-stem verb, Ushaka kugura igitabo aze - he who want,s to buy a wh book, - he o s a 1st w a him l eo pcome. ard. : e . g . u webonye i n g w e The, past pref'ix is uwor',:. For the plural the prefix is aba-. who come wil' get, e.g. Ab a v a za 'b azabona e l;a "i - t ho s

i s l o n ger d r awn out .

vowel of the class of the thing referred to

tt

When referring to a thing it takes the regular verb 4th prefix initial (often cl. and for the indefinite
i t tt

d o no t hinders have str e n g t h). Ikitubuza gukora ni uko tudafite imberaga that which us from working ie that we are not strong

(Leeson 95, cont,. )

1, I fthen only a pronoun ~ the object, of the dependent abo nkunda - those whom I Umuntu w'Imana akora ~ ic o

- 97 is the antecedent of a relative clause and it is

verb, the demonstrative pronoun is used: love ishaka - a person of God does that which
' He want s ( ' ~.c " ~ ~ Gg ~ g' <~~

l. 6. Vhen the antecedent is 1st or 2nd. person, the verb prefix of the ~ d ependent, verb i s t h e . pref i x . ~.bg ~ ;"* ~ l 'i )4p '1 (c eI~wt~e' b e.g, Twebwe'Q,4kora iminsi yose turashaka guhembwa - we who work every d ay want t o b e p a i d .
E xerci s e s :

I. Translate into English: l. Ukora neza azashimwa cyane. 2. Abo nabonye mu nzira ntibaragera, hano. 3 . Ozihana wese azababarir wa e (Note'use of wese to modify an antecedent in the verb prefix. ) 0. Mbese wakoze icyo nakubwiye? 5. Uwo nkunda ni we ukqra icyo Imana, ishaka. 6. Abasohotse tutararangiza ntibumvise ibyo, twavuzfe byose. 7. Abakira neza abashyitsi bazakirwa neza n'abandi. 8. Ikipyereka umwete wanyu ni imirimo mwarangije gukora. '9. Mbese mwibagkwe ibyo nababwiye mu kwezi gushize? 10. Ilu bihugu byose byo mu isi hari abakunda Imana. II. Txanslate into Kinyarwanda: 1. Those (things ) which I want, are in the school. 2 . He who wants t o go with Bwana mu t come early. 3. That which is praised by God is a good heart. 0, He who follows God shall be given many blessings, 5. The;little birds which I saw in the tree have gone. 6. Those who go for a w'alk in the evening must come back (when) it g et s dark. '7. V e have troubles on the earth, but we who trust Jesus will have everlasting joy ( = joy that does not end. ) in heaven. 8 . Nhat ( = that w h i c h ) I t o l d you to do is to heat the food so that those who are hungry can eat. 9. I am calling those who know ( how) to make br i c k s . 1 0. The t h i n g s which we learned in school will help us (for) many years.
.

y ooabulapf

LESSON 96 Pronoun Nde?

Gusuzuma, Kinyarwanda for "to examine" is used for examining the sick, examining a problem or situation, eto. Kuuera usually indioates measuring

inkorora - c o u gh kugera {ze) - t o measure Note; ~ fima, Swahili for "to measure" is used for measuring anything; weight, length, guantity, examination in school, or examining the sick. gusuzuma (mye) - to examine

kwicara ( ye) - t o s i t kuruka {tse) - to vomit gupima ('mye) to measure, weigh, gukorora (ye) - t o c ough
examine

with some kind of instrument, and only for length or fIuantity, Examinations in school are ibibazo, or as v e rb, ku b aza. 19 , N de ? P l u r a l : Ba n d e'? means "who?", It is used only in guestions, ~ not in relative clauses. This word is used only of persons and. expects in reply a name of person or persons, or at least a description, Do not use it for "which one". Learn t h ese var i ou s u ses of n d e ?
1 ) Itfit h t h e v e r b " t o be ": '

Uri nde'? - Nho a re y o u ? (s.) Muri ba n de? - V ho a re y o u'?(pl.) Ni nde? - Vho is it? N ho is h e ? Ni bande? Who are t h ey'? Umuntu nabonye ni nde? Who is the person I saw? O bserve the word or d er . Nd.e comes at the end of the phrase to.which it
belonfps,

(Lesson 96, cont.)

-98 -

2 ) A s s u b j e c t o f a v er b . In this use it is used with ni, and the clause following is a relative clause~ Ni nde wasohotse? Nho went outside? (lit. it is who who went. .}

Ni bande batazanye amafaranga? - Mho didn't bring francs? 3) As ebject of verbs, thus "whorh?" (here it follows the verb), Mabonye nde? - Whom did you see'? Mutinya bande? - Nhom do you fear? Mitwa nde? Mhat is your name'? {lit, you are called who?) 4) Mith possessive "whose?" Iki gitabo ni icya nde? - Mhose ~book is this?
Izo nka ni na bande'? Mhose cows, are those'? Notei u wa, ~ic a,, ~ib a, etc. means literally "the one of"' or, " t h e ones of " .

This is a possessive pronoun formed by the possessive particle preceded by the initial vowel of the class. The same f'orm will be used in the r e ply. Inka ni iya nde? Ni iya Paulo - Whose cow is it? It is Paul's. 5) After preposition. (Here instead of ku the f'orm kwa is used. Tugende kwa nde? - To whom shall we go? j'J,

Note: In pronunciation, because nde is a one-syllable word, it throws the accent ont,o the last syllable of' the word preceding it,: u rK nde ? wi t w a n de? Exercises: I . T r a n sl a t e linto English:

Ni nde? 2. Abicaye ku ntebe zacu ni bande? 3. Masuzumye nde? Ararwaye cyane? 4, Biriya biti ni ibya nde? 5. Nabonye Ibana barwaye inkorora, barutse cyane. Nbese ni a b ana ba nde'? 6. Ni nde wageze uwo murima, nshaka kugura? 7. Ibyo byuma ngomba kubijyana k a nde?' 8. Nu bigishwa,babajijwe ejo ni bande bat,sinze (gutsinda = to p a ss )? 9. Iriya mirima iri hafi y'igiturage ni iya nde? 10. Igihe mwajyaga gushaka abajura mwafashe nd.e'?
1. Numva umlwana u ko r o r a .

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. Mhom did. you send to Cyangugu? 2. Mhose are the three books which a re on ' t h e t a b l e ? { see note b el o w ). 3. Mho are the men who are sitting on the floor? 4. To whom did you send the letters you wrote yesterday? 5. Mho is t,he woman you examined? 6. Mho came t,o the school t,o call the boys? 7. Mhose voice did we hear in the night? 8. Mho will help that poor man build a house ( = those who will...are who)? 9 . I s a w a woman who is very sick. She vomited arid could. not sit. up. Mho is she? 10. At whom are the children laughing'? Note: In sentences no, 2, 3, and 4, and others, the word nde must follow the relative clause. See par. 197 no. 4

).

LESSON 97
Ad. ' ectiv e - h e ?

Vocabular ~ icyibo - shallow basket igitebo deepe basket ( no li d} igiseke - tall pointed basket intango basket ( vari ous k i n d s )

intambara battle, strif e umusambi - small grass mat

inama council, counsel, advice, committee

Note: Inama,may refer either to a group which meets to make plans, or it may refer to the counsel or advice given by that group, o an individual.
198. Th e adjective -he? w i th its various agreements, m'eans "which'?". It is used only in asking quesr,xons aiiu carrxes r,ne tnought or. " whic h o n e

among several",' It is declined just like ~u u + -he. However, the for 1st and 2nd classes is uwuhe instead of ~u e,

singular

( Lessonr97, cont . Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 . Class 0 Class 5

Sin ~

)
P lur a l

AwGhe uwuhe i,yihe ikihe ir7.he

abahe iyKhe iz7he ibxhe ayKhe

Si ~

Pl ur al

Class 6 Class 7 Class 8 Class 9

C lass 1 0

urQhe akahe u buhe u kuhe

(not used )

i zi he ut uhe ayah e ayah e

1 . Some rules for the use of -he7 1 It usually precedes the noun it modifies> and removes the initial
v owel o f t he no u n <

ikihe gitabo which book? 2) The second syllable is long and accented.. That is the reason the change-down rule does not affect the k' s and t's, as you note in ikihe and akahe a nd others . 3) It, may follow its noun, if there are other adjectives modifying the e.g. inka zawe nini zihe? which of your big cows? But it is more often used in the pronoun form, like this: Urashaka ikihe muri ibi bitabo . Mhich of these books do you want? 0) Following mu or ku it loses its initial vowel: ~ m u i h e o in whichy 5) Like other interrogative words, it is often preferable to put, the phrase 'containing "whicn?" at the end of the sent,ence or clause. e.g. Muri izi ndabyo nce izihe? Mhich of these flowers shall I
Thc tmc Q gkP-vvs es c. ckvs O,l go b e u q e . d a x q o c t l o o n s, tfJ t ~"s ~ sye noovs vn" -e ' Ilall . p i O Q o . h e > EXerCiaeS: '8 ;~ 4+tp~a ek"d Q ~f ' ' ld 'same houn, in which case this one must come last, t ~ a ~ , d: . g id < ~

I. Translate into English:

l. Inka za0e ni izihe muri izo? 2. Mbage iyihe muri izo nkoko? 3. Mbese urashaka igitebo? Yee, ntware ikihe? 4. Muzaza gutangira kwubaka uwuhe munsi? 5. Nataye urufunguzo rumwe. Ni ur uhe ? 6 . N i u w uhe muhungu wakubise und.i? 7.. Nshyire ibishyimbo mu kihe cyibo, icyo kinini cyangwa iki gito? 8. Ni ayahe mata yazanywe uyu munsi? Ntuyavange n'ay' (aya) ejo. 9. Natowe kujya mu kahe kanama? 10. Iki gitebo cyaboshywe n.'uwxhe mugore muri a bo ?

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: l. There are many houses in this village; which one do you live in? 2. Nhich baskets (shallow) shall we take tomorrow? 3. The council chose one man among these four. Mhich one? 4. In that, battle five men were killed.. Which ones? 5. I want to buy a small mat, but you have many, Mhich one shall I buy? 6. Nhich vegetables d.o you want me to gather = want that I gather)? 7. Nhich of those men yonder is your brother to a girl )7 8. Mhich of the pupils are sick ( with) c o ughs? T h ey should go to the dispensary now. 9. From (in) which river did. you drink that dirty water? 10, In which month did your friend come to see you? I n N o vember.
~ ~

~s

~s

~~

LESSON 98 Pre ositional Form of Verb

Yocahular ~

impunzi - efugee (one who fl ees umuryango family, clan umuryango doorway Note: Th e t w o w ords~ umur an o are pronounced slightly differently. On t,he one for "d o o rway" th e - ~ r a- is a hi g h t o n e , on "family" it is low. Um~ym ~U o is "clan" rather than "family" as we think of it, though it is increasingly u sed. f o r "family."

(.ye)- to t ur n a r o und ( int . } guhindukiza ( je) - to t ur n a r o und (tr,) guhunga ( nze) - t o f l e e

g uhindukir a '

(Lesson 56, : c ont . ,'

100

200. Pre~)sitional Form. This i made by changing the final a of the verb tn -era or -ira, according to 'the A I V rule (part 157).
k uzana t o g ukora t o bri ng w or k kuzanira - to bring to, for g uk o r er a t o w o r k f or

The translation of this form xn its simple use is just "to'j "for", " at" , etc. Nzamugurira igitabo I' ll buy a book for him, Note; j%ji th verbs of motion, (go, ru n , f l ee , et c . ) the prepositional ending is not used to express "to". e.g. Yaggrutse imuhira he returned to his home, 201. Some verbs form this a bit irregularly: ~l M ost verbs ending in -za change t,o-riza or -reza ( A I U rul e) . g ukiza gukir i z a kubaza (~ ask - kubari z a 2) Many verbs i n -s h a or ~ sh a change to -shiriza or -shereza, -hiriza or -h e r e z a (A I U rule) . Causatives are included here. gushyushya - to heat gushyuhiriza - to heat for g ukoresha - t o u s e gukor e s h er eza - t o u s e f o r (someone, n ot a t a s k There are other irregularities which you will meet, but these are the main .ones. Most verbs form the prepositional regularly.

202. The past of the prepositional form end.ing in -ira or -era is -~ i e or - e v e , e.g. yan d i k i y e y akor ey e Those end. i n - za . b ecome '~e. e. g. Yambarij e Bwana - h e a s ked Bwana Exercises> 1. kwand13ca 2. kug 3. kugir jj. guso 5. kwubaka 6 . gutek a 7 . gusab a 8 . guhunga 9, 10 . 11 . 12 .
for me. I. Make th f o llowing verbs prepositional and translate:

kubika kw a nga. kono n a kur a k a r a

13. kubabara 14. kuvoma 15. guseka

II. Translate into English: l. Umwigisha arasomera abana mu kihe gitabo? 2. M'bona ko uzi k u boha neza. Urabohera nde uwo mupira? 3. Ndagusaba kunyilmnganira. Ndaza vuba,, ngiy e (I am about to ) kurangiza imirime. 4. Impunzi nyinshi zizaza muri iki cyumweru. Umfashe kuzitegurira ibiryo byiza kugira ngo tuzakire neza. 5. Yesu y*tweretse urukundo rwe rwinshi kuko yadupfiriye ku musaraba. III. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. Turn (pl.) to God and He will save you and give you new hearts.
2. The man saw a leopard and he- fled to the doorway of his hou.e,

3. Heat much water for me because I want to take a bath. jj. I haven't seen my brot her ( I, a g i r l ) (for) many months; I vant to vrite to him. 5. Ne want, to know the names of the teachers; will you ask John for us?

LESSQN 99
V ocabul Uses of FreDositional Form

kur ega z e ) t o a c c l ' s e ( of ) gusarura (ye) to h a r v e s t kugeza ubwo unt,11

kugesa (she) to harvest millet, small grains i nyanja - o c e an, l a k e

20 . Uses of Pre ositional Form: 1 The simple use of'" to" , "for" (sometimes "in", "against","from" kuzanira - to bring to . gushimira - to praise for

).'

( Lesson 99, c o n t .

101

Note: Some verbs' natural meaning implies "to" o r "f o r " , such as ~uha. In those cases the prepositional form is not necessary. However, t h here. os e verbs may have a prepositional form for one of the other uses given 2) Time. ttt hen a future time is uncertain 'the prepositional f6rm is used with the future, particularly in clauses introduced by ubwo, ~ i ihe, aho, meaning "when" or " w here" . Paat,or present verbs in clauses introduced

by ubwo may also take this form. Sinzi ubwo nzagarukira I don't, know when I shall return. Igihe Yesu azazira azatujyana mu ijuru - When Jesus comes He will Also , us t o he a v e n . i f ~ ihe is the antecedent of a relative t ake clause,the verb in that

clause will be in the prepositional form, unless the time is specific and known. Sinzi igihe yapfiriye - I don't know the time ( when) he d i e d . 3) Place. If it is stated that the action of the verb is done in or at a particular place or region, the prepositional fo~is usually used. e.g. Tuzashimira Imana mu ijuru - we shall praise God in heaven, Sometimes the prepositional is not used in these cases where we might
expect i t,

N ath. 2 : 1 ; 3 : 1 ; l l : 2 0 , 2 1 . Note: Here also if the natural meaning of the verb implies place it is not necessary to use the prepositional form, Yerbs such as: k u r a r a , ksicara,

Observe it used in this way in these Scripture verses:

$tc.

204. Prepositional Form of gonos llabic Verbs:

kuba kublra kunywa ku n y wera kurya k uri r a guca guc Tr a gupf a gupf l r a kuva kuvir a kugwa kugwir a gushya ~ a kuza kuzir a guha guh er a gu sya gus5r a ku jya ug Tr a Note: The e are all formed regularly, r'emember whether the vowel is i or e, Also, in each case the i or Just e is long. Exercises: l. Translate into English: 1. Dukwiriye gukora neza iminsi yose kuko tutazi igihe Yesu azagarukira. 2. Hano ni uruzi aho Sehene yanywereye amazi, 3. Huziga iminsi yose kugeza ubyo nzazira. 4. Bamureze ko yiba igihe b'asaruriraga ibishyimbo, 5. Twese turashaka kujya mu ijuru kuko ari ho (there) t u z a nezererwa ibihe byose. 6 . Xesu yatuv i r i y e (kuva can mean "t o s h ed" ) amaraso ku musaraba kugira ngo adukize ibyaha. 7. Kuri ririya buye ni ho (there n agwiri y e . 8. Igihe ibiryo bihira umpamagare kugira ngo tudatinda ' kurya. 9. Sinzi aho umunsi mukuru uzabera, ariko ndashaka 10. Tujyane impamba zikwiriye bose kuko turarira mu nzira.kuwubona,.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. When my father dies he will give me all his things,

know (how) to read but he loves to tell (to) us stories (parables 10, Please look for my knife for me. I have searched everywhere and I fail to find it.

C od fo r f or g i v e n e s s . 8. They are harvesting the millet this week. Th e women vill grind it in their kraals. 9. That old man over there doesn't

2 . Jesus heal e d many people at the shore (inkombe) of the lake. g. I don't know when the workers will cut those trees. 4. We will go to Kigali when we have (use "see") the time. 5. Let us work for Jesus until He comes. 6, I asked the policeman (umupolisi) for mercy and he had it for me (awkward in English, but normal in Kinyarwanda ), 7. T h a t b o y ha s b een a ccused of many bad things. Let's pray for him so that he will repent and ask

).

 102 -' LESSON 100 Review

I. Questions: l. Conjugate ~ena in the present, dependent negative. 2. Conjugate kwicara in the present dependent negative. 3. What is the 3rd person singular prefix (1st cl ass ) .for the relative without an antecedent'? The plural?
b. Explain the difference between. kvir i e . r i n d a , -dcmba. G i v e ~ examples of each in a sentence. How do you say: You don't have to?
-

5. How would you say "b e f o re he c o mes"'? (2 ways) 6. Is there any difference between the demonstrative adjective and.the demonstrative pronoun? 7. What does nde'?mean? What is the plural form of it'? 8. Give examples using nde'?1) with " t,o be", 2 ) as su bj ec t o f v e r b , 3) as o b j ec t o f v e r b ~ ) w ith p o s s essiv e . 9. What d.oes -he? mean? Give its form with each class agreement. 10. How is the prepositional form of the verb made? 11. Give three uses of the prepositional form. II. Give the prepositional forms of the following and translate: 1 . gukor a 6. kuza n a 1 1. kuz a . 16. kwandik a 21 . guca 2. kuvuga 7 . gutek a 12 . kubi k a 17e kwubaka 22. kunywa 3. gushima 8 e k ug u ra 13 . kugi r a 18. gutuma 23. gupfa 4. gushaka 9 . gusenga 14 , kur i r i m b a 19 . kohe r e z a 24 . kur ya g usoma 1 0 . k u b on a 15 . guki z a , 20. kubaza 25. kuba III. Vocabulary guiz:
le 1S1

2 . i g i h a no

3. gukena
6. 7. 8. 9. 1 0. gukorora kwihangana. i n t ambara kur ega kongera ivurir o igi seke

1 1. guhindukir a , 12. guhindukiza 13. g usarura 2 14. kuganira 15. i n y oni 16. i nama 17. umujyi 18. igiturage 1 9. umusKmbi 20. i k i g a nza

2 1. t o s i t 3 1. t o v i s i t , 22. to play 32. to vomit 3. li ttle basket 33. shame 24. f amily . 34 . t o go outside 2 5. un t i l 35. cross 2 6. t o b e h o t 36. shoes 2 7. t o h e a t 37. t o u n d er st and. 2 8 . lake 3 8. t o k n i t 29 . cou g h (noun) 39. do orway 30. to measure 40. to damage

LESSON 101 R eadin L e s s on Vocab~ac f ibyondo - mud. i ngurube - p i g inkende - monkey

umwicanyi murderer n ka l i k e

kurema, ( mye) to cr e at e gutangara. ( ye) to wonder at ,

amazed mwene - son of, daughter of

be

(pl. bene)

Note; In the following paragraphs you will note the syllable -ka in some verbs. You will learn about that tense lat.er, but for the present translat,e -ka,as "and". You may see some other things that you don't understand altogether; however, do the best you can with the translation.
I. Translate into English, You may translate present verbs as past ~here

it makes sense to do do. i ~ /e Imana yarangije kurema, igitoke, nyuma Satani na we afata 4 Af j c ayicira munsi yacyo. Arongera afata ingwe ayicira aho nyine ( right t h ~ e ) munsi y'icyo gitoke. Arongera afata ingurube ayicira aho nyine munsi ya'cyo. . R e ro (then) icyo gitoke kinyunyuza (suck in ) amaraso ya za nyamaswa zose Satani yiciye munsi yacyo.

' ,Lesson 'l 0 3 ,

cc.",-u.

Ni cyo gituma , reason.' u)))untu a : !yw.:. ir)zoga nk e a k a b azz a g u k i n a n " . inkende, ngo yongera. kunywa akarwana nk'ingwe; nyuma, akaza arivurun~ { rol l oneself ) mu byondc nt ' i n g ur ube. ( " o e .m i e a n i , b y E . Si b om a na, - , 22) ll . T r a n s l at e t h i s S c r i p . u " e p " s s age: !1 John 3:13-19 ) . T r y : o d o i t without first, reading the passage in English, Bene Data, ntimutangazwe n'uko (that) ab' isi babanga,. T webwe t u z i . ko twavuye mu rupfu, tukagera mu bugingo, kuko dukunda bene Data,. Udakunda aguma mu rupfu. Umuntu wese wanga mwene se n(umwicanyi; kandi muzi ko nta (no ) mwicanyi afite ubugingo buhoraho (everlastinig ) muri we, Iki ni cyo kitumenyesha urukundo icyo ari cyo, ni uko Yesu yat anze ubugingo bwe ku bwacu (see par, 207); natwe ikidukwiriye ni uko twatanga ubugingo bwacu
k u bwa b ene D a t a .

a kennye, akamukingir a (close up for him ) imbabazi ze, urukundo rw'Imana rwaguma (would remain ) muri we r u t e (how)? Ba ne.bato, n t i d u k u ndane (-na, or, - ne = e a c h o t h e r ) mu magambo cyangwa. ku rurimi, ari k o d u k u n dane mu b yo dukora no mu by' ukur i . Icyo ni cyo' kizatumenyesha ko turi ab' ukuri.

Ariko u.ite ibintu byo mu isi, akareba k o

m wene Se

LESSON 102 Miscellaneous Words ~ocab~aof kuzimira ( ye) - t o l ose o n e ' s w a y , kugerageza (je) to try, tempt go a str a y kubera - b e c a u s e o f , o n a.ccount o f umwanzi - e nemy ku bwa - for the sake of, in opinion 20 , Ntuza,. This word means "what's-his-name." It is used when for ~ 1 the moment one cannot remember the name of a person. e.g. Hamagara ntuza, uriya call what's-his-name over there,

(my)

When a thing is referred to, the specific name being forgotten, the form is intuza. Sometimes one hears something like this: Ndashaka kug7ra intuza-intuza ikaramu - I want to buy what-you-callit - a pencil. 206. Naka. Th is w ord (sometimes doubled.:naka-naka ) means "so-and-so."
In English we sometimes say: " He g oe s t o s o - a n d-so and s ays s u c h- and-such. "

In Kinyarwanda, this would be: f' ' a k ur i n a k a av u a b i n a ka . Or, one may say: Ku munsi munaka - o n s u c h -and.-such a, day. 20 . Ku bwa and Kubera. Kubera me ans " o n a c c o u nt o f , " "through th e agency ~ of", as well as "because of." Listen for African usage of this word to get the right slant of meaning. Ku bwa may be used like this: Ku bwanjye Petero arabeshya - in my opinion, Peter is lying. Or, Yesu yapfuye ku 'bwacu Jesus died for our sakes.
i'iote that this is ku followed by the possessive with bu- prefix. k u bwanj y e , k u b w a we , k u b w a cu , k u b w a y o , etc. e.g. Kubera abantu bose because of all the people. Ku bwacu igihe ntikir~,era cyc gukora ibyo in our opinion the time hasr:'',. come yet to do that. iltidushobora l.ugenda kubera imb~ e (or, k u bwa i mvura " :- c a n e t go Decc"use ' +h ' : m aln

)-

Exercises: I. Iranslate into English:

1. Ntuza azajya i Kigali vuba gushaka akazi. 2 . Ku b w a n j y e M a r i y a akwiriye kujya kwiga kugira ngo amenye gusoma no kwand.ika. 3. Muzagegda r yar i k u r e g a a b a n z i b a n y u ? Ntimuratangira gutegura iby' urugendo?

4. Ni~usabe ku bwa Ye u Kristo kugira ngo biduheshe ibyo dusaba. 5. Ntuza yarazimiye kuko atumvise neza icyo abantu bamubwiye.

{Lesson 102, cont.

K ubera i b y o 6. Byaturuhije cyane mu gitondo, kuko abakozi bataje. dukwiriye kubanguka cyane kugira ngo tugerageze kurangiza gusarura ibishyimbo. I 7. Intama za naka zazimiye, maze yahamagaye abamufasha kuzishaka. 8. Twese dukwiriye kugerageza cyane kwanga kunebwa kugira cyane igihe ngo tugire umwete mu mirimo yacu, 9. Abantu baratangaye 10 Nbese mwabonye Yesu yababv~aga ko dukwi r i y e gukunda abanzi b a cu . ntuza ku ishuli ejo?
II, Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. Jesus was tempted for our sakes in order that He may help us in 2.our Try

temptations (make noun out of verb here - "our being tempted."). 3. I am (pl.) hard. (cyane) to do what God wants and He.will help you. (gukubita) nails withlooking for what-you-call-it - a tool to pound a hammer. 4. Jesus died on the cross because of your sins and my sins. 5. The men vill go to Kibuye tomorrow to begin to build new house. But Ia can't find
6. The fundiI sent me to look for what-you-call-it. 7, Mhen y o u it, Tell mel what you want and I'll help you look for it. 8 . D on' t s t a y h o m e b e c a u s e

go to Kigali please buy four pails for me, 9, For of me; I'm not very sick, and I want you to go with;the others. 10. Mhen the whom did they weave that tall pointed basket over there? (for) visitors came here', they lost their way and we waited for them fiv e hours.

LESSON 103 Reflexive Verbs

Yocabolar ~

(nze) - t o w a t c h , gu a rd t c ck- " kunezeza (je) to please, make happy kurinda (from)(tr.) ubusa in vain, nothing, for guhisha (shije) - to hide . nothing,. kwishima (mye) - to be happy, satisfied < (~~)-

208. Reflexive ver'bs.By reflexive is meant that the subgect does the action to himself. This is formed by attaching -i- to the stem of the verb, or -ig- if it is a, vowel-stem verb, kwi k unda - to love oneself gukunda, - to love kwigisha - to teach kw~i igisha - to teach oneself This attached. prefix actually becomes a part of the stem and the forms are treated. as any other vowel-stem verbs, in all respects. (wonders e.g. Umuhungu aribaza - the boy asks himself Umwigisha ariyubakira inzu the teacher is building a house for himself.

209. The reXlexive can be used making the subject the direct object, an indirect object in kwikunda,- to love oneself; or, it may be made or with,a prepositional when used with a. prepositional fom of the verb, e.g. kwigurira igitabo to buy a book for oneself
210. The imperative of reflexive verbs differs from ordinary vowel-stems I k i z e - savB your s e l f . in that it must end in e, e .g . E xerci s e s . l. Yiake the following verbs reflexive and translate:

as

1 , kwerek a 2 . gukiz a 3, kubuza

,4 . guk u r a . 7. gutema 5 . gut an g a 8. kubabaza 6 . guha, 9 . kw an g a

10, kwubakir a 11. kubaza 12, gutegeka

13, guf a sha 1 4. kuvugir a 15. gusengera

II. Translate into English: 2. Ku l. Abikunda ntibanezeza Imana ariko batekereza ibyabo gusa. bwanjye sinzafasha utifasha. 3. Vmuntu wibye akunda kwihisha kuko atinya gufatwa. 4. Irinde kugira ngo utazagwa, igihe uzageragerezwa na Satani. 5. Uwibwira ko amafaranga menshi azana umun zero aribeshya.

(Leason 103, jcont.

105-

III, Translate' into Kinyarwanda,: 1. Many people like to plea'e om1y themselves, but they work (use prep.) in vain because they do not. please God. 2. He who remains in sin does evil (badly)~ to himself. 3. My older brother is looking for gardens for himself, because those he has are small. 4. Those who love them.elvcs very much cannot love others. 5, Let's examine ourselves that

we may see i f

( ko) we have s i n s i n o u r h e a r t s .

LESSON 104

U ses of Nt a Vooabuiarv umubabaro pain, grief, suffering, imfura - first-born dorrow gusigara ( ye) t o b e l e f t ( o v e r , icumbi (5th) I-lodging place behind ) inda - stomach, pregnancy, fetus gucu m bika(tse) to l odge nubwo - al t h o ugh (introduces dependent clause. ) " not" , "not any", may be used either as an 211. ~Nta m eaning " no o ne", adjective or pr'onoun. Thus used it is followed. by a r'elative clause, which is subject. to rules for dependent clauses. Actually, in some ways nta seems to be a verb form, meaning "there is not". In all thc examples given here it suits both sense and form to consider it,this way. However, it does replace the English adjective or proncuri "no,". "none," " no o n e , " 1) Mhen used as an adjective it precedes the noun and removes the initial
vowel. The following verb is a dependent one, the literal meaning being " t h er e i s n ot . . . w h o . .. "

e.g Nta muntu waje - nct a person came, or, no one came (lit. there is not a, person who came Nta gitabo mfite I haven't, a book (lit. there is not. a book w hich I h a v e

).

).

2) Nhen used as a pronoun the relat,ive besfn5. w ith u - ( as f orms i n p a r . 194), in reality uiru- and the initial vowel (u) of' uwu- i s d r o p p ed. B u t in modern orthc'; . ap' ay the, w is not written, though it is pronounced. Nta ushaka kugenda (one says: n t a w ushaka ) - n o on e wants t o g o (lit. there i" no one who wants to go Vith the vowel-stems likewise the u of uw- is dropped after nta, but here the w is written.

).

Nta wanga umwana we - no one hates his child.

3) iNta very frequently is placed at the beginning of the sent@nce.

212, Nta is sometimes used with na, which in this instance means "even." Nta n'umwe u..i hano not even one is here (this is simply an emphatic wav of saying "no one."
The number, as u.".wehere, would agree wit,h the class of whatever was being r e f e r r e d t o . 21",. 'This word, nta, plus the relative, is common for "anyone"

"no one" ) in asking questions.

(rea>ly

e.g. Nta wa6onye igitabo cyanjye? has anyone seen my book? ( l i t .

Is there not he who.has seen my book'? Howe~er, the Banyarwanda might sometimes say, "Nta gitabo cyanjye wamboneye." - lit. No book of m iine have you seen for me? Note also these examples: Ibijumba, birahari? Oya, nta bihari. - Are there any sweet potatoes? No, there are none. Nptza arahari? Oya, nta uhari Is what's-hi.s-name here? No he
is n o t h er e .

( Lesson 104, c o n t .

)
a ha

E xerc i s e s : I. Translate into English: 1 . Nt a m u n t u nabonye mu ishuri mu gitondo, 2. Mbese rd ta ur i

ushaka kunkorera? 3, Nta gitabo na kimwe gisigaye. 4. 6t a mubabaro yagize nubwo se yapfuye. g. Igihe Imana yakuraga abantu bayo mu Zgiputa, nta mf'ura n' imwe wasigaye mu Banyegiputa itapfuye. 6. Mbese muri ibyo bitoke byose waguze, nta na kimwe gisigaye? 7. Uriy a mugabo nta bana afite bazima atari (except) imfura ye. 8. Nta mubabaro mfite mu nda,

ni mu mutwe gusa. 9. Nubwo twagerageje cyane, nta rubaho na rumwe rwo g ukora u r u g i t wa s h o b oy e k u b o n a . 10. Nta wumvise.ingoma? Ni i g i h e c yo kwinjira mu rusengero.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. No lodging place were they able to find. 2. Those ol d men have some
bad habits; but not one wants to laave them. 3 . Has anyone seen my

pencil? 4. I haven't any francs to buy beans. 5. No one builds a house on sand. 6. No visitors came, although we prepared lodging for them, 7. Doesn' t a n y body l a c k a s o ngbook ( = book of so n g s ) ? I pi ck e d. one up here. 8 . Didn't anybody go to harvest the millet? 9. No news
of our friends nas come yet, although they went home last month. 10. Are there no "fundis" who know how to put a roof on a house?

ltESSON 105 F urt he r Notes on Nt a

~ocab~lap ikirondwe - tick i nyenzi - c o c k r o a ch intozi pincher ant

inda louse (tone different from that of "stomach". Ask an African.

ubutunzi riches, wealth

as object of that verb, it precedes the verb.

214. Nta as object, is usually used in the adjective form. It may not be used by itself, e.g. Nta biti nabong hariya - I saw no trees over there. Since nta biti is antecedent of the relative clause ~ nabon e, a s w e ll
Nta can never follow a

v erb as o bj e c t .

21 . Nt a a s pr o n o un o b je c t : ~ Nta we nabwiye - I told no one Nta bo muzabona - You will see none (e.g, workers a) Nta with the demonstrative pronoun (see par. 190 ) may be used as object of)the verb, referring to a thing. (Remember tMt nta. removes tI te initial vowel, even from a pronoun. Ufite inka? Nta zo mfite - Do you have cows? I have none. Ntuza afite isuka? Nta yo afite - Does what's-his-name have

).

a hoe ? H e h a s n o n e . b) yt- cvo is cowusonly used for "nothing". d o you h a v e ? No t h i n g .

Uiite iki? gta cyo what

Nothing. c) Nta ho is used for "nowhere", usually placed at the beginning of

the sentence. e .g. Wagiye he?

Mbese ukora iki? Nta cyo. What are you doing?

d) Nta bwo may mean "never." It may also just be a strong negation,
Nta bwo azakora icyo - he'll never do that. 216. In a dependent clause nta d oes no t c h a n g e : e .g, Karisa ntashobora kugura imyenda kuko nta mafaranga afite -

Nta ho nagiye - Where did you go? Nowhere,

Karisa cannot buy clothes because he has no francs. Exercises:

I, Translate into English: 1. Uwo mwana ntashaka kuza kwiga kuko nt- myenda afite. 2 , Mbese

( Lesson 105', cont . )

107zo

warangije gukGra ibirondw. byose kuri ya mbwa? Yee, nta na, kimwe gisigaye.
3 i Ndagira ngo hari inda nyinshi mu myenda y'uwo muhungu, O ya,, nt a

afite. 4. Mbese wabonye ab' iwacu uyu munsi'? Oya, nta bo nabonye. 5. Nta ntozi twabonye mu gihugu cyacu. 6. Nta mukobwa araza gukubura mu ru-engero? N t a w e ndKbona. 7. Mbese nturKbona ikirondwe? Reba mfite kimwe aha ku kuguru ubu. 8. Sinashoboye kubwira ab' iwanyu amakuru yawe, kuko nta, we nabonye mu rugo. 9. Yesu yatubwiye kubika ubutunzi mu ijuru aho nta nyenzi zishobora kubwonona, 10. Nta ho umwigisha azajya ejo, II. Translate into Kinyarwanda;
1. There is nowhere he has not gone in this country. 2. I saw no one

i n your k r aa l y e s t e r d ay . 3. I d o n ' t kn o w about (ibya) this child because he says nothing. 4. There are no cockroaches in her kitchen. 5. This man wants to buy clothes although he has nothing. 6 . Are t h e r e pincher ants in your garden? I haven't seen any. 7, Don't tell anyone that thieves stole that cow. 8. I haven' t seen a monkey or a leopard anywhere in this country. 9. Have you climbed this mountain? I haven' t climbed any mountain. 10, This young man never writes to his older. brother.

Lu SSON 10 6

vocabulaz gukurura (ye) - to draw, pull, drag amar i ra, - tears kwegera ( reye) t o c ome near t o guhanagura (ye) to wipe, wipe gutonganya (nije) - to rebuke, reprove,b~~Q a.way In a few verbs it is -~na. You will learn those by experience. One of

Reci o cal Form of Yerb

teach each other. There are two meanings to this ending. But the meaning implied by the term "reciprocal" is "one another" or "each other." g ukund.a - t o
k ubona t o

love
see ,

g ukundana t o l o v e e a c h o t h e r u bonana t o s e e e a c h o t h e r

218. There are two import' ~1 O nly a transitive v o bject i "one another .

s to b e r emembered: come reciprocal, for it must have an

2 ) A r e c i p r o cal v e r b d o e s usually have any other direct object following, since the object is "one another'." 21 . 1) The past of these verbs ends in -nye. Those which end in -~n a ~ form the past,with -~ni 'e. Bakundanye they loved each other. Bafashanije they helped each other., 2) A verb may have both a prepositional suffix and. a reciprocal. In this case there may be another direct object exp-essed. e.g. Kwandikirana inzandiko to write letters to each other.
Often when there is a prepositional and reciprocal, the prepositional is repeated twice, before and af'ter the -na. e.g, kugiriranira ishyari to be jealous of each other. Note these examples: gu s e n geranira - to pray fcr each other guhingiranira to cultivate for each other kurwaniranira to fight for each other

(Lesson 106, cont.

)
9, kur ega
1 0. g u s e k a

Exercises: I, Make the following verbs reciprocal and translate: 7. kw iz era 1 . kubwir a 3 , guf at a 5 . kw an g a 8. kubeshya 4 . k w egera . 6 . k ur eba 2. kwereka II. Translate .into English:
1. Hari abantu benshi uyu munsi.

Mukwiriye kwegerana kugira ngo bose

2. Yesu yatwigishije ko dukwiriye gukundana rik'uko b abone aho bi c ar a . (as) yadukunze. 3, Dufite imirimo myinshi; dufashanye kugira ngo turamu ngize vuba. 4. Natonganije cyane abahungu kuko batafashanije neza, 6. Ni mirimo y' ishuri. 5. Muraramukeho. Tuzabonana ejo mu r u sengero. 7 . Dusengeranir e mufashanye gukurura urwo rugi, kuko ruremereye cyane. (temptations). kuko twese dukennye imbaraga zo gutsinda ibigeragezo 8. Ni twigishanye, wowe unyigishe ikinyarwanda, nanjye nkwigishe icyon'gereza (English). 9. Mwaranganye, ubu mukwiriye kubabarirana.
10. Nabonye abahungu babiri bakubitana, ariko nababujije, nyuma nabab wiye k o b a k w i r i y e g u k u n d a na .

III. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

1. Those two men are afraid of each other because both have riches and

they are jealous (of) each other, 2. I am going to America soon, but let us write to each other. 3, .'Ihe boys hated each 'cther but now they love each other because Jesus has saved them, 4. The girls showed each other their new clothes. 5. God' s people love each other, help each other, and, trust each other. 6, Let's help each other wash these 7 . The g irls dishes~ you (s.) wash th0m and I'll dry them (wipe). = cryi ng ) many tears, but we told them not to ( = t h a t were shedding ( so a they not ) sorr o w . 8. Please get near to each other, ll o f y o u , 9. Those thieves are lying to each that you can hear what I say. 1 0. T h os e wh o r e s p e c t e a c h other. I can't, trust anyone (of t h em). other are able to help each other.

LESSON 107 Associat i v e Yerbs Vocabu1ar gut,er'a ye) to throw, plant, etc. (see par.222) igiciro - price, value inyungu - profit, gain umwanda - dirt (esp. as an floor imbyiro dirt (on body, clothes ) isoko ( 5th) - m a r k e t isoko (3rd s., 5th pl.) fountain, source (of water) kwuma ( mye) - t o dr y ( i n t . )

220. Associative ver'bsare formed exactly like reciprocal verbs by the 'I'he past is also the same, end.ing i n addition of -na sometimes -~n a nether, or, w it h . -~ne ( r , -~noi e). This form mean to do a thing to g ukorana - t o w or k t o g e t h er g ukora - t o wo r k kugumana - to stay together k uguma to s t a y

).

You are not apt to confuse these two kinds of ver'bs, for they' scarcely ever oc c u r i n t h e s am verbs, an~ the meaning is usua1"y obvious. gsually reciprocals are transitive verbs and associatives are intransitive, b ut n o t a l w a y s .

221.

a) Mhen the second. subject is named, that is, the one with whom the thing is done, the word na meaning "with" is also used. e.g, ,gukorana n'abandi benshi to work together with many others. ku ' ans.: ketero a. ana, abana - Peter takes the b) Remember the use ot ~
c hil dr e n . Abana bajyana na Petero - the children go with Petero. If no second subject is expressed or object, with associative verbs it is
important to be careful about using transitive verbs where the meaning

(Lesson 107, cont.

- 109 -

would be "each other" rather Lhan "together." e.g. turirimbane - let us sing about each other (not, let us sing together In cases like this, to avoid the reciprocal meaning one would have .t,o use the simple form of the verb with hamwe e e.g, Turirimbe hamwe let's s ing t ogether .

).

Often in this instance the prepositional form is used

Turirimbire hamwe. Quserl ans, is to "worship each other" ~

(not " p r a y t o d e t h er ) . Garukana igita'bo cyanjye

Sometimes the associative form is used like this: " come back with my book, thus, return my book.
222.

It is derived from the verh duta - to throw away, expressions. Note these phrases: ) (Sometimes ku orora im enda is used. gutera ipasi to iron (clothes instead ) gutera imbuto to plant seeds stones ), play gutera umupira (or, amabuye) - to throw the ball (or, ball

Gu t era. This verh is ueed in a muliitude of ways with many o ridiomatic lose.

gutera ubwoba - to frighten, make afraid gutera icyubahiro to bring, cause honor,

(throw fear)
r e s pect

From these examples you will be able to understand As the use of this word in the last two

in other similar expressions when you hear them. examples, it often has the idea of "to cause."

E xerc i s e s : I. Translate into English: 1. Mwirukire hamwe kugira ngo turebe uzi kwiruka cyane.

2. Abana

bakunda gukinira hamwe; bakunda cyane gutera umupira. 3. Nzagarukana 4. Tujyane ku isoko kugura ibishyimbo; nyuma tuzabii ntebe yawe ej o . gurisha ahandi,ahari tuzabona inyungu. $. Hari umwanda mwinshi mu ishuri; mukorane vuba gukubura .no koza, hasi. 6. Abagore8 barajyana ku . Twese duf ite isoko kuvoma. 7. Twicarane nu nzu ngo tuganire gato. 9. Za mbuto rose nateye ziri ibiturushya, rero ni twibuke gusa'birana. he? Nt a z o mbona. 10. Data yansigaranye na mvrumuna wanjye, none sinshobora kujyana n'abandi i Kigali.
II, Translate into Kinyarwanda,: 2 . Th e 1. Those men work together well because they like each other. teachers will spend the night together so that they may have opportunity ( writ e out

to pray together. 3. Let us sing together hymn no. 263 number ), 4. I scolded. the thief with many,words because I wanted to frighten him. 5. Iron all the clothes today before they dry completely. 7. The other. 6, People who live together (use, kuba) must trust each 8. L e t ' s d o what girls went down to hoe with the women in the valley, 9. My the things which) God wants so that, we may bring Him honor. .) t o l e arn ( wants t h at . brother {girl speaking) wants his children 10. The pupils went out together together with the teachers' c hil d r e n . (in order) to play ball.

L ESSON 1 0 8 A dverb - t e ? Yocabul

Com arisons

k uruha s h y e ) - t o b e t i r e d k uruhuka ( t s e ) - t o r e s t kuruta (se) to surpass kurusha. { shi j e ) - t o s u r p a s s g usumba {mbye) - t o s u r p a ss

kumera (ze) to be like, be in a certain state, germinate uruhushya - permission, rest, vacation, time off si byo? isn't it? isn't that so?

( Lesson.'l 08 ,

c o n t. )

Note: si b ov is often added after e st teeent, like "n'est-oe pasv" in F rench; b u t d o n o t u s e i t t o ex ce s s . 22 . ~ -t e '? This word, meaning "how?" (only in questions), though an adverb, has a variable prefix. The prefix is the same as the verb prefixes for each class and also for each person. Ameze ate? - how is he? (usually used only of one who has been ill Ameze neza he' s well (better

).

Nta ko ameze he's no better. Note that in these expressions, ameze is a stative without -rd.. kiere are the various forms:

1st perso n 2nd person 3rd person

2 nd c l a s s

nt e ut e at e
ut e

dut e
mute bate ite 6 th r ut e

3rd cl a s s , i t e 4 th class gite 5th clas's rite

zi t e bi t e ate

7 th 8 th 9 th

gate bute gute

zit e d.ut e ate ate

You will hear this word in expression

10th h at e s uch as t h e s e :

bakora bate? how are t h e y w orkin g? ) tugire dute? - what shall we do'? (lit. how shall we do?
also be: tugira dute? bigenda bite? - how are things going?

T hi s could I do ? )

nkora nt e (or, nkore nte)'? what shall I do? ( or, ho w shal l

hameze hate? - what is it like there?

intozi zigenda zite? - how do pincher ants walk? Com i s on. a) The verb kuruta is most. cosmonly used for this when 2 2t. ~ an adjective is involved. Note these exemples: Uyu mwana ni munini kuruta uyo This child. is bigger than that one. Iki giti ni kirekire kuruta icyo This tree is taller than that one.
Umwenda. wa, Mariya ni mwiza kuruta, uwa Ana Mary's dress is nicer than Ana's , Ihene yanjye ni nto kuruta intama My goat i.s smaller than a sheep. b) Two o t h e r v e r ' b s , kur u s h a an d ~ usumba, are also used for comparisons. It seems that kurusha is used when th comparison has to do with a,

verb that shows activity, but if the verb is a stative kuruta is used. e.g. Paulo aririmba neza kurusha Petero - Paul sings better than Peter. Umukozi wanjye akora cyane kurusha uriya - My workman works g,
harder t h a n t ha t on e . Umugozi muremure urakomeye kuruta uwo mugufi is stronger than the short one.

The long ro~pe

K< rI'

c) Vhen the comparison is made by means of a noun the verb is kurusha.

e .g. A r u s h a Y o h an a u b wenge - h e i " ~i s er t h a n J o h n . d) Gusumba is often used in comparing height, o r l e n g t h , a n d . n o o t h e r word for "height" is necessary. You will hear it used for other compari-

sons sometimes as well. e,g. Mukuru wanjye aransumba My older brother is taller than I. Exercises: .I. Translate into English: 1. Ndasabye uruhushya kuko ndushye cyane, 2 . Ny oko a meze a t e u b u ? . N t a ko ameze. 3. Ashobora kugenda at e k o ( s i n ce ) a r waye ukuguru'? 4, I m ana
1

izafasha ite abantu banga kuyakira mu mitima. yabo? 5. Nsome nte ko

(since) ndafite igitabo? 6. Ndashaka isahane nini kuruta iyi kuko

ibiryo ari byinshi. 7 , Ngire nte, ko ndwaye cyane uyu munsi kuruta eJo? 8. Abakene bakunda Imana batanga amafaranga menshi kurusha abakire

bikunda. 9. Igiciro cy'ibishyimbo ni kinini cyane ubu kuruta umwaka. ushize. 10e Murumuna wa Yohana aramusumba.

(Lesson 108, cont.)

111-

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. How are things going in your school'? 2, Mhat shall we do since the others are not coming to help us? 3. How can I rest now for there is much work? 4. How will you (pl.) pay the workers today? You have no francs. 5 . How are y our c ows now? They were s i c k , w eren't t h e y ?
6. What is your new kraal like? Is it nicer than the other one? 7 . I

heard that your father is very ill. How is h e n o w ? He ' s no b et t er . = rain falls) every day? 8i How did they build, since it's raining ( 9. My sister (boy speaking) knows how to weave baskets (flat o nes)
better than my mother. 10 . I like (use "praise") these shoes more than those, but the price is very big.

LESSON 109 "Mh ?" H ow to Sa ~ocab~aof inzika ishavu g r u d ge , c r o s sness s a dness kurenganya, (nije) - to persecute, treat unjustly ' kugir a i s h avu - t o b e s a d kugira inzika to be cross

isabune ( 3rd s. 5t h p l . ) - soap

22 . ~

Th e re are a number of uays of saying "why?", each with its own

p arti c u l a r

Yagiye kwa muganga. Ni kuki? He went to the doctor, Mhy? Or one may say: Hari kuki? (especially for past time). Kuki may also, introduce a clause, in which case the clause following is a d ependent one. Also, the ni may then be omitted. e.g. Kuki utazanye amafaranga - Mhy didn't you bring the money? e.g. Ni iki gituma ukubita umwana: - Mhy are you beating the child? Ni iki gituma uzajya i Cyangugu? Mhy will you go to Cyahgugu.' verb because it is a dependent clause.) e.g. Ni iki gitumye ukubise umwana? - Mhy did you beat the child ( just n o w )? {Here you must u se ~ itum e.

l) Ni kui i? This is used as we use the word "Nhy?", all by itself.

uses,

main verb. e.g. Ni iki cyatumye ukubita umwana - Mhy did you beat the child? Ni iki cyatumye abigisha bajya i Cyangugu ejo? - Mhy did the teachers go to Cyangugu yesterday? 3) For the negative one commonly uses this construction with kubuza:
l ? Ni iki cyakubujije tnzkora neza'? - Nhy didn't you work wel~ li t.

What hindered you from working well'?) - tanegati v e .

e.g, Ni iki cyatumyo udakora neza? Why didn' t you work well'?

4) Another way of expressing "why?" is the prepositional form of the verb, followed by iki? - in other words, "for what?" e.g. Unyangir a i k i ? Mhy do you hate me? (lit. For what do you hate me? )
This form is chiefly used when there is a pronoun object in the verb, though not only then.

ma ~

imply disapproval of the action.

( Lesson 109, c o nt .

112

E xerci s e s r I. Translete into Englishd 1. Ni iki gituma udashaka kwemer. Yesu no kureka ibyaha byawe? 2. Ni iki cyatumye usiba cyane mu kwezi gushize. 3. Ni iki cyakub!'rjije kujya

i Kigali ejo hamwe n'abandi? 4. Numvise ko ejo wanze gukorana na Kalisa. Ni kuki? 5. Umwangira iki? Hari inabi yakugiriye? 6. Ni iki gitumye uguze ishoka kandi ufite indi? 7, Ni iki cyabujije ya nkumi kujya kuvurwa? N i u k o (it is that, or, because ) nta mafaranga ifite. 8. Ya nka, so ayikundira iki? M bona imeze nabi. 9. Ni iki cyabujije umwubatsi
kurangiza inzu ye muri uku kwezi? Iii imvura nyinshi. 10 . Ni iki

cyatumye ugirira mrrrumuna wawe inzika?

II. Translate into Kinyarwandar 1, Why didn't your father send you to school yesterday? 2 . Why did

you (pl,) throw stones (just now) into the school? 3. Why are you
angry at me? 4. Long ago Paulo persecuted those who followed Jesus. Why? 5, Why do you want to quit your work'? Because I want more

money(franc ), 6. Why won't the teacher go to reprove those boys? 7. Why do the elders persecute these two young men? They didn't steal . anything . 8 . W h y(for what ) is that woman punishing her little child? 9. Why did you (just now ) drag that big box into this room? 10. Why d.id you wait until today to tell me that news?

L LSSON 1 1 0 Review I. For the following verbs write the causative, prepositional, passive,

reflexive, recipr'ocal (or a s socia t i v e ) f or ms: l. gu k unda 3. kubona 5. ku vuga 7 . kubes h y a 2 . gukor a 4 . guf as ha 6 . kw a ng a 8 . guha II, 4uestions: 1. What is the difference between ~ku a and kuuendav

9 . gut i n y a 10. gutuma

2. What is the difference between ntuza and' naka? 3. What is the difference between reciproca1 and associative verbs'? What does ~ k a mean ' ? K u b e r a ? 5. Give i'ive expressicns using gutera, and translate them.

6. What is the word for "why?" when it does not introduce a clause? 7. How do you say "why?" when introducing an affirmative clause (other t han w ha t y o u rgve .in no. 6 ? 1) present or future, 2 recent past, 3 ) fa r p a s t . 8. Give two ways for saying "why?" in negative clauses. 9. What does -te? mean? How are its prefixes determined?
10. Write a sentence as an example of a comparison for each of the commonly used words, and translate your examples. I I I . V ocabul a r y 1, i nt o z i 2. u burakar i 3 kubera . 4. ubusa

Quis:
11. inyenzi 12, isoko 13 g usig ar a 14. imfur a 2 1. t o 2 2. t o 2 3. t o b e t i r ed hi de p e rs e c u t e

31. tear s 32. stomach

6. uzwhushya 8. inyungu
7e

5 e ku jya

15 inzika
16. 17. 18. 19.
20. ik:ir or,dwe ' kwuma inkende

icumbi

9. 1g1czz'0 10. url! wanz1

gutangara
kurema

2 4. t o t r y 34. although 2 5. gl udge 35 louse 2 6. di r t (on body) 36. t o w i p e 2 7. t o l o s e o n e' s way 3 7 r i c h e s 2 8. t o r e s t 38. mud 29. t o dr a w near 39. t o p l a n t 3 0, t o p l e a s e 40. to guard .

33.

to rebuke

113

LESSON 111 Vocabul i byago H ow to S e ~ "Bome~ T tie Coodttlooel

i hwa 5t h ) - t h o r n
t r oubles

ikimenyetso - sign

niba if

Note: Niba cannot be used for: "if" in all cases, but mainly is used for' the simple present, future,or immediate past> as, " i f y o u d o t hu s e , . " Further explanations about "if" will be found in more advanced, grammars. Niba elides before vowels in speaking, but not. in writing.

e.g. Ni b a a genda if h e g o es .
word, needed for it in Kinyarwanda. e.g. i3o you have some sweet potatoes? - Mbese ufite ibijumba? H ere n o w or d i - n ee d e d f o r " so m e " . .However> there is a word for "some," which is the stem of the word.

226.

"Some". Often when we would, say "some" in English, there is no

for "one" with a plural numeral prefix. (In 3rd and 6th class the prefix i s zi - . ) e.g. abantu bamwe - some people; ibintu bimwe - some things; inka zimwe some cows. But note there is a difference. In the first
example above "some sweet potatoes", the meaning was "any sweet potatoes," while in the later examples the meaning was "some as part of a, larger

group, This word for "some" is sometimes used. in the reduplicated form: bamwe-bamwe, or, bamwe na bamwe. It may be u.,ed either as an ad.jective or a pronoun. It often means "a few." Abantu baje? B amwe-bamwe, Have the people come'? Some (of them).
Ibitabo bimwe biri ku meza, ariko i'bind.i sinzi aho biri Some books are on the table, but I don't know where the others are. Some adverbial uses of this construction are: rimwe na rimwe - sometimes; hamwe-hamwe, or hamwe n- hamwe some places, here and there. 22 . ~ On e each

Nzabahemba abiri-abiri I will pay you two (francs) each. Nwinjire umwe-umwe - enter one by one, Nu kugura, amagi turatanga atanu-atanu - In buy~ eggs we pay f iv e ( f r a n cs ) e a c h .

t wo ea c h

etc.

228. The sim le conditional is formed by: personal prefix + a + present

stem: n-K-kunda - I would like, Observe the necessary vowel contractions: twZkunda nsIcunda mwakunda L earn t h e correct tone wakunda bakunda from an African. yakunda

a) This form is usually translated by would". Nakunda kujya i Cyangugu ejo I would like to go to Cyangugu tomorrow. Mbese washobora kumfasha? - Could you (= would be a bl e t o ) help mc?
Niba. ufite umwanya, washo'bora kuruhuka. gato - If you have time you could rest a, little, excep'I; when b) Nith vowel-stems the entire infinitive is retained, " n -a-kwi b u k a would there is an object pronoun in "he verb:

remember.
Mbese wakwemera kujyana na bo? Nould you be willing to go with them? Makwandikira inshuti yawe igiye i Buraya? Nould you write to

your friend if he goes to Europe": Mbese wabyemera? would you agree to it? c ) The negat i v e i sinakunda formed regularly: ntiyakwemera ntiyakunda

( Lesson 111, c o n t . )
E xerc i s e s i I. Translate into English: 1. Abantu bamwe baza ku bitaro bava kure cyane.

2.

Ha ri u bu t a k a b w i z a

kugira umwete? 7 , Niba ubishaka, w ashobora g u s omera a b ana u b u . 8. Mbese ntimwantegereza? Ndi kurangiza, uyu murimo. 9. Niba bakora ibyiza bashimwa n'abakuru babo. 10. Niba ushyira ibirayi byaboze mu

hamwe na hamwe; ariko si hose. 3. Mfite ibitabo bimwe-bimwe byo kugwrisha, ariko si byinshi cyane. 4. Tuzabonana rimwe na rimwe nubwo tutari hafi cyane. 5. Yesu yahaye abigishwa be ibimenyetso bimwe kugira. ngo bamenye ko ari Kristo. 6. Mbese wareka kwiga cyangwa. wakwemera

bindi byiza, byose bizabora.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda,: 1 . T h er e a r e m a n y s t o n e s h e r e . Take away some of them. 2 . Ar e t h e r e any sweet potatoes in the garden? Some, but not many. 3 . Sometimes the people of God have troubles but He helps us in everything. 4, Some thorns are in the path; take them away. 5 . Some difficulties are very bad, but'let us not fall because of them. 6 . Nouldn' t y o u ( s . ) b r i n g me some oranges? I d o n't want all of them. 7 . A l t h o u g h w e w o ul d d o

8, If I tell you (pl.) only good (things ), some people would accuse us. 9 . Nouldn' t you (s. ) all that God did for me, you would be amazed.. like to rest now? 10. If the goats should go in the garden, they.would destroy the little plants,

L ESSON 11 2 A d. ect i v e s Vocabular Ex es s e d b Verbs

kugorwa (we) to be unfortunate k wera, z e ) - t o b e w h i t e , p u r e ; guhora ( ze) - t o . cool ( i n t . ) , b e b ear f r u i t q uiet , a l w ays d o gutunga ( hze) - t o b e r i ch , (usually with g u f ungana (nye) to be narrow possess umutwaro b u r d .en, l o a d object ) kweza (jeje) to make whi$e, pure kubyibuha (shye) to b e f a .t VC,~ +> bmw
is t he term often used for holiness or purity of heart.

Note: Ukwezwa

229. Yo u have already learned some verbs ~hich take the place of adjectives in English. This is the most common way of expressing descriptive adjectives. M ost verbs which take the place of adjectives are usually

used in the stative voice (though kwera is not; nor kunebwa }.

U muntu un ebwa - a l a zy H ere ar e s o m e y o u gukonja to be gusonza, - t o b e pe rs o n . h a v e a l r e a d y l ea r n e d : cold, damp, wet h u ngry

e.g.

Nhenever Others are given in this vocabulary. You will hear many others. the English adjectives are translated this way, the verb is really a relative clause (except when used as a. predicate adjective ) , t h u s t h e - ra dr op s o u t i e.g. a strong man umugabo ukomeye umwana unezer ewe a happy ch i l d damp clothes imyenda ikonje If the adjective is in the predicate (i.e. follows verb "to be" ) , t h e regular stative is used. e.g. inzira irafunganye the path is narro~.

g ukomera - t o b e s t r o n g kunezerwa to be happy

In negative and d.ependent clauses the -ra- drops out. This form is often used to express the English participle form in -ing. A sleeping child -'umwana usinziiije.

( Lessor

1 1 2 , cont.

115 -

E xerci s e s : I . T r a n s l a t e i n t o E n g li sh : I, Mbese nturarangiza guteka ibiryo?

'3. Uyu muntu ubyibushye atunze byinshi kandi afit,eabakozi benshi. aranezerewe kuko akijijwe. 4, Biraruhije kugenda, mu nzira ifunganye.

T urasho nj e

cyane.

2 . Wa mug b o

6 . Unzan i r e a m a z i 5. Wa muntu mukuru aba. nu nzu yera; ni nziza cyane. 7. Umuntu unebwa ntiyashimwa n'abaakonje kuko nfite inyota nyinshi. 8. Ndashaka ko abigishwa bose bazaza ejo bambaye shaka. kumukoresha. 9. Bika imyenda yumye, indi ikonje uyanike. n ti w axpa u r u h u s hy a ng o n d u h uk e g a t o ?

imyenda, imeshe. (Sometimes active is used with passive meaning. 1 0, N d a n a n i w e c y a n e ,

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 2 . Th e ma n ' s 1 , D o n o br"'ng the clothes in (from sun); they are damp. ) . Go d wa nt s cows are v c r y f a t ; h o will sell them (for) many francs. 4. A str ong

that his people have pure hearts; He can make them pure. m an can c a r r y h e a v y l o a d s . 5. The path of life is very narrow, and

the path of sin is wide; but he who goes in the narrow path is very I think he is very healthy ( = str ong

happy, 6, Your child is very fat. (-tabara) the unfortuna.te. 8. We are 7. ich person ought to help = those who are grown) to come on Friday to build asking the adults ( the chool. 9. A sorrowing woman is outside; wouldn' t you go to help
her? 10 , The happy ch"ldren of God should. cause others to know what Jesus did for them.

).

LESSON . 11$
R edu l i c a t e d V ocabul a r g Verbs ikibyimba boil, abcess

kunyeganyega (ze) to shake, tremble, igufwa, (or,' igufka) - 'bone (s+'J' ] (esp. e art h , objects umuswa (sing. only ) white a n t s g ushakashaka ( t s e ) to l o o k f o r

everywhere

kubeshyabeshya (s hye) to amuse (ch i l d ) ,

d .eceive , f oo l Some verbs redouble the stem to give a, slightly 2 0 . R e d u l i ca t e d v e r b s . ~ different meaning: k ugendagenda (nze) t o t a k e a w al k k ugenda t o g o ), f o ol

' Iher e a r e o th e r stem of' the last part exist i n g) . A 11 reduplicated verbs change only the o f t h e w o r d . 'n forming the past. yagendagenze he wen t f o r a wa l k isi y nyeganyeze the earth shook yakorakoye urubaho he felt of the board

deceive (lightly gushuka to deceive g u s h ukashuka(tse)) to to touch, feel of to work guko r a k or a ( k o r a koye gukora. kuvangavanga (nze) to mix thnroughly kuvanga - t o st i r kurebareba. (bye) to look all over (in search) k ureba - t o l ook a t (no single form verbs which have only the doubled form

E xerc i s e s : ngira ngo igihe isi izanyeganyegera 1. Umuswa mwinshi wari mu nzu; 2. Ejo nimugoroba twaragendagenze, nyamara uyu c yane y e n z u i za g w a . g . Umwana ya s e t s e c y a n e k u k o b a mubeshyabe h y e . munsi imvura iratubuza. $ . Mu mwaka u s h i z e 4. Pe+ero yashakashatse ikaramu ye ariko yayihebye. cyane. 6. Impumyi yakorakoye amahari ibihe bitatu isi yanyeganyeze ( t h o s e of) ingwe. 7 . Niba ukora utyo, gufwa, maze yamenye k o a r i ay ' 8. Tw a re ba re b ye h o s e m u n z u k u g i r a n g o t u ha R u r e u zakorwa n ' i s o n i c y a n e . umuswa wose 9 . Ukwiriye kuvangavanga, rwose umuti utarawuha abarwaye.

10. Umwana yari r aga cyane, ariko ny i n a yamubeshyabeshye,' none araseka.

(Lesson 113, con t

116 -

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: ( with) b o i l s . 2 . T h e I, This man is not deceiving us; he is very sick g. Don' t try to fool me; earth shook in the night; it made me afraid. 4. I cannot. go for a walk for I know very well that you have francs. 6. Did I haven't time. 5. The boys amused the child until he laughed. Then add some flour and salt. you mix the sugar and butter well" . (hair) of the cat. 8 . Th e t h i e v e s 7. The child is feeling of the fur = that ) t o d o .

looked everywhere for the money. stop cr y i n g'?

They d.idn' t

k n o w what (

9. Your abcesses are completely healed. ( work) f o r y o u . 10, Mouldn't you (s,) amuse the baby so that he' ll

I have finished all I can do

LESSON 1 1 4 Quotations Direct and Indirect Y ocabular p umur aby o 1ightn ing inkuba. - t h u n d er

k uyoberwa (bewe) -

t o n o t k n ow , b e
i gnoran t of

miss or being, living Note: In the African thinking, inkubh is a big animal, not um~a imo sa y , "Inkubs, akubise umuntu," i n t h e s k y . They u su a l l y as w e w ould e x p e c t . This is because they think the animal did it. This little word sort of' takes the 21 . Direct quotations with -ti. ~

u rubura hail

(no pl . )

gukumbura. (ye) - to be lonesome for,

(he)

other hand., it may be the main verb, in which case it is translated" It is followed by the exact words of s aid , " o r " s a y s , " a s t h e c a s e ma y b e .

the speaker. "Co, Yavuze ati Ni mugende, n zabonana namwe (you) ej o - H e s a i d , I will see you tomorrow." m vuga nti , u vuga uti , a v u g a -ti always has the regular verb prefixes:
a ti. ,

"Come et c. 'Uti iki? Nti >gwino kumfasha Mhat did you say'? I sa,id, h elp m e . " e.g. Igicucu kiravuga, kiti The change-down rule does not affect -ti. may be: Uti iki? or just: Uti? " Mhat d i d y o u s a y ? " t he f o o l sa y s .
. .

na verbs follo~ing subject to

rules for dependent clauses. Yavuze ko adashaka abakozi benshi he said that the doesn't want many workmen.

No may introduce either a direct or an indirect quotation. b) ~

In this

use it does not require rules for dependent clauses. " Let ' s g o. " Dire ct : Y av u z e n g o T u g e n de He s a.id , said I ndi r e c t : Yavuze ngo uyu muntu ni we wishye ya nyam'aswa - He that this man is the one who killed that an.imal. L xer ci s s : I. Translate intc English: nanjye (and I ) ngume muri mwe. Yesu yaravuze ati Nl mugum t i i l u r c j y e " y. Umupastor i ya v u z e k o 2. Uti iki? Nti Cenda .uhamagare abakozi. ngwino umfa.she, 4. Impumyi yavuze iti Nataye inzira, a zaza e j o . Navuze nti Iki gitabo l.igurishwa O ngera u b i v u g e . S inz i i b y o w a v u z e . amafaranga atandatu. 6 . A b a k ur u b a t e g e t s e k o b o s e b a g omba. gukor a k u wa gatandatu. 7 , Mukuru wanjye yavuze ngo arahemba abakozi saa kumi. (you passed) mu kubazwa. 8. Umwigisha yashimye abana ati Mwatsinze neza ariko sinkizi. 1 0. Vmwubats i 9. Impumyi iti Nakorakoye cyane iki kintu, yatubwiye ko azarangiza inzu mu kwezi kwa. gatatu.

( Lesson 1 14 ,

cont. >

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: l . T h e f o o l sa y s , "There is no God." 2. Tell the people that the doctor
will come tomorrow to examine those who are sick. '3. This man says that there was much rain and thunder and lightning at his place in the n igh t . 4 . Th e r i ch m a n s a i d , "All my people must come to work tomorrow." T he whi t e m a n w ho went t o E u r o p e (Buraya) says that he is very lonesome for the Banyarwanda. 6 . Did you hear me when I said that it hailed = hail fell) near K i b uye? 7 . T h e s h epherds sa i d , " Wil d a n i m a l s killed three sheep in the night." 8. The deaf man went to the doctor a nd sa i d . , "Mouldn' ' you try to heal me?" 9. The young giris s-id that they didn't have any grudge, although their older sisters reproved them v ery st r o n g l y ( = much ). 10. The old man stood in the doorway of' his h ouse and s a i d , " Don' t e n t e r m y h o u s e . "

,LESSON 11$ Pre ositional Suffixe-

Vocabular

g uhiga z e ) - t o h u n t kubyuka (tse) to get up

(esp. f r o m bed)

i ki r ar o br i d g e (large) umugogo small bridge (poles across) zgzcucu shade, shadow

Note: T h e w o r d f o r " sh ad o w " or " hade" i" just the same s the word for "fool", but the context wi.ll' usually make it clear. 2 ~ . -ho. This suffix is used in many greetings, w hich y o u Nwaramutseho good morning (and response) H uraho? Y eg o t u r a h o . Hello. al r e ady k now.

Huriho? Yego turiho (same as muraho) Hwiriweho? good at ternoon (or evening) Huririrweho goodbye (when expecting to meet again ame day H urqramukeho goodbye (a f t e r n o o n , and. expecting to meet next day) Nurabeho - goodbye (not expecting to meet again soon

2 ~

. -ho. Apart from the greetings given above, in general one might say that -ho attached to the verb is used like the preposition ku. I t i s attached to the verb when the preposition ku governs an object pronoun in the verb, or when the thougft of ku is expressed without a noun following. e.g. Washyize igitabo ku meza? Y ee, n a g i s h y i z e h o , - Di d y o u p u t t he b ook o n t h e t ab l e ? Yes, I put it there (meaning "on it.") Y esu yadukuyeho i byaha Jesus t ook away our s i n s (from us

).

-ho attached to a passive verb governs the subject of the verb. e,g. Twakuweho ibyaha byacu Our sins have been taken away ( l i t ,

we

have been taken away from our sins),

2 . -yo. T his suffix means "there," in reference to a place previously ~ -ho is usually used for a mall place, such as on table, m ention ed . etc . chair, etc., while -yo is for a location, such as kraal, hill, town, ( pl ac e p r e v i o usly e.g. Nzasubirayo vuba I shall return there soon. m enti o n e d ) Yavuyeyo he camo r o ~ , t h e r e . used for mu, as -ho is uscd for ku, a nd u.,ua l l y governs an object, in the verb, or i s us e d w h e n n o o b j e c ' o f mu i s n a m e d . Sukamo amazi pour wa.ter into it. K uramo i f u take flour out of it. it . Ni muvemo come out o f (These examples all imply that the thing containing the water, flour, etc. is already referred to or known. One can also insert an ohject pronoun for the container: U isukemo amazi pour water into it (pail), This same form may be used with -ho. Pointing to a chair, o ne mi gh t s a y, "Uyishyireho imyenda"- put the clothes o n i t ,

2'36. -mo. T hi - suff x i

( Lesson 1 1 >, c o n t .

118

-ri mo (-ri + mo) means "contains", e .g. Isandugu irimo amafaranga the
box co n t a i n s f r anc s . These suffixes may be attached to a verb of' any tense or form and do not in any way change the form of the verb itself. For past tenses the verb has its regular past suff'ix followed by. the attached prepositional suffix. The addition of these suffixes brings the accent onto the syllable just p recedin g t h e m : 'Sukamo amazi . In speaking the -o usually clides with a following vowel, or with -ho and;-mo it changes to w before a, i, a nd e , a n d i s d r op p e d b e f o r e u , E xerc i s e s :

I. Translate into En lish: 1. Mbese wagiye mu ishyamba guhiga? Yee, nvuyeyo ubu ngubu ( just n o w 2. Nazanye ikibindi (water pot ); sukamo amazi menshi, 3. Washyize

).

n i r y i n s h i ( i t ' s h o t), ndashaka igicucu kugira ngo nicaremo. 10. Twabonye ibintu byinshi ku meza., Ubikureho byose kuko dushaka kuyategura. kugira ngo tuyarireho. II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

imyenda ku ntebe? Y e e, nayishyizeho. 4. Iwanyu ni i Kigali? M b e se uzasubirayo ryari? Si v uba kuko ikiraro cyapfuye. 5 , Yesu y aj e k u i s i kugira ngo akureho ibyaha. 6 . Mbese urashaka iyihe sandugu? N d a shaka iyo irimo amafa"enga. 7, Naka yabyutse vuba kuko uburiri bwe burimo intozi. 8 . Mbona. hari amazi hasi. Yee, nayamennyeho vuba. 9. I z uba

got caught ( wa s c aught, ) in the tree and he can't take it out, 9. Did the girls go to the valley to work t,his morning? Y es, b u t t h e y c a m e
from there at noon. 10 . Vhat do you have in your tall basket? some peas. T a k e them out and show them to me.

1. There is much wood in the fire; take some out. 2 . Tell the people who are in the school that they must come out of it. 3. I wa n t t o g o to Cyangugu, A l l right (nuko) I will send you there soon to take a letter. 4 Is the meat on the table in the kitchen? I put it there this morning. 5. Are there white potatoes in the garden? Y e s , there are. 6. Ne want to go in this path, but there are cows in it. Take them out oi it. 7. h'e have l ong benches (chairs ) i n t h e c h u r c h a n d many people sit on them. 8 . A workman was splitting wood. H is a x e

I have

LESSON 116 Ki an d Umuki VQcRbU1Rz ~ ubwoko race, nation, people, kind gusiga ( ze) to l e a v e umumara'ika (Sw.) angel gusiga (ze ) t o an o i n ' , gutera (ijwi) hejuru to shout, pain t ca11 ou t

r ub on ,

27 , Ki, meaning "what kind of"?" is an invez iable adjective which always ~ follows the noun it modifies. Also the noun loses its initial vowel. Sometimes this indicates wonder or astonishment. Iki ni gitabo ki? what sort of book is this'? Uyu ni muntu ki? what kind of' p rson is this? Ubwoko bwe ni bwoko ki? whatever k'nd of race i" his? (astonishment ) Ki is also used in greetings like this: Amaturu ki? what's the news? To whic h o n e r e p l i es : Ni meza it's good (news). 2 8, Umuki is a declinable pronoun usually preceded by ni. I t m e a n s ~ "what kind of?", in the sense of nationality, genus, e tc . How e v e r , i t

is not used much, except in expressions like the followin'g:

Ibi ni ibiki? what sort of things are these? U tu n i u d u k i ? - wbatever are these little things? Aka ni agaki'? what is this?
'

( Lesson 1 16 ,

cont ,)

The prefixes of this word are '.hose of the nouns: umuki ur111.1 ki inki abaki

imiki
ink i

igiki
iriki

ibik i
amaki

uruki agak 1 ubuki ugrrki

inki

uduki
alrla.k i amak i

2 9, There is also: ni iki":, meaning "what'?" showing absolute ignorance ~ of the nature of the thing. I:ow note these three forms given in this lc s s on: Swahili ni rurimi ki? what kind of language is Swahili? Swahili ni iki? what is Swahili? (people, language, thing ) Ibi ni ibiki? whatever are these? E xerc i s e s : I. Translate into English: 1. Yibese ni muhungu ki ukunda. kurwana imi.nsi .yose? 2, Ubwoko bwo muri iki gihugu ni 'owoko ki? 3. Uzatora gitabo ki muri ibyo byinshi? 4. Ni muntu ki utegel'a atyo? $. Za. nyamaswa mwahize ni nyamaswa ki'? 6. Umuti wasize ku mwana. ni muti ki? 7 . Ywavuze ko naka afite iradiyo.

I'rbese iradiyo ni iki? 8. Cya gihugu mwavuyemo ni gihugu ki? 9 . I b i r y o babateguriye ni biryo ki? 10. Uwanditse urwo rwandiko ni mur.tu ki?
11. Ibyo bintu ni ibiki? II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. You have many books. What kind are they? 2 . Did you hear what this n sa,id? Wha.t sort of man is he? 3. What is "umumaraika?" 4. What sort of flowers are those? 5 , What. kind of dish is t,hat from which you t,ook out, food? 6, What kind of clot,hes did you leave at, home? 7. I saw the doctor rubbing medicine on that, man. What kind of illness does he have? 8 . What are pincher ants? W e don't have any in our c ount r y . 9. What kind. of nails does the fundi want me to bring? ( zz t hat I b ri n g). 10. Whatever kind. of a hat is that'? Wi here d i d y o u g e t

i t ( = take it from)?

LESSQN 117 Ka Tense V cca:bular y

~ g ahaga g utinp~ a

z ei to eat a lot, te
satisfied

(tse) to da r e , b e
f ea=l e s s

kwifuza (je) tc covet, want very much

gukinga ( nze) - t o c l o s e (door) g uking ur a (ye) to open ( door ) kubiba ( bye) to p l a n t (small seed.s)

240. a ) The -ka- t,ense is usually used for the purpose of' connecting verbs
when the action between is very close, in fact, the second action is a rr;. tural result of the firs' one. I t is subject to the change-down rule.

'. is primarily used f'or aseries of habitual happenings in past and

t a erie- of' con<litionals; and in a series in a. dependent p esenl,; ir'i ' clause, except wher th e re is subjunctive o: narrative tenses ( see le s o n s 12) and 124 ) . For t h e ne g a t i v e wh e r e a - ka would b e e x p e c t .ed , u se t h e n ega" i; e subjun c t i . =, Also , -I'.a- may he used in a series of f'uture hotppenings , b y p u t . t . i n g - z a - a f t e r i t, . O .g . Bak wi r i y e k ug e n da ba k a z a hembwa

r<tera imbuto zikamera, zif'akura, zikera imbut.o he plant". the seeds and they sprout and grow and bear fruit. b) A -ka- verb alway i mplies the tense of' the verb preceding it. -The fir t verb of the sentence or account sets the tense and mood for. the -kaverbs following. -ka- may be translat.ed "end", or may not, be translated.

(Lesson 117, c ont . )

E xerc i s e s :

120

I. Translate into English;

(dome or these sentence- are taken from Scrtpttne, but ttav been ada p t e d t o t h e o cabul ar y y o u h a v e s t u d i e d .

akavufata akawuhisha mu ngero (measures (is like leaven); umugore ) eshat u z ' i f u . 3, Herode yafashe Yohana, akamuboha akamushyira mu nzu y' imbohe (prisoners 4t Dawidi yinjiye mtu nzu y'Imana, akarya imitsima ikwiriye kuribwa n'abatambyi ( pri e s t s ) basa, akayiha n'abandi bari kumwe na we. Abandi n' bo bumva ijambo ry'Imana bakaryemera bakera (with) imbuto nyinshi.

1. Umuntu abiba imbuto, zimwe zikagwa mu nzira., inyoni zikaza zikazirya. 2. Ubwami bwo mu i juru busa n'umusemburo

),

6. Ijwi rivugira mu i juru riti iNi wowe ( you a r e ) m w ana wanjy e n k u n d a , nkakwishimira, 7 , I z o m u n z i r a . , heard ), uwo mwanya Sa t an i a J :aza., abo n i b o b a m ar a k v u mva ( when t h e y h a v e agakuramo iryo jambo ryabibwe muri bo. B. Aho yajyaga hose, ba.shyiraga abarwaye mu nzira bakamwinginga, ngo a bemerer e g u k o r a k u m w enda we g u s a , . a b a v u k o z eh o b o s e b a g a k i r a . 9. Dushaka ko mutinyuka kuvuge. Ijambo ry'Imana, imbere y'abantu mukababvira ko bakwiriye kvihana mukabigisha inzira y'agakiza, kubimenyesha abandi kugir-

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

mbif'uriza (prep, f o r m 1 0. I c y o ) ni uko muhaga. mu by'Imana, maze mugatinyuka ngo na. bo (they too ) bahage.

l. A man planted seeds and he went and slept and in the morning he got up and l o oked a,t hi s g a r d en. 2. The people began to come and they
3. I want you all to hear me ( = that y o u h ear) and do what I s a y . , Yo u k now t ha t t ho s e who rule tell people to work and they vant to 0 be obeyed (obey = kwumvira 5. I remember your tears nd I am lonesome to see you and I want to talk with you (namwe ) . 6. In times to come ( = that will come will throw away their f'aith and vill put their hearts on things ) peoplc of earth nd they vill go astray. 7. Yiy friend wrote me a letter told me his news and asked. me to write to him, and brought the sick and asked Jesus to heal them.

),

LESSON

118

201. Ad v e rbs o f' manner: cyane - v e r y , much

vuba soon, gusa, - o n l y s lowl y ,

Some Adverbs T he - r a c a - Te n s e Vocabulary is included in the grammar. of giving you some o t he c ommon adver b s .This lesson is for the purpose You already know many of' them n eza - w e ll , nicely ubusa, - i n v a i n n abi b a d l y r wose - a l t og e t h e r , completely, v ery m u ch

t.

recently, quickly

slightly, so-so Note: ubusa. (derived f r o m ~asa ), besides meaning "in vain" or " n o t h i n g " , can also mean empty or naked. igikombe kir'mo ubus the cu p i s empty (contains nothing umwanta agenda. yambaye ubusa the child is naked, goes naked ) 2Jr2. Ad v e r b s o f ' n l a c e ; hepfo be l o w , lo we r d ow n h Jur u - uJ) t abo' v"e t 0 1 r o D h arugur u h i g h e r u, , i nner r o o m hagati - in the middlc, m idst o f h afi - n ea r k ure f a r hino - on this side (of r i v er ,

buhoro (or, b uhoro- buhoro ) gentl y ,

v all ey , r o a d) (if near) hirya. - on that side, far side of something,but this "ide of river ino - h er e (this place or district ahandi cl s ewhere

on t h i s s ide o . ri v e r, v al l e y road h takurya - o n t h e o t h e r s i d o] r i ve r , v al l e y , road imbere in front of, in idc of' i nyuma behi n d , o uts i d e o f ' hanze - o uts i d e (of' hnuse ), out d o o r s aha, h a n o h e r e ( thi s v er y s p o t ) h ariy a - o ver t h e r e

hakuno -

( Lesson 118, c o n t .

121

Note 1: Be c areful in using ishere srd ~ in uma. Th ey are often used dusp the opposite oi the way we expect. F or example, in the number 124, we would say that the num'oer 4 is behind, or after, 2, but an African would say that it is imbere. >Ihat we consider thefront of a house the Africans often call ~in as,. In placing things on a shelf, we would say that the

things at the back are behind the others.

i.mbere because they are further inside. t wo word s c o r r e c tl y . Note 2:

Africans would say they are

Learn from them how to use these , in c lusive, must

Al l the words in par. 242 from~ he fo to i n~a

b e fol l o wed by ~ a (or in ca,se of a pronoun, by the possessive with the g p refi x ) if an object follows.
e,g, I m bere y'umuhungu in front of the boy inyuma ye behind him

24 , ~

-r a

a- tense.

Th is is inserted between the personal prefix and

the present stem or with statives the past stem), and it means "still". In 'the negative it is "no longer". The dependent form has the meaning o f "whi l e " with no introductory conjunction necessary. Here is the c onjugati o n :
n dacyakor a , I am still working turacyakora we are still working uracyakora you are still working muracyakora you are still working a racyak o r a . he is still working b aracyak or a t h e y "

This is also used with the verb -ri, e.g. Mariya aracyari hano Mary is still here In the negative and in dependent clauses the -~ r ac a -

(this is subject to the change-down rule

).

ch an g e s t o - k i -

Paulo ntakiza kwigishwa - Paul no longer (does not still ) comes to l e a r n . Ntacyiga (ki before a vowel becomes ~c) he no l o n ger l e a r n s .
Dependent: Agihinga avugana n' abandi - 'while he's hoeing, he talks with o ther s . E xerc i s e s : 1. Inzu yawe iri he? Iri hakurya y'uruzi. 2. Mbese ibitabo biri mu

isandugu? Oya, isandugu irimo ubusa. 3. Yesu yaraj e ahagarara h agati y'abigishwa be. 4. Imirima iri hepfo y'aho; iri hafi y'akabande. 5. Hari. abantu benshi cyane hariya imbere y'urusengero. 6. Kera
inyamaswa zanteye ubwo'oa, n'ubu ziracyabuntera.

ra. Yesu kandi ndashaka kumukurikira imyaka yanjye yose.

aracyihisha'? 8. Abakozi bakibumba amadafari bararirimba. 9. Mariya. ntacyambara wa, mwenda we mushya. Uri he? Maracitse, 10. Ndacyakuriki-

7 , Mbese wa. mujur a

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. The birds are above the t ees. 2. There are five men behind me. 3, Th e b r i c k s ar e o n t h e gr o u n d n e a r t h e h o u s e . 4 . T h e r i c h m a n ' s kraal is on this side of the valley. 5 , E v e r y w h er e t h e p e o p l e a r e 6. Gahungu is still asking us for work, although we told him many times t hat w e h a v e n o n e . 7. Ld'e no longer covet the things of earth because we have been saved. 8 . Is that blind man still here? No , he is no longer. here, he went to Burundi. 9. The fundis are still building that new school on the other s ide of the river. 1 0. I a m n o l on g e r a child, I have gzown up and I don' t learn in school any more (no longer)
g g
wg d s dt

planting seeds now because the rains (use si n g. )

ar e b e g i n n in g .

tt

LESSON 119 More A dverb s 2 44. A d v e r b s o f t i m e : n one - n o w ( in s ense of

t o d ay ) ubu - now ubu nyine, u bu ngubu r i g h t n o w

potg~kg.

k enshi o f t e n kangahe'? how often? how many times? rimwe na rimwe sometimes

( Lesson 119, c o nt .

IZZ

maze, re r o t h e n , after that iminsi yose - always ubwo nyine at that very t,ime k are ea r l y ubundi at some other time kera long ago, fa" in the future e jo yesterday, tomorrow b ukeye, b u k ey e b w ' a h o - t h e n e x t d a y ejobundi day before yesterday, m bere bef o r e (as to time day after tomorrow nyuma after ( as t o t i m e ) aho when, where ( as conj . ) , t h e r e

Note: m b er e

and ~ n

must be followed by ~a, Nyuma y' ibyo after those things. 24 , Miscellaneous adverbs: ~ iburyo - at the right hamwe together', in unison, a t t h e
ibumoso at the lef't i r uhande b e s i d e , a t t h e s i d e s imuhira at home a hari , y e n d a , wenda perhaps nuko t h u s , t h er e f o r e , so s ame pl a c e kumwe together with ( ref er r i n g

w hen pr e c e d ing

an d go v e r n i n g a nou n o r p r o n o u n

people; followed by na

n uko rero -

so t hen

n ka l i k e , approximately, by'uk u r i , mu by'ukuri truly, r eal l y

) about

to

Note: The first three ~ords here are always f'ollowed by the possessive, if anything follows which is governed by that word. e.g. iburyo bwe - at his right side iruhande rw'inzira beside the path Exercises: I. Translate into Er@lish:
1, Stefano yabonye mu ijuru abona Umwami Yesu iburyo bw'Imana. 2, Nasize ibitabo 'byanjye byose imuhira. 3. Imana iri iruhande rwacu iminsi yose. 4 . Mbese ushobora kwandikisha ukuboko kw'ibumoso'? 5. Abagabo batangiye gukora; maze bamwe batangira kureka akazi no kunebwa. 6. Umwana wicaye iburyo bwawe ni nde? 7. Mukur u wawe a r a c y a r i i muhir a ' ? Oya., yagiye i Kigali gushaka akazi. 8. Umumarayika. yari

kumwe na Petero igihe bamushyiraga mu ibohero (p ison). 9, Ibyo twasaruye mbere biruta ibyo dusarura uyu munsi. 10. Mbese abana banyu baracyari k u mwe na se wabo? II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:
1. Go to take that letter right now. 2 . P e r h ap s w e s h a l l s ee o u r friends tomorrow. 3. One day the boys learned well, but the next day s ome were a b s e n t ,. 4. There were two animals beside the path. 5 , Af ' t e r these things, the man tried to hide; then some children saw him. 6. I always like to sit near the teacher so that I hear everything he says.

planted the seed and some fell beside the. path and. the birds ate them.

7. Sometimes we are tempted to doubt God's Word, but ~esus enables us ( causes us t o b e a b l e) to defeat Satan. 8. The sower (umubibyi

9. Often the children like t,o play ( prep, f o r m ) together beside the school. While they are playing they chat. 10. The baby is still sleeping in the bed which is at the right of his mother,'sbed. Don't
w aken hi m .

to s e nd , t a k e g " e e t ings gusobanur a (ye) t o expl a i n , umupastori pastor i nt e r p r e t Note: ~t a s h ~a is usually used like this: Ndabatashya I greet you. Or, Untahirize abandi greet the others for me. 246. There are nouns formed ho pregixing ~ umun a to a noun g-iving a charac teristic of a person. You have already seen this in the word:

V ocabularv umusabiri i beggar intege strength int ege nk e w eakness

L ESSON 1 2 0 Miscellaneous Ex ressions

gutashya (hije)

( Lesson 120, cont .

123 s c hool). Observe tha,t sometimes a and i contract to e. u munyabwenge a w i s e p e r s o n u munyantege nk e a w ea k p e r s o n

u munyabyaha - s i n n er . Here are a few others: umunyeshuri pupil (person of

Note in the last example that an adjective may follow the noun agreeing with it, though the word as a whole is first class. e.g, abanyantege nke bamwe some weak people This same construction may be used with ikin a- , referring to a thing:

ikinyabwoya - a hairy caterpillar lit. a. hairy thing ikinyantege nke - a weak thing

247. A noun may be used to describe another noun by using the possessive
particle between the two. This is one more way of' expressing our English a dje c t i v e s , umusabirizi w'impumyi - a blind beggar umwana w'umuhungu a b o y b a ,by 248. Suf'fix -~nine, v ery o n e . Th is means "itself"' or "alone" or "the same," " t h e

e.g, Nabikoze jyenyine - I did it alone (by myself Ni icyo gitabo nyine - that's the very book.

This may be attached to any pronoun: wenyine - you, or he, alone b o n yine they themselves twenyine we ourselves, alone mwenyine; you yourselves
Also, with pronouns of other classes:

ryonyine: I jambo ry'Imana ryonyine - the Word of God itself. cya giti cfonyine that very tree
Another similar expression is: aha ngaha - r i g h t h er e u bu ngubu r i g h t n o w ibi ngibi - these very ones. u b wawe,

24 . ~

Ther e i s ai so t h e f or m ~ ubwan' e, meaning "myselt" (and:

u bwe, ubwabo, ubwayo, et c . ), But note the difference: Nabikoze ubwanjye I did it myself' (it was my idea) Nabikoze jyenyine I did it myself'(no one helped me

E xerc i s e s : 1. Nkumbuye cyane abantu b'i wanyu; ubantahirize cyane mu Mwami wacu.

2, Uzi kudoda neza. Vadoze iyi myenda wenyine? g. Imana yonyine

ishobora gukiza abantu no kubaha ubugingo. 4 . Ukwiriye gutonora bya b inyobwa by os e weny i n e . 5. Ubwanjye sinzi neza kuvuga, ururimi rwanyu; undi akwiriye kunsobanurira, 6. Uriya muntu ni umunyanzika cyane.

Tumukunde tugerageze kumu asha, guhinduka ukundi. (While ukundi has the idea of "differently" in this expression, no English word. is needed for it.) 7. Mu mujyi nabonye umwana w'umusabirizi. Nifuje kumufasha kugira ngo ajye mu ishuri kwiga. 8. Icyo giseke cyonyine ni icyo mama yaboshye.
9, Umupastori wacu ni umunyamwete mwinshi. Amaze imyaka myinshi mu mirimo ye, ariko aracyakora cyane. 10. Abo bana b'impunzi bahinze aho hantu h o s e u b wabo. II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

1 . The pupi l s (use construction in paw. 246 ) will come back to school dav after tomorrow. 2. The Word of Cod itself has power to speak in the nearts of people. 3. Some wise men went to visit ( i . e'. l o o k a t ) the baby Jesus. 4. The teacher's wif'e gave birth to a baby girl. 5. I will greet our people for you (pl.). 6. A mercif'ul person (use form in 246 ) i s k i n d ( = does n i c e l y ) t o o t h e r s . 7. Did y o u c a t c h t h e leopard in a trap by yourself? 8, Lying and stealing are shameful habits ( use form i n 2 4 7). 9, Medicine is a valuable thing ( = thing of value because it heals sicknesses of many kinds ( uburyo) . 1 0 . T hi s v ery b r i d ge is the one that broke ( = di e d ) the time we went to Kibuye.

12L> LESSON 121

Nore Miscellaneous Ex res ions Vocabular ~ g usa to be l i k e (no past ) kwumvira (ye) to obey kwumviriza (je) to listen to (as eavesdr op)

gut ega ( z e ) amatwi to listen

kwuzura ( ye) t,o be f u l l kwuzuza, (ujuje ) t o f i l l ( t r . )

Note: kwuzura is usually used in the stative: igikombe kiruzuye - the cu p . cup is full, or, igikombe cyuzuye a, f u l l Remember that verbs whose stems begin with u may omit the w i n t h e infinitive: kuzura, kumvira., etc.

2 O. Na (and, vith, by, also) and nka (like) join with the personal ~ pronouns like this: nanjye and I nawe and you

(s,)
she

nka.njye like me n kave lik e you ( s .

n a. we and he , n atwe and we

nka. we like him, her n ka,twe l i k e u s

namwe - and you (pl.) n a bo - an d t h e y

nkKmwe like you (pl.)

nka bo like them

Note: ~nan ' e c ou l d b e " a n d m e " a s 'well a s " and. l " d e p e n d i n d o n i t s u se " wit h m e " , in the sent,ence, and likewise the others. Also, it could be:

"by me",

"I also." Observe that in the grd person both singular and

plural it is written as twq words and the a is short. e.g. Ndash~ka kubikora nanjye I want to do it too. Yabikoze na. ve - he did it too.

Other examples:
Bazajyana natwe - they will go vith us. Ameze nkanjye he is like me. Ubikore nawe you do it, too. This form is used with the pronouns of other classes a s

well :

Zana, icyo gitabo na, cyo bring that book, too. Another way to say the same thing is: Z ana, n'icyo g i t a b o .
2 1. G u s a , , "to be like", is always followed by na, ~ other verb, but it has no past forms. It is used like any

) 1&~.e his f a t h e r . e.g, Umwana asa na, se the child is (or, looks Notice the difference between nka and ~ usa. ) hi s f a t h e r . Uyu mwana asa na se - this child is like (looks like
Zana. isah~e nk'iyi bring a dish like this one. Ma muhungu akora. nk'umugabo that boy works like a man,

Perhaps it could be expla.ined this way:

when "like" is used with the

verb "to be" the verb ~s a is used; when "like" refers to appearance, but the verb "to be" is not used., the word nka is used; when the similarity has to do with aotion the word nka is used. 'The word kumera followed

by nka is used, when the similarity is in character, nature, habits.

e.g. Umwana. ameze nka se the child is like his father

(in

c hara.cter, h ab i t s ) .

E xerc i s e s : Transla.te into English: l. Uzuza igikombe ama,ta. uyahe uyu mwana. 2. Nutege amatwi neza kuko mfite ikintu cyiza, cyo kubabwira. 3. Yesu yabwiye Abafarisayo ko bameze n ka s e S a t a n i . 4 . U n s h a k i r e u n d i m u h u ngu u z a k or a n k ' u y u . 5 . Ay o m a f a ranga, ko (since) ushaka ko tuyakujyanira, m bese nt a y o u d u h a n a t w e ? 6. Hazaza, undi. mupastori uzafashanya ranjye mu mirimo y'Imana. 7 . I g i h u g u cyanyu ntigisa n' igihugu cyacu kuko ino hari imisozi myinshi n'ibitoke byinshi. 8, Nbese ntiwanshakira indi mbugita nk'iyi? 9 . N i b a n d e ba.shaka gukinira hamwe natwe? 10, Ndangije kwuzuza. igikombe. Mbese n uzuze n ' i n d o b o ?

( Lesson 1 21 ,

cont. )

125-

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: 1. I have seen no c thers who obey their teachers like you ( pl .) . 2 . T h e hole is full of water. 3. Bring. two other books like thi:s one. . I know this child because she looks (is) like her mother. 5. Mill you go w' th us to the market? 6. The pa s t o r i s a n h on o r a b l e p e r s o n ( use f or m
" '

H im.

), Me ought to listen to him. 7. Me are r e ady rc have ( p =epared o u r s e l v e s , s tat i v e ) t o b e gi n our j o u r n ey . B ring your s l e e p i ng m ats an d y o u r f oo d (for t h e j o u r n ey ) t oo . 8 . Rr e y o u (pl.) afraid to walk in the darP too? T here' s n o t h i n g b a d t he r e . 9 . J e su s wa s a l w a y s kind (did nicely) to people. Let's try to do like Him, a nd t o o b e y 1 0 . Y o u (pl.) have been patient (for) many hours. Are you tired?

in par. 246

I'm tired, too,

LESSON 12 2 S ummar o f Te n s e s

kuvuna~nnye ) to b r e a k (tr.) kuvunika ( tse) - t o b r e a k ( int , ) kunanirwa (niwe) to be tired.,

unable to do something

umubare number Note 1: k unanirwa. is usually used in the stative, and very often means

gutwika ( tse) - t o b urn up ( t r , gusiba ( bye) to er a s e guhumeka ( tse) t o b r e a t h e

p hysical wear i n e ss.

to solve a problem and is unable, so he says, "Ndananiwe"

It is also used like this: a person has been t r y i n g

I'v e t r i ed

etc., while kumena is used for "to break" o ther t h i n g s . However, while in English we would say, "I br'oke my arm," in Kinyarwanda the transitive is not used unless it was done intentionally. One would. say, "Navunitse ukuboko.". Observe that it is not: u kuboko kwavuni t s e . People often say this when the bone is not actually broken, but it is

defeated me, (Usually the 2 n's are not written, but it is done here to show you t h e 1 s t p e r s . s ing. a s o b j e c t . ) gote 2: kuvuna and kuvunika are used oi' breaking a slender thing, such a s a s t i c k, bo n e ,

j ust a
2. ~
Jd

sprain.
of im erative forms. Some of these you have not

FIere is asummar

b een taught b e f o r e ,

so you need to learn them.

Immediate present, Affirmative:

N egat i v e F utur e t oday, Affirmative: N egat i v e Affirmative: N egati v e : or, "never" imperative: insert -ka-

i n ul a r S~ genda w igenda,~ ~ ~
ugende wekugenda or, ntugende uzagende wekuzagenda nt u z a g e n de

Plural nimugende ~ m w 7genda, ~~' ~

mugende mwekugenda nti mugende muzagende mwekuzagenda nti muzagende l i e.

Far f u t u r e ,

Ntukabeshye never

p assl v e prepositional c a.usati v e r efl e x i v e r ec i p r o c a l prep , s u f f i x

-bonwa. -bonera -bonesha -ibona -bonana -bonayo

to be s een to s e e a t , f or t o c a us e t o s e e t o see o n esel f to se e e a c h o t h e r

t o see t h er e

(also, -bonaho, -mo )

( Les ,o n 1 2 2 , c o n t . ')

126

C. Here is a summary of all the tenses you have studied, w ith t h e v e r b s g i ve n i n t h e 3 r d pe r s o n singu3ax. -HA- PHESENT PHEF'IXLESS PR. Re ~ lar v er b z a~ e nd a adenda nt en d a nt SUBJUNCTIVE ende en d e -ZA- F'UTURE az enda

N e a.t i v e ~ V owel- s t e m v e r b Ne .

n ta e n da arereka

ntazaaenda azereka n t a z er e k a

ereka. nti e r e k a

ereke n ti e r e ke

v o w e l - s t e m n tiverek

Re

l ar

v er b nt

a 1 e

ara i i ve nti

e i e nti

e nd . a e nd a a

N e at i v e V owel- s t e m v e r b

i e

nti

a rer e t s e

e ret s e n ti e r e ts e

a rer e t s e nti eretee - RA C YAa rac a enda

e rek

Ne . vowel-stem nt i eretse -KA- TENSE Re la r ver b ak a. end. a .

n t i ereka ~ a

NOT-YET TENSE

CONDITIONAL
enda n t i ~ enda ak wer e ka n t i a k wer e k a ,

N e a.ti v e Vowel- s t e m ve r b Ne . vowel- s t em a ker ek a

n tar

end a .

ntaki enda ara e r ek a er e k a

ntar e r e k a.

ntac

E xer ci s e s : I. Translate into English: 1. Nasibye.amazina y'abanyeshuri bamwe kuko bataje iminsi yose. 2. Nfite inyota cyane, unzanire amazi akonje, 3. Dutwitse izo mpapuro ubu ngubu.

yanditswe n'umwana mu gitabo? 7. Sinakingura urugi rw'inzu yawe (insert "if") utabimbwiye. 8.Igihe muzasubirira iwanyu, muzantahirize inshuti z a n yu . 9, Umwana yorohewe, ntakiruka kandi ntagikorora. 10. Nugomba gushaka abakozi benshi mukajyana na bo mugatwika umusozi. 11. Ik'ekuvuna icyo giti. D u shaka kugikoresha mu murima. II. 'I?anslate into Kinyarwanda.:

Uyu mwana ararwaye cyane; ananiwe guhumeka. 5, Jyana uyu mugabo mu bitaro vuba kuko yavunitse ukuboko. 6. Jlbese nturasiba ayo magambo

You must write them again. 7. The children are beating the dog with a s t i c k . Tak e t h e stick and b-eak it. 8. Vh o . d i d n ' t u se a cu p t o drin k w i t h ? 9. Before you fill these pails wash them well with soa.p. 10. Wouldn't you try to take the children o n th e n a r r o w p a t h ? 1 1. D o n ' t

1. Thi s woman's husband di ed (long ago), 2, Just now we drank lots of water because we were very thirsty. 3. I am defeated in working work ) these humbers. Help me. 4. This morning the men will burn (to all the grass on the hill. 5. Yesterday two people came to the dispensary w ho had broken t h ei r l e g s . 6. Vhy are you erasing all those words?

burn t h ose papers ( right

now ) because I want them.

V o abul a r

LESSOiN 123 The Narr a t i v e T e n s e s

du imbuka (taej t o j u mp gucukura. ( ye)-t o d i g a h o l e

ubukwe -

wedding

2 . Th e na rrative is not a new tense, but another use of tenses already ~ learned. A s the name indicates it is used in recounting something which

has happened.

It may be a long story or just a sentence or two. T he t w o main tenses used in a narration are the -ra- present and the prefixless

Qi (Lesson 123, cont.

127-

present, even though the time is past. Oftenit the first verb inpresent the narration will be pest, indicating the time, then continues with f or m v e r b s . Here is an important rule to remember: In the narrative a main verb is in the -ra- Dresent tense if nothin follows within that main clause except c ane or ati or othez. forms of -ti else follows h e r ef i x l e s s r esent i s u s e d . It is not necessary to use a, word for "and" in most cases in the narrative. Before clause. ~n o, o r ko t h e -ra- present is used since these words introduce another an infinitive the prefixless present, is used, B efor e

e.g, Umugabo yabonye ingwe aratinya arahunga; agera mu nzu arihishaThe man saw a leopard and he wa,s afraid and fled; he azwived in t he h o us e a n d h i d . A s you read in the Gospels you will ebserve the use of the narrative t hr ougho ut . T ry e a d i n g Hark 1 : 9 , 1 1 , a nd o t h e r p a s s a g e s . x eroi s e s : l. Translate into English:

Adamu yari afite (he had ) abana babiri; amazina yabo yari Kayini Umunsi umwe bazanira Imana ibitambo ( sacri f i c e s ) . A b e l i ntiyaburaga guJFura igitambo mu ntama ze, ati Imana igitambo kidafite amaraso. Nta kintu gikura ikibi mu mutimantiyemera. w'umuntu keretse (except) am araso, Ariko Kayini, mukuru we, ntiyazanaga ikintu gifite amaraso, ariko azana. ibivuye mu mirima ye gusa, arabitanga. n e~ t i v es , see next l e s s on, (For
n a Abel i . II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: Then God accepted Abel, but he refused the other.

God called him, saying, " Vhere i s y o u r C ain s a i d , " Do I k n o w ? Do I watch him?" Then God punished him and cursed (kuvuma ) him. I tell you that, the blood of Jesus is
b rot h e r ? " that which washes the hearts of people,

angry and he killed Abel.

T hen Cai n w a s

III, Translate into English: H iark I : 9 V ll , 1 3 ; 2 : 1 3 ; 3 : 13 ,

Vocabul ~

LESSON 12LI. Narrative Continued

kwishyura {ye) - t o p a y a d e bt gusana. (nnye) - t o m e nd, r e p a ir (esp. woven t hi ngs u mugaragu - s e r v a n t {male) umuja - s e r v ant (female

2'4. Other tenses in the namative: ~1 M o s t ~de endent olauses sithin the narrative use the preftxless past {that is: personal prefix + verb stem with past suffix ) :this e.g . tense ~ i e, ugiye , ~ a i e , etc . Vhen reading narrative and you see you will know it is a dependent clause. If there is no othe.". introductory word, ' t is very often translated "when",
e.g. A v u y e m u r u s e n g er o a r a g e nda. ashaka Xo hana a v u g a na n a

guhimbaza ( je) t o p r a i s e gusubiza (je) to answer (as guestion, letter) , r e t ur n ( t r , ) (as borrowed object

o r as a

p a r t i c i p l e : " go i n g . "

came (or,

talked with him,

we Vhen he c o ming ) f r o m t h e c hurch h e w en t a n d f o u n d J ohn and

statement, e.g. Abantu baraza baramubaza, bati Uzajya i Xerusalemu? A rabasubi z a a ti O y a , s i n j y a y o u b u . The people came and asked him, " Vil l y ou g o t o J e r u s a l e m ?" He answered them, "No, I am not going there now."

(Lesson 1 20 ,

c on t . j

128 -

3) Sometimes within the narrative there is a. statement that refers to a characteristic of' a person or a.habitual action or attitude that is not really a part of the events, only telling something about a persont This verb then takes the ordinary past prefix but the present stem + - ~a s It w i ll have a ra -i-n it also if' nothing follo - it. in e.g. ~ aknnd a . the clause except ~cane or ati. e.g. Xera hari umugabo ufite abahungu babiri. U mwe yakundaga gukora, undi akanebwa. Se arabahamagara, arababwira, ati Ni mugende mukore mu mur ima. Long ago t h e r e w a s a m a n wh o ha d t w o s o n s , One liked to work and the other was lazy. T heir father called them and told them, "Go to work in the garden." You will observe that here "to like to work" and. " t o b e l a z y " a r e c h a r a c ter tra,its, not a part of' the series of' actions, thus they have the tenses y ou se e a b o v e . The ne ative in the narrative, whether anything follows or not., is: 4) ~

prefix + present stem + -~a. 5) There is,a tendency to avoid using the word nta in the narrative, so you will find expressions like this: Ntih ir a umuntu ubimen a, no one knew i t (lit. there was not a person who knew it , instead of:
-

n ta, muntu abimen

a.

There are other tenses used within the narrative sometimes, but these a re t h e o n e s y o u n e e d t o k n o w n o w . E xerc i s e s : I. Translate into English: Bamaze kubohesha Yohana, Yesu ajya i Galilaya, avuga Ubutumwa Bwiza bw'Imana, ati Igihe kirasohoye ( arr i v e d ), ubwami bw'Imana buri hafi; mwihane mwemere Ubutumwa Bwiza. A c i ye i ruhande rw'inyanja y'i Gali-

laya, abona Simoni na Andereya mwene (son of) se baterera urushundura, (net) mu nyanja, kuko bari abarobyi (fishermen). Y esu ar a b a bwir a a t i
Nimunkurikire, nzabagira, abarobyi b'abantu. U wo mwanya ba s i g a i n s h u ndura , 'baramukurikira. Agiye imbere hato abona Yakobo mwene Zebedayo na Yohana. mwene se, na bo bari mu bwato basana inshundura, Uwo mwanya arabahamagara, basiga se Zebedayo mu bwato hamwe n'abakozi be, baramukurikira. M ar iko 1>1LI-18. II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: Long ago a woman named Hannah gave birth to a son and she named him Samuel, W hen three vears were finished she took him to the church in order that he might work for God. E v ery year she went to see him and him. S a muel thought that Eli called him, H e ran and said, " Did y o u canl me?" E l i sa i d , "No, I didn't call you, go back to bed." A fter three times Eli understood that God was calling Samuel. H e told Samuel that he ought to answer, "Yes, Lord, your servant hears." God called again and Samuel answered. Then God showed. him the punishment he was g cing t o s e n d ( j u s t u s e . u + u r e o 1 . "send", nothing for "going to") on tne sons of Eli.

gave him clothes. After (hashize ) a few years, one night God called

129

LESSON 125
Heview I, Questions: 1. How is the word for "some" formed? 2, What part of speech in Kinyarwanda is often used to express )? descriptive adjectives (other than adjectives How is the past of reduplicated verbs formed? 4. Nha.t word usually introduces a direct quotation? 5. Nhat words may introduce an indirect auotation? 6. Give three common prepositional suffixes attached to verbs and give an example of each. Translate your examples. 7. Nhat is the difference between ki and umuki? 8. Nhat is the -ka- tense used for? ic m a , et c .

9. What must always fcllcw adverbs such as hai'i, ~ if they have an object?
e

10. Explain the difference between ~sa and nka 11. Nhat are the two main tenses used in narrative and what determines which tense a verb will be? clause or other dependent clause 1 2. How ca n y o u r e c o g n i z e a " w h e n " within the narrative? 13, Nhat determines the tense used in a direct quotation within the n arr a t i v e ? 14. Nhat tense or form is used in the narrative to express habitual

p ast pac t i o n ? Illustrate. 15. How is the negative of the narrative formed? II. Translate into English:
mwiza kandi yari umunyamwete. Yari afite umuhungu w'umusore witwaga Umunsi umwe Sauli ajya Yonatani, yasaga na se akagira umutima nk'uwe; Samweli aramuhamagara amuha icyuba.hiro. mu mujyi Samweli yarimo; Bukeye bari bonyine amusxga amavuta mu mutwe; aravuga ati Ubu Uwiteka u zabaki z a Imana. ibwira Samweli ngo asige Sauli abe umwami, iti Azakiza Sauli abantu ya ri

banjye, k uk o nabonye ibyago byabo, n umvise u gusenga k w ab o .

(the Lcrd the Eternal) aragusIze; uzaba umwami w'abantu be, Umwuka. abanzi. S a uli atashye ntiyavugaga ibyabaye (what happened) . ) (Spirit) w'Imana amuzaho. Ukwezi gushize abanzi bakikiza (surround umujyi umwe; a'bari muri wo bahamagara abandi Bisirayeli bose ngo
'baba.tabare. Sauli arabajyana batsinda abanzi.

III. Vocabulary Quiz: 1. kubyi buha 2, guhora g usubi z a 4, kwuzuza umur abyo 6, 3guf wa

1 5. i k i r a r o

2 9. t o e x p l a i n
3 0. t o b e f ea r l e s s 3 1. t o g r e e t 32. on the left t o rub o n to covet

1 6. gut er a h e j u r u
17. g u h i mbaza 1 8. k u b y u k a 19. ikimenyetso 2 0. h a r u g u r u 2 1, t o d e c e i v e 2 2. t o c h o o s e

7. gut ashya
8 e umut waro

9. guhaga 10. kunyeganyega

1 1. k u n a n i r w a 1 2. h a k u r y a 1 3. a h a r i

23, t o
24. 2 5. 26. 2 7. 2 8. to to to to to

b e l i ke

14. i b y a go

b e n a rr ow 39. t o b e w h it e a n s w er 4 0. t o o b e y for b e l on e s o me b e r i ch o pen docr

3 5. 36, 3 7. 38.

t o b ur n u p t oget her to pr ot ect shade

130Numbers refer to paragraphs unless otherwise indicated.

l

Index
n u mber

like this: 67n or 6'7a,, refers to the note following paragraph 67, o r a o f par . 6 7 ; or : 10 0 : 2 , means section 2 of par. 100. A bstract i d e a s " account o f " A dject i v e s

part

52>55 99 ( char t) 97 6,15,76,79

207

"to be" (cont.) -ri pr e s e nt - ri p r e s ent n e g atlve '

- ri p a s t - r i af t er k uk o , e tc . - r i d e p e n d en t n e ga t i v e "because of" " bef o r e " " begi n "

19
29 112,113 185 186
207

98, 229 E xpressed b y n o u n s 246,247 E xpressed b y v e r b s 229. "nta" as adjective 211:1,214 Numeral 75-80,97,98:6,121 Order of 15n,77,86,98,199 P ossess i v e 6 , 8 )13,15n,18,20,30, 38,46,50,62,64,67,97, 98:1, Quantity 98:4 )99 R eduplicat e d 16:n3 Nith part of body 129n Adverbs 100 , 1 2 3 , 2 41-242 )244-245 Manner 241 Miscellaneous 245 Numeral 123 Pla,ce 66,242
PositIon of -te? T Ime 100

A greement o f Demonstrative Less.86-88;172-179, 190 D escr i p t i v e L es s . 8 - 9 ; 1 5 ,1 6 , 2 0 , 22b ) 30)38 4 6 ) 5 0 6 2 ) 64 67 97

(im)bere
-beshya

189 61
242:nl

- bir a an d - b i z a
bot,h "break" "br o'ther" -bura tl but lI -buza

Less.58,voc,n 128n 124

L ess . 1 2 2 , v o c . n Z

148,149

153-155,(inc.chart )

18o 83
136a,225:3

" call " Cardinal n umbers

C ausati v e

166
7~ 0 ,9 7 )98:6 156-162, 201

Objects with 16o-162 Past of 158 Change-down rul e 21, 115n, 116n, 1862 186: 2,187: O,231,240a
Charts: Ad jectives

"again" Agreement (chart ) 67 Compound subject, 23 D escrip t i v e a d j e c t i v e 15 -he? 97,198-199 Numeral adjective 76,79-80 Object p r onouns 118
Possessive adjective -te? V erb an d c l a s s

223 244 92

Classes
Demonstrative adjectives P ast s t e m s Possessive adjectives V erb t e n s e s

Classes of' nouns Class 1 Class 2

Class 3

(chart )

Less.86 105-107 155ff 252 2,4

97 67

67 8,lo
Zo-24
13 )17

6
223
19 )25

ahubwo
A I U r ul e

83 84-87,97,98:5
102

" all "

al so "among" " anot h e r "

105,15'7,200 250 91,98:2

Class 4 Class 5 Class 6 Class 7 Class 8 Class 9 Class 10

C lasses , o b j e c t p r on o u n s Summary of' classes

38-43 46-49 50-55 62-63 64-66

118,119 224 23 228,252

3o-34

Antecedents ( rel t ' v e c l . ) 192-196 ( umw) anya 182 "anyone" 213 aril.o 83
A rt.i c l e
II a~,k ll

"come", imperative
C omparison Compound sub j ec t 0 ondi tional

67 56

2 ;Ex . l l v er b s 220-221

Associ e t i v e -banza -ba.za "to be" -ba

93

Conjugation of verbs

61

93
19

n i and s i

Conditional 228,252 Dependent n e g a t i v e 186 Far f ut u r e 57 Far future, negative 6o " Far future, vowel-stems 72 Far future, vowel-stems,neg. 73 F aI p a s t 141

131

I ndex,

Conjugati on (cont.) F ar p a s t , neg,

P resent negat i v e

- fi t e , pr es e nt 35 Immed.iate past 150 O rdinar y p a s t 103-109 O rdinar y p a s t , n egati v e 110 O rdinar y p a s t , v owel- s t e ms 109 Prefixless present P ref i x l e s s p r e s . vowel-stems 69b

142

Direct object 115-120,143,160-162, 193,197: 3,209 21t),218, 236

"each" " each o t h e r " ejobundi

P resent n e g , v owel- s t e ms - ra - p r e s e n t - ra- p r e s e n t , v owel- s t e ms - racy a t e n s e

-ri

p r e s ent

-ri present negative - ri o r d i n ar y p a s t - r i o rd i n a r y p a s t , n ega..iv e Stative voice

28 74 25 69a 243, 252 19 29

112

E li s i o n 5 , 7 , 9 , 1 2n, 54,Les s . l l l v oc , n "enough" 191:2 "even" 212 "every"

"excuse me" E xpres s i o n s

227 217-219 144,244

84-85
voc.

L ess. 4 6

page 4

Con junctions
a ri k o ,

113 129

"face" 66:3 Far p a s t t en se 141-142, 252 "father" " fir st " 61,121 - fit e 35i58 171 F utur e t e n s e 26:6,57,60,72,7'3,119:b,

kuko, ko

n y a mar a , ahubwo

L ess.45 voc, , 5 4 ,

" cont a i n s " 236 C ontinu ou s p a s t 114 C ontin ou s p r e s e n t 26:5 C ontra c t i o n s (se'e: v owel c h a n g e s ,

na 9, 138, 165, 212, 250 C onsonant change 14, 16n, 21, 22, 39, 40,53,116n,186:2,231

184, 185,232

83

-ga t ense -garuka -genda. - gir a - gir a n g o -gomba

G reet i n g s

252 114,252

59
2

g utya, g u t y o
- ha- a s

35i58 Less.50 voc , , l 3 5 , 187:a 191 Intr o.,233

163

Counting

consonant changes )

75-80

Dates D ays of t h e w e e k D ef'ecti v e v e r o s

125 126.144

66n,137 h a- pr e f i x 66 -ha 117: n1,159: n, 171 -habwa 171 Habitual action 26:4,45:1,114:2,240a,
- hagar ar a -hamagara -he? ( 1g1 ) he -hesha -ho Hour s H ousehol d t e r m s

o b j e c t pr o n o u n

254; 3
136b 166 97 t 198 i 199 181,203:2 159: n

- fit e
-r 1

-zi

Demonstrative adjectives,

35, 8,171 19,29,112, 11'3, 185, 186 94-96

Less.86 (chart ) , 1 0 2 ,172-179,190 Demonstrative pronouns 190,195,215

D ependent cl a uses

233,234
127 Lesson 63

F ar past i n
Immediate past in.

kuko in t r o d.ucing

152

"hot '. "how many?"

i, preposition iba.
il

N arra t i v e i . n 254:1 Negati v e i n 186,187 Not-yet tense in 188,189 n ta i n 216 P efixless present in 45: 2 - ra pr es en t n o t u s e d i n 2 6 3 , 1 8 4 - racya - i n 243 Belative clauses . 192-196

54,184,185
i f
ll

223 81,97,98:3
18 Less.58 voc.n
L ess . l l l , vo c . n

- ri

in

T enses u se d 1 n 184 . ko Less,45 voc , , 184,185,232 Descriptive adjectives (see u nder A d j e c t i ve s) ii di e il

5,185

Diminutive

48~9

Immediate past tense Imperative (chart) "come" guha N egati v e Plur al H efl e x i v e S eri e s S ingul a r S ubjunc t i v e Third p er son, etc. V owel- s t e ms

150-152,252 25 A 117:nl 37,134 131

210

133 37i192 i 133 133 134

90

132
Imperative (cont. )

Index ,

with gutya, gutyo

163

with object proncuns 132 Impersonal expressions 24,55,66!Zb i

Indirect object Infinitive " it " ( i n d e f i n i t e)

117 1 1 6 ,120,143,209 36,63,116n,130 24,66.'2b 166 18

N arra t i v e t en s e s nde? -ndl N ear f u t u r e Negati v e o f v er b s

240,253,254 197 91>97,98:2

z6:6,57,184
228c

Conditional
Dependent Dependent o f -r i D ependent n o t - y e t Far f u t u r e Far future, vowel-stems F ar p a s t I mmed.iate p a s t

186-189
186:1 188-189 60 73,119b ,142 152 134b,252

as noun 63 n a, wa , b a , e t c . ch a n g e b e f o r e 1 3 8

-ita

i wanjye, e t c , -jyana

(umu) jyi

L ess.5 0 v o c . n , Z 2 1 b L ess.92 v o c . n l

Imperative

-ki- ( r a cya-)
N arra t i v e O rdinar y p a s t Present 'ri p re s ent -r i o rd i n a r y p =-st
-

243
254:4
110

- ka- t e n s e L ess. 10 1 v o c . n , 2 4 0 , 2 5 2 -kanguka, - ke.ngura i .e s s . 8 9 v o c . n 2 -kena i ess.9 1 v o c . n

-ki - ki" ki n d "

t ense

"know" ko ku a fter k u v a

237-239 243,252 237-239 94-96 184,185,232 11,18,32,102,176,234

11,111 102,176 32
207

S ubjuncti v e Summary "why?" with negative "never"

28,44,74 29 113

j-34-135
252

225:3
215d

-ngahe?
ngo ngwino
n iba. n i an d s i nka " no l o n g e r " "none" "no on e"

81,97,98:3
135,232b 56
L ess. l l l , v o c . n

c hange t o k u r i with 5th class kuber a ku bwa

k ugira ng o kuko
kur i kwa

207 Less . 5 0 v o c . ,135,187a 54,184,185 102,176

5,19 250, 251

243

- kwiri y e
"last "

197: 5
191
1 Z2,Les s . 7 2 voc.n

"1&e"

163,250,251

M anner, a d v e r b s o f mbese -mo N onosyl l a . bi c v e r b s c ausat i v e

z41 7 236 159:5

169,170,171 106:n,107

211 211-216 "nothing" 215 Not-yet t e n s e 183 , 1 8 4 , 188,189,252 Nouns used t o ex pres a d j ec . 2 4 6 , 247 nta 211-216 ntuza 205 Numbers: Cardinal 75-80,97,98:6
Ordinal N umeral a d v e r b -nyanyama,ra - nyi n e 121

123 246 248-249

83

passive
past prepositional "more" "mother " Months mu a gter k u v a c hange t o m u r i with 5th clasc murl "must" -mwe

z04
91 146-147 125 ,32,1CZ,176,236
11,111 102, 176

Objects (see also Object pronouns)

Direct k indirect, order

32
1C2,176

i n causat i v e s in reflexives nta P ersonal p r o n o . n s 101 R ecipr o c a l s 218 w ith n d e ? 97 3 w ith - r a - a n d - a r a t e n se s 2 6 , 4 5 ,

160-162 160-162 209 214,215

143,

191 75, 121, 226-227

141, 253
with relative clauses

na

9,138,165,2J 2,221,250 changed to no 138 naka z06

Object pr onouns 115,116,118-120,132, 137, 161, 162,215, Z36 "of" (see: Possessive particle -ohereza 82

193